V. 


HANDBOOK 


OF 


SOCIOLOGICAL  INFORMATION 

WITH  ESPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO 

NEW  YORK  CITY 

PREPARED    FOR 

THE  CITY  VIGILANCE   LEAGUE 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

HY 
WM.  HOWE    TOLMAN,  PH.D. 

SECRETARY.TO   THE    LEAGUE 
AND 

WM.  I.   HULL,  PH.D. 

A5SOC.   PROFESSOR   OF   ECONOMICS   AND   SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
SWARTHMORE    COLLEGE,    PA. 


Orders  for  the  Handbook  may  be  sent  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  League,  WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN, 
427  West  57th  Street,  or  to  the  office  of  the 
League,  Room  215,  United  Charities  Building, 
105  East  22d  Street,  New  York  City. 


COPYRIGHT,  1894 

BY 
WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN 


Electrotyped,  Printea  and  Bound  by 

Ubc  fmicherbocfcer  press,  Hew  H?orfc 
G.  P.  PUTNAM'S  SONS 


CONTENTS. 


PART  I.— BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

PAGE 

SOCIOLOGY       .  3 

THE  STATE 6 

CIVIL-SERVICE  REFORM 7 

EDUCATION,  COMPULSORY 8 

INDUSTRIAL,  AND  KINDERGARTENS    ....        9 

UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION n 

GOVERNMENT 13 

IMMIGRATION 16 

LAISSEZ-FAIRE  AND  STATE  ACTIVITY        .        .        .        .17 

THE  CHURCH 19 

APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY 19 

CHURCH  UNITY 22 

MISSIONS 23 

THE  FAMILY   .        .        . 25 

LABOR .        .28 

ARBITRATION 32 

CO-OPERATIVE  SCHEMES — BUILDING  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIA- 
TIONS .        .        .  .  .        .        .33 

CO-OPERATION 34 

PROFIT-SHARING 36 

CHILD  LABOR  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .37 

.    EIGHT-HOUR  DAY •  .38 

FACTORY  SYSTEM .39 

LABOR  ORGANIZATIONS     .        . '      .        .        .        .        .      41 
SOCIALISM,  COMMUNISM,  AND  ANARCHISM        .        .        .43 

STRIKES  AND  LOCKOUTS 47 

SWEATING  SYSTEM-  * .48 

THE  UNEMPLOYED 50 


LABOR  (Continued). 

WAGES .        .        .52 

WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS 53 

CHARITY  AND  PAUPERISM 55 

GENERAL 55 

ORGANIZED  SOCIETIES 57 

MEDICAL  CHARITIES 59 

OUT-DOOR  RELIEF 60 

PROVIDENT  SCHEMES 62 

SUMMER  CHARITIES 63 

CHILD  PROBLEM .64 

CRIMINOLOGY  AND  PENOLOGY     ....  66 

ECONOMICS 70 

GENERAL 71 

CAPITAL,  INTEREST,  AND  PROFITS 73 

FINANCE  AND  TAXATION 74 

LAND  AND  RENT       ........  75 

MONEY 77 

LODGING  HOUSES         .        .        .        .        .        .        .78 

MUNICIPAL  PROBLEMS 79 

PEOPLE'S  CLUBS 81 

THE  SALVATION  ARMY 83 

SOCIAL  PROBLEMS  AND  THEIR  SOLUTIONS    .  86 

TEMPERANCE 91 

TENEMENT-HOUSE  PROBLEM       ....  93 

THE  SLUMS 97 

UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENTS         ....  98 

WOMANHOOD 101 

SOCIOLOGICAL    JOURNALS    AND    QUARTER- 
LIES           104 

PART  II— APPLIED  SOCIOLOGY. 

CHARITIES,  MEDICAL: 

INTERNATIONAL  MEDICAL  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY      .        .  109 
CHARITIES,  ORGANIZED: 

CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY no 

N.  Y.  ASSOCIATION  FOR  IMPROVING  THE  CONDITION  OF 

THE  POOR 113 


PACK 

CHARITIES,  ORGANIZED  (Continued). 

STATE  CHARITIES  AID  ASSOCIATION         .        .        .        .115 

UNITED  HEBREW  CHARITIES 116 

SOCIETY  FOR  ETHICAL  CULTURE 118 

CHARITIES,  PENNY  PROVIDENT  FUND      .        .  119 

CHARITIES,  SUMMER  : 

BARTHOLDI  CRECHE 120 

Tribune  FRESH- AIR  FUND 121 

WORKING  GIRLS'  VACATION  SOCIETY       .        .        .        .123 

CHILD  PROBLEM: 

CHILDREN'S  AID  SOCIETY 124 

FIVE  POINTS  HOUSE  OF  INDUSTRY   .        .        .        .        .126 

N.  Y.  FOUNDLING  HOSPITAL •      .  128 

VIRGINIA  DAY  NURSERY 129 

LIST  OF  N.  Y.  DAY  NURSERIES 130 

ST.  JOHN'S  GUILD 131 

CHURCH,  APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY: 

A  COLLEGE  COURSE  IN  APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY        .        .  133 
A  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY  COURSE  IN  APPLIED  CHRIS- 
TIANITY        133 

AMITY  COFFEE-ROOM 134 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  CHRISTIAN  SOCIOLOGY      .        .  135 

BROTHERHOOD  OF  ANDREW  AND  PHILIP  ....  137 

LOCAL  UNION  OF  THE   BROTHERHOOD  FOR    NEW 

YORK  CITY 138 

BROTHERHOOD  OF  THE  KINGDOM     .        .        .        .        .  139 

BROTHERHOOD  OF  ST.  ANDREW 140 

CHURCH  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT  OF  THE 

INTERESTS  OF  LABOR 142 

DAUGHTERS  OF  THE  KING        ......  143 

EPWORTH  LEAGUE •       .  144 

GIRLS'  FRIENDLY  SOCIETY 145 

INDUSTRIAL  CHRISTIAN  ALLIANCE    ...*..  147 

PEOPLE'S  RESTAURANTS  AND  HOTELS        .        .        .  148 

KING'S  DAUGHTERS  AND  SONS 149 

N.  Y.  DEACONESS  HOME  AND  TRAINING  SCHOOL     .        .  151 
N.  Y.  TRAINING  SCHOOL  FOR  DEACONESSES    .        .        .152 

ST.  VINCENT  DE  PAUL  SOCIETY  m 


VI 


CHURCH,  APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY  (Continued). 

YOUNG  MEN'S  INSTITUTE 155 

YOUNG  PEOPLE'S  SOCIETY  OF  CHRISTIAN  ENDEAVOR        .  156 

LOCAL  COUNCIL  Y.  P.  S.  C.  E 158 

N.  Y.  POLICE  SOCIETY  OF  CHRISTIAN  ENDEAVOR     .  159 

YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION    ....  160 

YOUNG  WOMEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION       .        .        .  162 

CHURCH,  INSTITUTIONAL: 

PARISH-HOUSE  IDEA 164 

ST.  GEORGE'S  PARISH  HOUSE 164 

MADISON  SQUARE  CHURCH  HOUSE 167 

COLLEGIATE  REFORMED  CHURCH 168 

GRACE  CHURCH        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .170 

CHURCH,  MISSIONS: 

N.  Y.  BAPTIST  MISSION 172 

N.  Y.  CITY  MISSION  AND  TRACT  SOCIETY        .        .        .172 

N.  Y.  P.  E.  CITY  MISSION  SOCIETY         ....  173 

CHURCH,  UNITY: 

BROTHERHOOD  OF  CHRISTIAN  UNITY       ....  174 

EVANGELICAL  ALLIANCE 175 

CITY  VIGILANCE  LEAGUE 177 

CIVIL-SERVICE  REFORM  ASSOCIATION     .        .  179 

EDUCATION,  INDUSTRIAL  : 

BARON  DE  HIRSCH  FUND 181 

HEBREW  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 183 

INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOLS  OF  THE  CHILDREN'S  AID  SOCIETY  184 

N.  Y.  TRADE  SCHOOLS 185 

TEACHERS'  COLLEGE 187 

EDUCATION,  KINDERGARTENS: 

N.  Y.  KINDERGARTEN  ASSOCIATION         .        .        .        .188 

LIST  OF  N.  Y.  KINDERGARTENS 188 

EDUCATION,  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION  IN  U.  S.  190 

IMMIGRATION: 

ITALIAN  BENEVOLENT  SOCIETY 194 

SOCIETE  FRANCHISE  DE  BIENFAISANCE      ....  195 

TRAVELLERS'  AID  SOCIETY 196 

LABOR,  ORGANIZATIONS : 

AMERICAN  FEDERATION  OF  LABOR 197 

KNIGHTS  OF  LABOR..        .        .        .        .        .        .        .  198 


Vll 


LABOR,  PROFIT-SHARING: 

CHILDREN'S  DRESSMAKING  COMPANY        ....  199 

LABOR,  THE  UNEMPLOYED: 

FREE  PUBLIC  EMPLOYMENT  BUREAUS       ....  200 

WAYFARERS'  LODGE  OF  THE  C.  O.  S 202 

LABOR,  WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS: 

CONSUMERS'  LEAGUE 203 

WORKING  WOMEN'S  PROTECTIVE  UNION          .        .        .  205 

WORKING  WOMEN'S  SOCIETY 206 

MUNICIPAL  PROBLEMS: 

CITY  CLUB                        » 208 

GOOD  GOVERNMENT  CLUBS 209 

CITY  REFORM  CLUB          . 210 

FABIAN  SOCIETY 211 

FREE  FLOATING  BATHS 214 

FREE  RAIN  BATHS    .        .        .        ..."..        .  215 

LAVATORIES 216 

LONDON  REFORM  UNION 219 

TAMMANY  SOCIETY  ........  220 

PEOPLE'S  CLUBS: 

BAPTIST  BOYS'  BRIGADE  . 222 

N.  Y.  ASSOCIATION  OF  WORKING  GIRLS'  SOCIETIES         .  223 

PEOPLE'S  SINGING  CLASSES 226 

TEE-To-TuM .        .         .227 

PENOLOGY : 

BURNHAM  INDUSTRIAL  FARM 228 

PRISON  ASSOCIATION  OF  N.  Y.         .        ...      .        .        .  229 

RESCUE   MISSIONS: 

RESCUE  MISSIONS  AND  SHELTERS 230 

RESCUE  MISSIONS,  OPEN  EVERY  NIGHT  ....  231 

REFUGES  FOR  HOMELESS  WOMEN 232 

FOR  GIRLS 232 

FOR  MEN 233 

FOR  BOYS  (UNDER  EIGHTEEN  YEARS)         .        .        .  233 
RESPECTABLE  HOUSES  WHERE  LODGINGS  MAY  BE  HAD  AT 

Low  RATES — FOR  MEN 233 

FOR  WOMEN 234 

WAYFARER'S  LODGE .  234 

RESCUE  BAND  (NEW  YORK) 234 


Vlll 


RESCUE  MISSIONS  (Continued). 

SLUM  POSTS  OF  SALVATION  ARMY 236 

SOCIAL  PROBLEMS: 

NATIONAL  CHRISTIAN  LEAGUE  FOR  THE  PROMOTION  OF 

SOCIAL  PURITY 237 

N.  Y.  SOCIETY  FOR  THE  SUPPRESSION  OF  VICE         .        .  239 

SOCIETY  FOR  THE  PREVENTION  OF  CRIME         .        .        .  240 

TEMPERANCE : 

CHURCH  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 241 

LOYAL  LEGION  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY     .        .        .        .243 

NATIONAL  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 244 

WEST  END  PROTECTIVE  LEAGUE      ......  246 

TENEMENT-HOUSE  PROBLEM: 

MODEL  TENEMENTS,  WATER  STREET        ....  247 

SANITARY  PROTECTIVE  LEAGUE 249 

TENEMENT-HOUSE  BUILDING  COMPANY    ....  249 
TENEMENT-HOUSE  CHAPTER,   KING'S  DAUGHTERS  AND 

SONS 251 

UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENTS: 

COLLEGE  SETTLEMENT      .        .        .        .        .        .        .  253 

EAST  SIDE  HOUSE ,  255 

UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT  SOCIETY 256 


INTRODUCTION. 


AT  the  present  time,  when  there  must  be  reviews  of 
reviews,  and  when  there  are  bulky  volumes  of  simply 
the  titles  in  periodical  literature,  the  busy  professional 
man  is  fairly  bewildered  by  the  shoals  of  references  set- 
ting toward  him.  From  the  necessity  of  the  case  he  has 
only  time  to  inform  himself  of  the  titles  of  the  books 
which  seem  to  fall  under  the  scope  of  his  line  of  study. 
It  is  just  as  much  a  truism  as  ever,  that  the  men  who  are 
accomplishing  results,  are  the  busy  men.  Because  they 
are  so  busy  they  wish  to  economize  all  the  time  they  can 
with  safety.  It  is  the  aim  of  the  Bibliography,  in  the 
first  place,  to  enable  the  clergy  and  other  students  of 
social  science  to  familiarize  themselves  with  the  leading 
authorities  in  their  special  field,  and  secondly  to  present 
a  selected  list  of  references  from  the  very  latest  writers. 
Accordingly,  each  reference  contains  a  sufficient  amount 
of  data  to  enable  a  busy  man  to  tell  at  a  glance  if  the 
book  in  question  is  one  which  he  wants,  either  because 
the  treatment  is  along  his  line  of  study,  or  the  price  in 
accord  with  the  depth  of  his  pocket-book. 

In  all  the  varying  forms  of  municipal  improvement, 
there  is  an  imperative  need  that  the  workers  should  have 
some  comprehension  of  the  problem  in  its  totality,  in 
order  that  they  may  be  able  to  correlate  the  more  under- 
standingly  their  particular  labors. 

A  second  need,  but  none  the  less  important,  although 


for  the  most  part  applicable  to  those  interested  in  reform 
movements,  is  the  conscious  endeavor  of  devoting  the 
main  energy  to  construction  rather  than  to  destruction. 
There  must  be  some  tearing  down,  but  the  greatest 
energy  needs  to  be  spent  on  the  up-building. 

A  municipality  needs  to  be  self-conscious  ;  it  needs  to 
know  its  own  resources,  and  it  should  take  account  of 
stock  frequently. 

The  great  body  of  citizens  are  too  busy  or  have  no  de- 
sire to  manage  the  business  of  the  city,  accordingly  they 
must  hire  others  to  do  the  work  for  them.  If  the  public 
servants  are  paid  for  managing  the  affairs  of  the  city,  they 
should  not  object  to  inquiry  and  inspection  of  their 
methods  by  their  masters.  But  an  employer  of  servants 
will  make  a  poor  overseer  of  them,  if  he  has  no  knowl- 
edge of  what  they  ought  to  do  and  how  they  ought  to  do 
it.  The  rings  and  the  bosses,  with  their  influence  and 
their  pulls,  trade  on  this  indifference  and  ignorance  on 
the  part  of  citizens. 

Till  the  last  few  years  the  clergy  and  the  scholars  have 
held  aloof  from  practical  politics  ;  in  their  opinion  the 
political  arena  was  no  place  for  them.  But  now  these 
classes  feel  that  if  politics  are  to  be  characterized  by  clean 
and  business  principles,  clean  and  business  men  must 
take  a  hand  in  them.  The  man  who  is  the  most  dreaded 
by  the  municipal  misrulers,  and  who  has  been  the  most 
active  in  making  the  virtue  of  our  city  self-cognizant,  is 
a  clergyman.  Just  so  long  as  the  clergy  stand  aloof,  to 
that  extent  will  good  municipal  government  be  an  ideal 
and  not  a  realization. 

This  Hand  Book  has  been  prepared  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  together  the  varying  forms  of  humanizing 
effort,  in  order  that  the  various  workers  may  feel  that 
they  do  not  stand  alone,  but  that  they  are  touching 


elbows  with  those  who  are  just  as  much  interested,  yet 
are  working  in  another  corner  of  the  field.  By  showing 
the  situation  en  masse,  those  who  may  be  desirous  of 
study,  can  make  a  selection  of  that  line  of  work  which 
appeals  to  them  and  then  follow  it  out.  The  Hand 
Book  shows  what  is  actually  doing  through  the  various 
societies  and  institutions. 

The  time  has  come  when  students  in  sociology,  espe- 
cially the  clergy,  must  study  these  questions  at  origi- 
nal sources.  They  must  see  for  themselves  the  prob- 
lems of  the  city  which  are  pressing  for  immediate 
solution,  because  the  pulpit  should  again  become  the 
standard-bearer  of  the  religion  of  the  home,  the  shop, 
and  the  street.  It  is  with  this  end  in  view,  that  those 
who  are  already  interested  and  those  whose  interest  shall 
be  aroused  may  realize  that  our  cities  are  simply  so 
many  laboratories,  where  these  vexed  and  vexing  prob- 
lems may  be  studied. 

The  limits  of  the  introduction  preclude  any  detailed 
acknowledgment  of  the  courtesies  which  the  editors  re- 
ceived at  the  hands  of  those  who  have  co-operated  by 
suggestions  and  advice.  Those  who  aided  were  busy 
men  and  women,  yet  they  were  always  willing  to  help, — 
a  fact  which  has  contributed  toward  the  success  of  the 
book,  and  one  which  the  editors  acknowledge  with 
hearty  appreciation. 

WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN, 
WM.  I.  HULL. 

May,  1894. 


PART  I. 


SOCIOLOGY. 


There  is  no  essential  difference  in  the  meaning  of  the  term  applied 
when  used  in  relation  to  social  science  and  that  given  to  it  when 
speaking  of  any  other  science,  such  as  mechanics,  physics,  chemistry, 
etc.  Every  science,  in  order  to  be  such,  deals  with  a  certain  class  of 
forces  producing  a  corresponding  class  of  phenomena.  A  study  of 
the  phenomena  leads  to  a  knowledge  of  the  laws  according  to  which 
the  forces  act.  The  forces  being  uniform  and  invariable,  these  laws 
are  universal  within  the  class  in  question,  and  under  like  conditions 
identical  effects  will  be  produced.  The  effects,  however,  depend  upon 
the  conditions,  and  these  may  be  varied  to  any  required  extent  by 
the  experimenter.  It  is  clear  that  the  effects  produced  by  any  class 
of  forces  may  be  either  beneficial,  injurious,  or  indifferent,  in  relation 
to  man,  and  that  it  is  desirable  to  bring  as  many  of  them  as  possible 
within  the  first  of  these  three  classes.  This  is  the  purpose  of  applied 
science  in  whatever  department.  It  is  done  by  modifying  the  con- 
ditions under  which  the  forces  act.  The  general  term  for  this  is 
invention,  and  the  products  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  natural  forces 
are  known  in  a  broad  way  as  the  arts,  which  also  include  all  human 
institutions.  These  taken  together  constitute  what  is  known  as 
material  civilization. 

The  effect  of  all  this  upon  the  mechanical,  physical,  and  inorganic 
forces  in  general  is  too  apparent  to  require  further  mention.  But  the 
organic  world  is  also  a  domain  of  forces,  more  complicated,  it  is  true, 
but  not  so  much  so  as  to  exclude  invention.  Biology  is  the  science 
in  which  vital  forces  operate,  and  its  applied  stage  embraces  the 
great  arts  of  agriculture,  horticulture,  and  stock-raising,  as  well  as 
the  healing  art,  and  many  others.  In  dealing  with  laws  that  control  the 
actions  of  the  higher  animals,  the  psychic  forces  must  be  encountered 
and  their  nature  understood.  This  has  been  successfully  accom- 
plished and  they  have  been  subjected  to  man's  use. 

The  social  forces  are  almost  exclusively  psychic  and  of  a  higher 

3 


order  than  is  met  with  in  animals.  They  are  correspondingly  more 
complex,  recondite,  and  difficult  of  study  and  reduction  to  law.  But 
even  this  has  been  done,  and  government  is  the  chief  art  that  has 
resulted  from  this  science  of  society.  Its  progress,  as  in  the  other 
sciences,  must  be  proportioned  to  the  degree  of  acquaintance  attained 
with  the  nature  and  laws  in  this  department.  Using  legislation  as 
the  expression  for  the  method  by  which  social  science  is  applied,  it  is 
clear  that  all  successful  legislation  must  consist  in  a  true  process  of 
invention,  as  the  result  of  scientific,  experimental  study  in  the 
domain  of  the  social  forces.  This  is  dynamic  sociology  or  applied 
social  science. 

LESTER  F.  WARD. 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C.,  January,  1894. 

SPENCER,  HERBERT.  PRINCIPLES  OF  SOCIOLOGY.  36  ed. 
New  York,  D.  Appleton  &  Co,  1890,  2  vols.,  i2mo, 
pp.  883  and  693.  Price  $4.00. 

SPENCER,  HERBERT.  FIRST  PRINCIPLES.  New  York,  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.,  1892,  8vo,  558  pp.  Price  $2.00. 

DE  GREEF,  GUILLAUME.  INTRODUCTION  A  LA  Socio- 
LOGIE. 

SCHAEFFLE,  ALBERT.  BAU  UND  L.EBEN  DBS  SOCIALEN 
KORPERS.  i88r,  4  vols.,  paper.  Price  $[4.65. 

WARD,  LESTER  F.  DYNAMIC  SOCIOLOGY.  New  York, 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1883,  2  vols.,  i2mo,  726  and 
698  pp.  Price  $5.00. 

WARD,  LESTER  F.  THE  PSYCHIC  FACTORS  OF  CIVILIZA- 
TION, Boston,  Ginn  &  Co.,  1893,  i2mo.  Price 

$2.00. 

Spencer's  "  Principles  of  Sociology  "  is  a  r/sumtfof  anthropological 
data,  generalized  in  accordance  with  the  evolutionary  hypotheses. 
The  work  voluminously  illustrates  certain  "inductions,"  viz.:  that 
society  is  an  entity,  not  a  mere  dialectic  term  ;  that  society  is  an 
organism  ;  that  society  exhibits  growth  ;  that  growth  is  accompanied 
by  increase  of  structure  ;  that  structural  complexity  is  accompanied 
by  differentiation  of  functions  ;  that  functions  become  centred  in 
systems  of  organs  ;  that  social  organs  are  to  be  distinguished  as  the 
sustaining  system,  the  distributing  system,  and  the  regulating  system  ; 


that  societies  may  be  consequently  classed,  according  to  their  degrees 
of  composition,  as  simple,  compound,  doubly  compound,  trebly 
compound,  and  secondarily,  into  the  mere  predominantly  militant 
and  the  predominantly  industrial.  Spencer  carries  these  generaliza- 
tions still  further  in  the  "  First  Principles,"  especially  sections  107, 
in,  116,  122,  129,  134,  144,  154,  161,  168,  and  chapters XVIII- 
XXIV.  In  the  earlier  passages  Spencer  expounds  the  steps  of  in- 
duction by  which  he  arrives  at  the  formula  of  evolution,  within  which 
social  phenomena  are  comprehended,  viz.:  "Evolution  is  an  in- 
tegration of  matter  and  concomitant  dissipation  of  motion,  during 
which  the  matter  passes  from  indefinite  incoherent  homogeneity  to  a 
definite  coherent  heterogeneity,  and  during  which  the  retained 
motion  undergoes  a  parallel  transformation."  In  the  latter  passages 
are  expositions  of  evolution  in  various  phases. 

The  value  of  De  Greef's  work  consists  first  in  its  sagacious  criti- 
cisms of  Spencer.  De  Greef  decides  that  the  advance  made  by 
Spencer  upon  his  predecessors  consists  (i)  in  a  more  minute  analysis 
of  the  facts  ;  (2)  in  a  less  vague  and  more  organic  conception  of  the 
social  order  ;  (3)  in  the  recognized  necessity  of  proving  the  existence 
of  a  Sociology  by  the  corresponding  existence  of  a  distinct  series  of 
phenomena  ;  (4)  in  the  demonstration  that  social  phenomena  and  the 
appropriate  sciences  are  susceptible  of  classification.  De  Greef  very 
justly  asserts,  however,  that  taking  Spencer  at  his  word,  and  accept- 
ing his  conclusions,  we  thereby  reach  not  a  science  of  Sociology,  but 
proof  that  there  is  no  room  for  a  science  beyond  Biology.  For  this 
reductio  ad  absurdum  De  Greef  substitutes  the  argument  that  Soci- 
ology is  Biology  plus  the  regime  of  contract.  In  the  elaboration  of 
this  argument  his  chapter  on  the  "  Social  Consciousness  ''  discusses, 
with  enough  vagaries  to  keep  readers  on  their  guard,  the  fundamental 
fact  of  social  psychology. 

Schaeffle's  first  volume  may  well  be  taken  as  a  continuation  of  con- 
temporary Sociology  from  the  point  reached  by  De  Greef.  The  latter 
logically  but  not  chronologically  precedes  Schaeffle.  It  would  be 
difficult  to  select  a  more  atrociously  constructed  book,  even  in 
German.  The  first  of  the  four  volumes  will  nevertheless  repay  study, 
for  it  contains  an  outline  of  social  psychology  which  must  be  epoch- 
making.  It  analyzes  the  social  processes  of  "  sense-perfection," 
"cognition,"  "  feeling,"  and  "  willing."  The  whole  scheme  chal- 
lenges study  of  society  from  a  point  of  view  entirely  different  from 
that  of  traditional  philosophies. 


Ward  surveys  the  field  of  Anthropology  after  the  manner  of 
Spencer,  but  his  conclusions  are  contained  in  a  scheme  of  "  teleo- 
logical  progress";  not  a  helpless  waiting  for  physical  evolution  to 
produce  a  better  state  of  society,  but  the  control  of  physical  by 
psychical  effort.  Education  as  the  ultimate  leverage  of  progress  is  the 
keynote  of  the  work.  This  theme  is  elaborated  in  a  later  work  by 
the  same  author,  "  The  Psychic  Factors  of  Civilization." 

ALBION  W.  SMALL. 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO,  1893. 

BASCOM,  J.  SOCIOLOGY.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's 
Sons,  1887,  i2mo,  264  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

A  general  survey  of  Sociology  and  its  present  problems. 

COMMONS,  J.  R.  THE  CHRISTIAN  MINISTER  AND 
SOCIOLOGY.  Christian  Social  Union  Publication, 
No.  4. 

GIDDINGS.  F.  H.  SOCIOLOGY  AS  A  UNIVERSITY  STUDY. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  December,  1891. 

GIDDINGS,  F.  H.  THE  PROVINCE  OF  SOCIOLOGY.  Annals 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science,  July,  1890. 

THE  STATE. 

It  is  a  very  serious  mistake  to  study  the  practical  organization  and 
details  of  government  to  the  exclusion  of  theory.  Theory,  in  this 
connection,  is  but  another  word  for  principle  ;  and  principles,  of 
course,  have  no  saving  efficacy  except  in  so  far  as  they  are  embodied 
in  practice.  But  practice  cannot  get  along  without  principle  ;  and 
the  student  of  government  who  too  exclusively  scrutinizes  the 
machinery  and  the  detailed  personal  relationships  of  politics  will 
infallibly  become  near-sighted  and  finally  lose  all  real  vision  for 
affairs.  The  object  of  government  is  to  establish  the  right  in  the 
relations  of  men  with  each  other.  But  right,  in  social  relationships, 
is  a  relative,  not  an  absolute  thing.  It  is  proportioned  to  individual 
capacity  and  social  opportunity ;  it  is  always  feasible  right  rather 
than  abstract  right.  The  best  media  of  government  are  sound  com- 
mon-sense and  strong  practical  sagacity,  illuminated  and  guided  by 


deep-set  righteous  principle.     May  we  be  delivered  alike  from  the 
self-called  "  practical  man  "  and  the  star-gazing  theorist. 

WOODROW  WILSON. 
PRINCETON,  January,  1894. 

CIVIL  SERVICE  REFORM. 

By  civil  service  reform  is  meant  a  reform  in  the  methods  of  making 
appointments  to  and  removals  from  the  government  service  so  as  to 
have  them  made  solely  with  the  view  to  the  candidate's  or  office- 
holder's fitness  or  unfitness,  and  not  with  reference  to  his  services  to 
some  particular  politician  or  political  organization.  The  merit 
method  of  making  appointments  has  been  introduced  into  the  clas- 
sified service  of  the  United  States,  covering  close  upon  40,000  places 
under  the  National  Government.  In  nearly  160,000  places,  however, 
the  old  spoils  method  of  making  appointments  still  obtains.  This 
spoils  method  is  that  which  prevailed  in  England  under  the  Stuarts 
and  the  Georges,  and  which  still  prevails  in  Morocco,  Turkey,  the 
South  American  Republics,  and  other  States  not  yet  very  far  advanced 
towards  civilization.  The  spoils  of  patronage  method  is  utterly  in- 
defensible from  any  standpoint  of  decency  or  good  government.  The 
reform  system  is  thoroughly  practical,  thoroughly  simple  in  its  word- 
ings, and  thoroughly  wholesome  in  its  effects.  Its  adoption  means  a 
decided  improvement  in  the  public  service  and,  what  is  of  far  greater 
importance,  it  means  an  immeasurable  improvement  in  the  tone  of 

public  life. 

THEODORE  ROOSEVELT. 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C.,  February,  1894. 

EATON,  DORMAN  B.  CIVIL  SERVICE  IN  GREAT  BRITAIN. 
A  History  of  Abuses  and  Reforms,  and  their  Bear- 
ing upon  American  Politics.  New  York,  Harper  & 
Bros.,  1879,  8vo.,  483  pp.  ;  1881,  4to.,  82  pp.  Price 
$2.50  ;  paper,  25  cents. 

An  excellent  historical  survey  of  the  subject  in  Great  Britain 
and  India,  together  with  suggestions  as  to  the  practical  bearing  of 
England's  experience  upon  the  question  in  the  United  States. 

LODGE,  H.  C.  WHY  PATRONAGE  IN  OFFICE  is  UN- 
AMERICAN.  Century,  October,  1890. 

ROOSEVELT,  THEODORE.  AN  OBJECT  LESSON  IN  CIVIL- 
SERVICE  REFORM.  Atlantic  Monthly,  February,  1891. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  CIVIL  SERVICE  REFORM 
LEAGUE.  Wm.  Potts,  Secretary,  56  Wall  Street, 
New  York  City.  Apply  to  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons, 
New  York. 

GOOD  GOVERNMENT.  A  combination  of  the  Civil  Service 
Record  of  Boston,  and  the  Civil  Service  Reformer 
of  Baltimore.  Published  monthly  in  the  interests  of 
Civil  Service  Reform.  $1.00  a  year. 

EDUCATION— COMPULSORY. 

Compulsory  school-attendance  laws  are  in  force  in  twenty-nine 
States  and  Territories,  as  follows  :  Arizona,  California,  Colorado, 
Connecticut,  District  of  Columbia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Kansas,  Maine, 
Massachusetts,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Montana,  Nebraska,  Nevada, 
New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey,  New  Mexico,  New  York,  North 
Dakota,  Ohio,  Oregon,  Rhode  Island,  South  Dakota,  Utah,  Vermont, 
Washington,  Wisconsin,  and  Wyoming.  The  Massachusetts  and 
Connecticut  laws  are  the  most  elaborate  and  exacting  in  their  re- 
quirements, and  are  the  most  rigidly  enforced.  In  most  other  States 
outside  of  the  cities,  enforcement  is  generally  lax,  though  the  moral 
effect  of  the  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  a  compulsory  law  is  un- 
doubtedly beneficial  in  promoting  school  attendance. 

Compulsory  laws  require  school  attendance  usually  of  children 
from  eight  to  fourteen  years  of  age,  for  a  period  varying  from  twelve 
to  twenty  weeks  each  year.  The  present  tendency  is  to  lengthen 
the  annual  period  of  required  attendance,  and  in  Connecticut  it 
already  embraces  the  whole  school  term,  in  Massachusetts  thirty 
weeks. 

In  thirteen  States  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the  law  is  an 
essential  preliminary  to  employment  to  labor,  and  in  ten  States,  em- 
ployment during  school  hours  is  absolutely  forbidden  under  a  certain 
specified  age,  usually  twelve  or  thirteen  years,  though  in  New  Jersey 
it  is  fourteen  for  girls.  The  age  of  required  attendance  is  extended 
in  some  States  in  the  case  of  illiterate  or  unemployed  children. 

The  compulsory  law  provides  for  the  supply  of  free  text-books  to 
indigent  children  in  six  States,  and  of  clothing  in  California  and 
Ohio  ;  in  three,  they  are  excused  from  attendance. 

WM.  T.  HARRIS. 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C.,  February,  1894. 


JAMES,  E.  J.  COMPULSORY  EDUCATION.  LALOR'S  CY- 
CLOPEDIA. 

SHAW,  WM.  B.  COMPULSORY  EDUCATION  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES.  Educational  Review,  August, 
September,  1892. 

WARD,  L.  F.  DYNAMIC  SOCIOLOGY.  Vol.  II.,  Chapter 
XIV. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION,  1888- 
9.  Vol.  L,  pp.  470-531.  A  Review  of  State  Laws. 

EDUCATION— INDUSTRIAL,  AND  KINDER- 
GARTENS. 

The  words"  industrial  education"  have  unfortunately  received  a 
double  meaning  in  this  country.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is  often  con- 
founded with  the  term  "  manual  training,"  an  education  which  has 
for  its  sole  object  the  training  of  the  will  powers,  as  essential  an 
element  of  character  as  the  training  of  the  reasoning  and  the  sensi- 
bilities by  means  of  mathematics  and  literature.  On  the  other  side, 
industrial  education  stands  for  that  training  in  the  arts,  sciences,  and 
the  crafts,  which  makes  a  far  better  workman,  whatever  the  condition 
of  his  industrial  pursuit. 

In  Europe,  this  training  has  assumed  a  definite  place  in  the  edu- 
cational system,  and  while  it  has  not  accomplished  all  that  was 
expected,  especially  in  England,  it  has  worked  radical  changes  in 
France  and  Germany. 

In  this  country,  owing  to  the  social  freedom  of  the  people,  the 
movement  has  only  begun.  It  has  for  many  years  been  a  part  of  the 
instruction  in  evening  schools,  but  not  until  recently  a  definite  and 
systematic  work  of  special  day  classes,  planned  and  equipped  for 
that  special  purpose.  It  should  stand,  in  the  educational  system  of 
America,  on  the  same  plane  with  all  other  educational  agencies. 

F.  B.  PRATT. 

PRATT  INSTITUTE, 

February,  1894. 

DOOLY,  M.  A.  THE  NEERBOSCH  AND  GLASGOW  INDUS- 
TRIAL SCHOOLS,  The  Arena,  May,  1893. 


10 

HUXLEY,  T.  H.  INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION  :  ITS  NECES- 
SITY IN  THE  STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE.  Nineteenth 
Century,  February,  1888. 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION  IN  NEW   YORK.      Science,  g  : 

553- 
MACALISTER,  J.      MANUAL  TRAINING    IN   THE  PUBLIC 

SCHOOLS  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 

JAMES,  E.  J.  and  RHAWN,  W.  J.  EDUCATION  OF  BUSI- 
NESS MEN,  I.-IV.  New  York,  American  Bankers' 
Association,  1892-3. 

LUBBOCK,  J.  MANUAL  TRAINING.  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  30  :  327. 

MCNEILL,  GEO.  E.  THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT.  Chapter 
XXII.  :  Industrial  Education,  by  Heber  R.  Newton. 

THORPE,  F.  N.  MANUAL  TRAINING  AS  A  FACTOR  IN 
MODERN  EDUCATION.  Century,  21  :  920. 

WALKER,  F.  A.  and  Others.  INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION  IN 
COUNTRY  SCHOOLS.  Science,  9  :  365,  372. 

WINSHIP,  A.  E.  THE  SHOP.  Boston,  D.  Lathrop&  Co., 
1889,  i6mo,  78  pp.  Price  6oc. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  HEBREW  TECHNICAL  INSTI- 
TUTE, 3  Stuyvesant  St.,  New  York. 

REPORTS  AND  CIRCULARS  OF  INFORMATION,  published 
by  the  Industrial  Education  Association,  21  Univer- 
sity Place,  New  York  City. 

ILLUSTRATED  ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  NEW  YORK 
TRADE  SCHOOLS  (Col.  Richard  I.  Auchmuty). 
Apply  at  the  schools,  First  Avenue,  67th  and  68th 
Sts.,  New  York.  The  fourteenth  season  will  open  in 
October,  1894. 

HALE,  EDWARD  EVERETT.     Col.  Richard  I.  Auchmuty. 

Lend  a  Hand,  July,  1893. 

This  contains  a  description  of  the  "Auchmuty  System  "  which  has 
proved  so  practical,  and  for  its  originality  has  attracted  considerable 
attention. 


II 


EDUCATIONAL  MONOGRAPHS  OF  THE  NEW  YORK 
COLLEGE  FOR  THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS,  9 
University  Place,  Vol.  III.,  No.  2. 

BARNARD,  HENRY.  KINDERGARTEN  AND  CHILD-CUL- 
TURE PAPERS.  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  C.  W.  Bardeen. 
800  pp.  Price  $3.50. 

A  complete  Enyclopedia  of  the  kindergarten. 

BOWEN,  H.  C.  FROEBEL  AND  EDUCATION  BY  SELF-AC- 
TIVITY. New  York,  C.  Scribner's  Sons.  Price 
$1.00. 

FROEBEL,  J.  EDUCATION  OF  MAN.  Translated  and 
furnished  with  ample  notes  by  W.  N.  Hailmann, 
New  York,  D.  Appleton  &  Co.  i2mo.  Price 
$1.50- 

Froebel's  "  Education  of  Man  "  appeared  for  the  first  time  in  1826. 
The  political  and  social  aspects  of  the  time,  as  well  as  the  obscurity 
of  its  publisher,  hindered  its  diffusion  and  appreciation.  Yet  the 
book  lived  ;  and  twenty-five  years  later,  it  came  to  be  recognized  as 
the  prophecy  of  the  new  educational  epoch  of  which  our  children  are 
the  beneficiaries.  In  all  directions  the  book  sounds  the  keynote  of 
a  new  education.  It  lifts  all  educational  work  from  narrow,  merely 
utilitarian  standpoints,  to  an  intensely  and  broadly  Christian  view  of 
life  ;  it  measures  every  educational  activity  by  its  influence  on  char- 
acter and  full  life  efficiency.  In  all  questions  of  system  and  method, 
Froebel  places  the  teacher  on  solid  ground,  and  indicates  the  way  to 
loftiest  achievements. 

MACKENZIE,  C.  FREE  KINDERGARTENS.  Lend  a  Hand, 
i  :  603. 

EDUCATION— UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION. 

The  purpose  of  the  Extension  is  to  afford  the  benefits  of  Univer- 
sity instruction  to  those  who  cannot  attend  a  University.  Lecture 
Courses  are  given  upon  any  subject  for  which  there  is  a  sufficient 
popular  demand,  in  any  place  easily  accessible  from  a  University. 

The  aim  of  the  lecturer  is  to  make  his  Course  of  ten  weekly 
lectures  cover  about  the  same  ground  a  College  Class  would  go  over 
in  ten  weeks.  The  teaching  scheme  comprises  Lectures,  Class 


12 

Work,  Essays,  Reports,  etc.  An  Examination  (voluntary)  is  held  at 
the  close  of  each  course  and  certificates  are  awarded  to  those  who 
pass. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  best  work  can  be  done  in  small 
classes,  of  from  thirty  to  fifty  persons,  and  that  an  attempt  to  "  popu- 
larize "  a  course  is  unwise.  The  end  and  object  of  the  "  Extension  " 
is  not  to  amuse  but  to  teach. 

WILFRED  H.  MUNRO, 
Director  University  Extension  Brown  University. 

February,  1894. 

ADAMS,  H.  B.  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION  AND  ITS  LEAD- 
ERS (Illustrated).  Review  of  Reinews,  July,  1891. 

DEWEY,  M.  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION  IN  NEW  YORK, 
Critic,  19  :  90. 

HENDERSON,  C.  H.  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION.  Popular 
Science  Monthly \  40  :  i. 

MACKINDER  AND  SADLER  (Secretary  to  the  Oxford  Dele- 
gacy). UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION — PAST,  PRESENT, 
AND  FUTURE.  Philadelphia,  American  Society  for 
the  Extension  of  University  Teaching,  144  pp.  6oc. 

WOODS.     ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS,  Chapter  IV. 

UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION  IN  AMERICA.  (Illustrated). 
Review  of  Reviews,  January,  1893. 

FOR  THE  BEST  EXHIBIT  OF  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITY  EX- 
TENSION, apply  to  The  American  Society  for  the 
Extension  of  University  Teaching,  i5th  and  Sansom 
Sts.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

FOR  NEW  YORK  UNIVERSITY  EXTENSION,  apply  to 
University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

The  University  Extension  World.  A  monthly  journal 
published  by  the  University  Press  of  Chicago.  $1.00 
a  year.  Vol.  I.,  1892. 

University  Extension.  A  monthly  journal  published  by 
the  American  Society,  Philadelphia.  $1.50  a  year. 


GOVERNMENT. 

The  Aristotelian  dictum  which  makes  the  aim  of  government  to 
be  the  promotion  of  good  life  would  probably  be  accepted  by  every 
one.  But  this  leaves  unanswered  the  practical  question,  Will  this 
good  life  be  best  fostered  by  the  strict  limitation  of  governmental 
functions  or  by  their  increase,  particularly  in  the  industrial  field  ? 
Now  that  conception  of  government  which  limits  its  essential  func- 
tions to  the  preservation  of  social  order  and  the  administration  of 
justice  between  man  and  man,  is  certainly  yielding  ground  to  that 
view  which,  while  restricting  the  action  of  government  in  some 
directions,  would  in  general  give  its  activities  a  vastly  wider  range. 
The  experience  of  the  last  few  centuries  seems  to  have  settled  three 
things  :  (i)  that  the  State  should  withdraw  wholly  from  the  religious 
sphere  ;  (2)  that  it  should  occupy  at  least  certain  portions  of  the 
educational  field  ;  and  (3)  that  it  should  enter  the  industrial  realm  by 
assuming  strict  control  or  absolute  ownership  of  all  those  industries 
which  in  their  nature  are  monopolistic. 

P.  V.  N.  MYERS. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CINCINNATI,  February,  1894. 

BLUNTSCHLI,  J.  K.  THEORY  OF  THE  MODERN  STATE. 
(Translated  from  the  sixth  German  edition.)  New 
York,  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1885,  8vo,  518  pp.  Price 

$3-25- 
Admirable  from  both  an  historical  and  philosophical  point  of  view. 

BRYCE,  JAMES.    THE  AMERICAN  COMMONWEALTH.    New 
York,  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1893-94.     Two  volumes, 
large   ramo,   741  pp.     Third  edition,   Vol.  I.   now 
ready.     Price  $1.75.     Vol.  II.  in  press. 
This  work  is  now  so  well  known  as  hardly  to  need  mention,  and 
so  universally  praised  as  to  require  no  further  commendation.     Its 
purpose  is  to  describe  the  framework  and  constitutional  machinery 
of  our  Federal  and  State  governments,  the  methods  by  which  they 
are  worked,  and  the  forces  which  move  and  direct  them.     The  fulfil- 
ment of  this  purpose  requires  a  discussion  of  the  legislative,  execu- 
tive, and   judicial  departments  of  the  National,   State,  and  Local 
Governments  ;  of  the  nature  and  interpretation  of  the  National  and 
State  Constitutions  ;  of  the  political  parties  and  their  methods ;  of 
public  opinion,  as  manifested  in  the  leading  political  ideas,  habits, 


14 

and  tendencies  of  the  American  people,  and  its  influence  on  parties 
and  government,  illustrated  by  some  instances  in  recent  history  ;  of 
the  comparative  strength  and  weakness  of  democratic  government  as 
it  exists  in  the  United  States;  and  of  "certain  intellectual  or 
spiritual  forces,  which  count  fcr  so  much  in  the  total  life  of  the 
country,  in  the  total  impression  which  it  makes,  and  the  hopes  for  the 
future  which  it  raises." 

CHAMBERLAIN,  J.  MUNICIPAL  INSTITUTIONS  IN  AMERICA 
AND  ENGLAND.  The  Forum,  November,  1892. 

DOLE,  CHARLES  F.  THE  AMERICAN  CITIZEN.  Boston, 
D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1892.  Crown,  8vo,  294  pp. 
Price  900. 

Contains  chapters  on  :  Beginnings  of  Citizenship  ;  the  Citizen  and 
the  Government ;  Economic  Duties ;  Social  Rights  and  Duties ; 
International  Duties. 

The  primary  object  of  the  book  seems  to  have  been  to  afford  a 
manual  for  young  men  not  pursuing  their  education  farther  than  the 
high  schools. 

FISKE,  JOHN.  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT  IN  XTHE  UNITED 
STATES  CONSIDERED  WITH  SOMK  REFERENCES  TO  ITS 
ORIGINS.  Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin,  &  Co.,  1891. 
Crown  8vo,  351  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

This  is  an  excellent  treatise  both  for  its  present  and  historical 
interest,  and  for  the  numerous  suggestions  and  topics  for  further  study 
in  regard  to  questions  prominent  in  politics  to-day.  Selected  refer- 
ences on  special  topics. 

THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  AMERICAN  CITIES.  The  Forum, 
10 :  357-  Century,  September,  1891. 

IVINS,  W.  M.  MUNICIPAL  GOVERNMENT.  Political 
Science  Quarterly,  June,  1887. 

Low,  SETH.  THE  PROBLEM  OF  CITY  GOVERNMENT. 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Studies  (Supplementary 
Note).  Baltimore,  1889.  Paper,  5c. 

MACY,  JESSE.  OUR  GOVERNMENT  :  How  IT  GREW, 
WHAT  IT  DOES,  AND  How  IT  DOES  IT.  New  York, 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1890.  i2mo,  289  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

A  manual  of  civics  for  use  chiefly  in  high  schools  and  academies. 


PATTEN,  S.  N.  DECAY  OF  STATE  AND  LOCAL  GOVERN- 
MENT. Annals  American  Academy,  July,  1890. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  How  LONDON  is  GOVERNED.  Century, 
March,  1890. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  PARIS — THE  TYPICAL  MODERN  CITY. 
Century,  July,  1891. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  MUNICIPAL  PROBLEMS  OF  NEW  YORK 
AND  LONDON.  Jteview  of  Reviews,  April,  1892. 

THE  STATESMAN'S   YEAR    BOOK.     Published  annually. 

Vol.  I.,  1864.     New  York,  Macmillan  &  Co.     $3.00 

a  volume. 

Valuable  for  facts  in  regard  to  the  governments  of  all  countries, 
and  for  bibliographies  difficult  of  access  to  the  general  reader. 

STORY,  MOORFIELD.  POLITICS  AS  A  DUTY  AND  AS  A 
CAREER.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1889. 
i2mo,  33  pp.  Price  25c. 

A  strong  plea  for  definite  political  reforms,  as  opposed  to  machine 
politics. 

WHITE,  A.  D.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  AMERICAN  CITIES, 
Forum,  December,  1890. 

WILSON,  WOODROW.  CONGRESSIONAL  GOVERNMENT. 
Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin,  &  Co.,  1885.  i6mo, 
333  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

A  description  of  Congressional  principles  and  methods. 

WILSON,  WOODROW.     THE    STATE,    OR    ELEMENTS   OF 
HISTORICAL  AND  PRACTICAL  POLITICS.     Boston,  D. 
C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1890.     8vo,  720  pp.     Price  $2.00. 
This  book   exhibits  the  actual   organization   and   administrative 
practice  of  the  chief  modern  governments  in  their  proper  relation  to 
the  practice  of  government  in  the  past,  and  to  the  general  principles 
of  jurisprudence   and   politics,   as   these   have   been   developed  by 
historical  criticism. 

WILSON,  WOODROW.  THE  STUDY  OF  ADMINISTRATION. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  June,  1887. 

PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  Civics. 
Address  Lock  Box  430,  Equitable  Building,  120 
Broadway,  New  York  City. 


i6 

IMMIGRATION. 

Migration  has  been  a  characteristic  of  human  society  at  all  periods 
of  history  and  is  an  important  fact  in  the  study  of  Sociology.  In 
early  times  whole  tribes  wandered  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  new 
pastures,  or  obtaining  new  homes  by  conquest.  After  the  discovery  of 
America,  migration  took  on  the  form  of  colonization  and  the  establish- 
ing of  plantations  or  trading  posts.  Such  migration  was  still  under  the 
auspices  of  the  mother  country.  In  modern  times,  migration  is  the 
act  of  the  individual  leaving  his  home  for  the  purpose  of  finding  a 
new  one  either  in  a  colony  of  the  mother  country,  or  in  a  strange 
country.  It  is  therefore  a  purely  individual  act,  but  when  it  takes 
place  on  a  sufficiently  large  scale  it  has  important  social  consequences. 
Emigration  may  affect  the  population  and  the  economic  condition  of 
the  country  which  the  emigrants  leave.  Generally  the  loss  to 
population  is  made  good  by  additional  births,  and  the  economic  loss  is 
made  up  by  the  introduction  of  machinery.  The  effect  of  immigra- 
tion on  the  receiving  country  is  much  more  important.  It  increases 
population,  and  assists  the  economic  development.  Sometimes, 
however,  it  threatens  to  lower  the  standard  of  living  of  the  laboring 
class,  to  add  to  the  burden  of  pauperism,  and  to  complicate  political 
and  social  development  by  the  introduction  of  elements  alien  to  the 
established  civilization.  This  gives  rise  to  the  question  of  restriction 
of  immigration,  which  is  of  especial  importance  in  the  United 
States. 

RICHMOND  MAYO-SMITH. 

COLUMBIA  COLLEGE, 

January,  1894. 

CHANDLER,  W.  E.  SHALL  IMMIGRATION  BE  SUS- 
PENDED ?  North  American  Review,  January,  1893. 

DINGLEY,  F.  L.  EUROPEAN  IMMIGRATION  INTO  THE 
UNITED  STATES.  Special  U.  S.  Consular  Report  for 
1890.  121  pp. 

HALE,  E.  E.  How  TO  DEAL  WITH  OUR  IMMIGRANTS. 
Social  Economist,  February,  1893. 

JAMES,  E.  J.  LALOR'S  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  POLITICAL 
SCIENCE:  ARTICLE  ON  EMIGRATION  AND  IMMI- 
GRATION. 

MCNEILL.     THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT.     (Chapter  XVI.) 


17 

MAYO-SMITH,  R.     EMIGRATION  AND  IMMIGRATION.    A 
Study  in  Social  Science.     New  York,  C.   Scribner's 
Sons.     1890,  8vo,  302  pp.     Price  $1.50. 
An  historical  and  statistical  survey  of  the  political,   social,  and 

economic  effects.     Bibliography  appended.     A  standard  work. 

MAYO-SMITH,  R.  CONTROL  OF  IMMIGRATION.  Political 
Science  Quarterly,  March,  June,  and  September,  1888. 

NOBLE,  JOHN  HAWKS.  THE  IMMIGRATION  QUESTION. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  June,  1892. 

ROUND,  W.  M.  F.  IMMIGRATION  AND  CRIME.  Journal 
of  Social  Science.  [Saratoga  Papers  of  1889.] 

SCHUYLER,  EUGENE.  ITALIAN  IMMIGRATION  INTO  THE 
UNITED  STATES.  Political  Science  Quarterly,  Sep- 
tember, 1889. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  DIPLOMATIC  AND  CONSULAR  OFFICES 
CONCERNING  EMIGRATION  FROM  EUROPE  TO  THE 
UNITED  STATES.  House  Misc.  Doc.  5oth  Cong., 
ist  Sess.,  No.  572,  part  2.  157  pp. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  IMMIGRATION  COMMISSIONERS  OF 
THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK.  Vol.  I.,  1847. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  CONSULAR  OFFICES  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  ON  EMIGRATION  AND  IMMIGRATION.  Wash- 
ington, 1887. 

WEBER,  JOHN  B.,  AND  SMITH,  CHARLES  S.  OUR  NA- 
TIONAL DUMPING  GROUND,  A  STUDY  OF  IMMIGRA- 
TION. North  American  Review,  April,  1892. 

LAISSEZ-FAIRE  AND  STATE  ACTIVITY. 

The  relation  between  industry  and  government  presents  a  question 
which  lies  at  the  basis  of  all  practical  and  economic  problems.  It  is 
rather  by  an  accident  in  the  development  of  economic  thought  that 
this  question  presents  itself  under  the  title  ' '  Laissez-faire  and  State 
Activity,"  a  credit  which  the  student  of  economy  cannot  appreciate 
until  he  studies  this  doctrine  in  its  origin  and  growth.  It  is  the 
economic  dogma  incident  to  that  general  system  of  natural  liberty 
which  came  in  with  the  writers  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  which 


i8 

played  so  important  a  part  in  both  industrial  and  political  fields  in 
the  French  Revolution.  There  are  many  ways  of  presenting  this 
question.  Has  the  State  an  economic  function  ?  Is  the  principle  of 
competition  capable  of  ruling  justly  the  industrial  world  ?  Can  the 
judgment  of  man,  expressing  itself  through  the  State,  determine  the 
manner  in  which  commercial  forces  shall  work  ?  But,  however  the 
question  is  asked,  it  must  be  answered  in  such  a  manner  as  to  grant 
the  student  of  economy  a  free  field  for  the  investigation  of  practical 
industrial  questions  and  social  reforms,  if  any  progress  is  to  be  made  in 
the  development  of  economic  theory  or  in  the  guidance  of  economic 
forces.  The  change  which  has  in  recent  years  come  over  economic 
thinking  cannot  be  more  graphically  stated  than  by  calling  attention 
to  the  fact  that  students  are  seeking  for  some  principles  by  which  the 
public  activity  of  the  State  and  the  private  initiative  of  the  individual 
can  work  together  for  a  common  end  rather  than  searching  for  argu- 
ments by  which  government  may  be  entirely  excluded  from  the  indus- 
trial field. 

HENRY  C.  ADAMS. 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN, 

ANN  ARBOR,  January,  1894. 

ADAMS,  H.  C.  THE  RELATION  OF  THE  STATE  TO  IN- 
DUSTRIAL ACTION.  Baltimore,  American  Economic 
Association,  1887,  85  pp.  Price  75c. 

An  admirable  presentation  of  the  principles  which  the  author  con- 
tends should  shape  State  regulation  of  industry. 

GRAHAM,  W.  SOCIALISM,  NEW  AND  OLD  (Chapters 
IX.-XIL). 

GLADDEN,  W.     TOOLS  AND  THE  MAN  (Chapter  X.). 

SHAW,  WM.  B.  SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  LEGISLATION  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES  IN  1892.  Quarterly  Journal 
of  Economics,  January,  1893. 

SPENCER,  HERBERT.  MAN  vs.  THE  STATE.  New  York, 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1884,  113  pp.,  i2mo,  paper. 
Price  3oc. 

A  plea  for  individualism  as  opposed  to  paternalism  in  government. 

WAYLAND,  H.  L.  HAS  the  STATE  ABDICATED  ?  Journal 
of  Social  Science,  October,  1892. 


19 
THE  CHURCH. 

The  Church  ought  to  be  the  chief  agency  in  bringing  about  the 
Kingdom  of  Heaven.  It  sometimes  seems  as  if  the  Church  were  in 
threatening  danger  of  forgetting  that,  and  imagining  its  chief  concern 
to  be  self-edification.  On  the  threshold  of  the  twentieth  century  the 
problem  which  the  Church  faces  is  not  the  strengthening  of  its  stakes 
and  the  lengthening  of  its  cords,  but  the  making  of  a  highway  for  the 
Kingdom  of  God.  It  is  the  height  of  time  for  the  Church  to  make 
more  earnest  of  its  Lord's  law,  that  the  only  way  to  save  one's  life  is 
to  lose  it.  If  the  Church  would  save  itself  in  the  era  just  before  us, 
it  must  fling  itself  upon  the  world  with  a  divine  prodigality  which  it 
has  as  yet  hardly  dreamed  of.  It  must  "let  itself  loose". into  a 
sweep  of  service,  not  service  of  itself  but  of  society,  which  will  make 
it  altogether  new. 

The  voices  of  the  prophets  are  all  about  us.  Not  another  church  is 
needed  but  a  universal  movement  in  the  churches  (must  it  be  out- 
side them  ?),  under  which  there  will  be  a  regenerated  Christendom,  a 
human  society  that  will  actually  believe  in  Jesus  as  the  Lord  of  human 

life. 

GEORGE  A.  GATES. 
IOWA  COLLEGE,  January,  1894. 

APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY. 

This  may  be  summarized  briefly  thus,  as  stating  the  general  atti- 
tude of  the  advocates  of  what  is  termed  Applied  Christianity :  I. 
While  the  essence  of  Christianity  is  spiritual,  its  manifestations  are 
through  material  things.  It  inevitably  demands  and  creates  a  material 
environment  adapted  to  itself.  2.  The  older  political  economy  has 
failed  to  establish  itself  as  a  science  of  so-called  natural  laws,  apart 
from  moral  considerations.  The  principle  of  laissez-faire  is  valid  as 
against  arbitrary  legislative  enactments  in  restraint  of  commerce  and 
manufacture,  but  not  as  against  well  established  ethical  principles. 
Again,  the  scope  of  the  older  economy  was  too  narrow.  It  is  but  a 
part  of  the  broader  field  of  sociology.  The  proper  study  of  mankind 
is  man  in  his  entirety.  3.  Principles  of  social  organization  involve 
not  only  human  wants,  but  human  free  agency,  and  the  conscience 
directing  that  agency.  Hence  the  rise  of  Social  Ethics,  in  place  of  the 
doctrine  of  laissez-faire,  and  this  latter  receives  its  light  and  suste- 
nance from  the  vital  essence  of  Christianity,  as  its  manifestation  chiefly 


within  the  domain  of  Christendom  amply  proves.  4.  Yet  Christianity 
formulates  no  dogmatic  system.  It  is  a  life  rather  than  a  creed ;  life, 
in  both  senses,  as  an  inner  vital  principle  of  growth,  and  as  an  out- 
ward manifestation  in  conduct.  The  middle  link,  so  to  speak,  between 
the  two  is  knowledge,  truth  as  discovered  by  the  intellect  and  justified 
in  experience.  5.  Under  this  title,  therefore,  are  included  some  of 
the  more  important  of  recent  efforts  to  set  forth  these  principles,  as 
both  the  expression  of  the  inner  life  of  Christianity,  and  the  descrip- 
tion of  its  appropriate  external  exemplification. 

LEIGHTON  WILLIAMS. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

BRACE,  C.  L.  GESTA  CHRISTI.  New  York,  Armstrong 
Co.,  1882,  8vo,  5th  edition.  Price  $1.50. 

DICKINSON,  C.  A.  THE  PROBLEM  OF  THE  MODERN  CITY 
CHURCH.  Andover  Review,  October,  1889. 

EHRICH,  LEWIS.  A  RELIGION  FOR  ALL  TIMES.  Arena, 
March,  1893. 

ELY,  R.  T.  SOCIAL  ASPECTS  OF  CHRISTIANITY.  New 
York,  T.  Y.  Crowell  &  Co.,  1889.  New  edition, 
enlarged,  132  pp.  i2mo.  Price  goc. 

CONTENTS  :  Statement  of  Fundamental  Principles  ;  Simple  Gospel 
of  Christ ;  The  Christian  in  the  World,  but  not  of  the  World  ;  Alien- 
ation of  Wage  Workers  from  the  Church  ;  the  Church  and  the  World  ; 
Philanthropy  ;  Ethics  and  Economics. 

FAIRBAIRN,  A.  M.  THE  PLACE  OF  CHRIST  IN  MODERN 
THEOLOGY.  New  York,  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  1893. 
8vo,  548  pp.  Price,  $2.50. 

FLOWER,  B.  O.  PRESENT-DAY  TENDENCIES  AND  SIGNS 
OF  THE  TIMES.  Arena,  March,  1893. 

FREMANTLE,  W.  H.  THE  WORLD  AS  A  SUBJECT  OF 
REDEMPTION.  New  York,  Longmans,  Greene  & 
Co.,  1892.  8vo,  470  pp.  Price  $2.00 

An  admirable  discussion  of  the  relation  of  Christianity  to  the  prac- 
tical problems  of  social  science. 


21 

GLADDEN,  WASHINGTON.  APPLIED  CHRISTIANITY.  Bos- 
ton and  New  York,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  1886. 
i2mo,  320  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

A  study  of  the  moral  aspects  of  social  questions  :  Wealth,  Labor, 
Socialism,  Social  Science,  Popular  Amusements,  Popular  Education. 

HILL,  DAVID  J.  SOCIAL  INFLUENCE  OF  CHRISTIANITY, 
WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  CONTEMPORARY 
PROBLEMS.  Boston,  Silver,  Burdett  &  Co.,  1888. 
8vo,  231  pp. 

Its  chapters  discuss  :  What  is  Human  Society  ?  What  has  Christi- 
anity done  for  Society  ?  Christianity  and  the  Problems  of  Labor, 
Wealth,  Marriage,  Education,  Legislation,  and  Repression.  Each 
chapter  is  preceded  by  a  topical  analysis,  and  the  foot-notes  give 
numerous  cross  references. 

MILLS,   C.   S.     THE   INSTITUTIONAL   CHURCH.     Bibli- 

otheca  Sacra.     July,  1892. 
"  One  of  the  best  contributions  to  the  subject." — JOSIAH  STRONG. 

SAVAGE,  M.  J.,  HALE,  E.  E.,  GLADDEN,  W.  INCREASE 
IN  THE  USEFULNESS  OF  OUR  CHURCHES.  North 
American  Review,  148  :  372. 

THWING,  CHARLES  F.  THE  WORKING  CHURCH.  New 
York,  Baker  &  Taylor,  1888.  i6mo,  170  pp.  Price 

75c. 

A  discussion  of  the  best  methods  for  making  Church  organization 
effective. 

WOODS.  ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS  (Chapter  5  :  THE 
SOCIAL  WORK  OF  THE  CHURCH). 

YEAR-BOOK  OF  ST.  BARTHOLOMEW'S  CHURCH,  NEW 
YORK  CITY,  1892.  Illustrated.  This  one  has  been 
selected  because  of  the  phototypes  which  illustrate 
the  various  phases  of  the  work  of  St.  Bartholomew's 
parish  house. 
All  of  the  larger  churches  are  issuing  these  year-books,  describing 

the  varying  activities  of  the  church  in  question.     They  are  usually 

sent  on  application  to  the  clergyman  of  the  parish. 

PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  UNION.  Rich- 
ard T.  Ely,  Secretary,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
Madison,  Wis. 


22 

THE  KING'S  BUSINESS.  Proceedings  of  the  World's 
Convention  of  Christians  at  Work,  and  Seventh 
Annual  Convention  of  Christian  Workers  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada.  Apply  to  the  General 
Offices  of  the  International  Association,  85  Orange 
Street,  New  Haven,  Conn.  Rev.  John  C.  Collins, 
Secretary.  Price  $1.00. 

The  Reports  of  the  Christian  Workers  make  nearly  twenty-five 
hundred  pages  of  the  very  heart  of  Applied  Christianity.  They  de- 
scribe the  various  phases  of  Christian  Sociology  in  its  treatment  of 
lodging  houses,  working  girls'  clubs,  the  slums,  boys'  clubs,  institu- 
tional churches,  boys'  brigades,  missions,  the  training  of  Seminary 
Students  with  special  reference  to  these  lines,  the  work  of  College 
Students  in  the  slums,  and  a  large  number  of  other  forms  of  such  work. 

CHURCH   UNITY. 

Church  unity,  or  an  organic  union  of  the  churches,  is  a  question 
that  is  beset  with  immense  difficulties.  It  involves  such  mutual  con- 
cessions of  denominational  creeds  and  politics  that  much  time  must 
undoubtedly  elapse  before  anything  like  a  general  union  can  be 
effected.  The  practical  history  is  likely  to  begin  with  the  union  of 
different  branches  of  the  same  denomination,  as,  for  example,  the 
various  Presbyterian  bodies.  Next  will  come,  perhaps,  those  whose 
polity  and  methods  are  similar,  as  is  the  case  with  the  Baptist  and 
Congregational  bodies.  From  these  the  union  may  be  gradually  ex- 
tended till  all  branches  of  the  Church  of  Christ  are  included. 

Yes,  it  is  possible  that  the  history  may  be  quite  different  from  this. 
The  present  status  may  remain  with  little  or  no  change  till  at  a  cer- 
tain exigency  a  plan  will  be  presented  that  all  or  nearly  all  will  agree 
to  accept.  It  is  a  remarkable  indication  of  a  new  era  of  religious 
comity  that  a  Presbyterian  professor  of  Princeton  Theological  Semi- 
nary, Rev.  Charles  W.  Shields,  D.D.,  has  taken  the  position  that  a 
modified  historic  episcopate  is  the  only  possible  ground  of  organic 
union  among  the  various  denominations. 

THEODORE  F.  SEWARD. 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

GLADDEN,  WASHINGTON.  THE  CHRISTIAN  LEAGUE  OF 
CONNECTICUT.  New  York,  The  Century  Co.  i6mo, 
192  pp. 


23 

SHIELDS,  C.  W.     SOCIAL  PROBLEM  OF  CHURCH  UNION 
Century,  18  :  687. 

STEAD,  W.  T.  CHURCH  UNION.  Review  of  Reviews, 
3  :  362. 

STEAD,  W.  T.,  AND  OTHERS.  THE  LAYMEN'S  MOVE- 
MENT :  A  SYMPOSIUM  ON  CHRISTIAN  UNITY.  Re- 
view of  Reviews,  February,  1892. 

STRONG,  J.,  AND  OTHERS.  RELIGIOUS  CO-OPERATION, 
LOCAL,  NATIONAL,  AND  INTERNATIONAL  :  8  arti- 
cles. Review  of  Reviews,  October,  1892. 

STRONG,  J.  CO-OPERATION  OF  EVANGELICAL  CHURCHES. 
Our  Day,  2  :  81  ;  i  :  272. 

Christian  Unity.  A  Layman's  Journal.  The  Organ  of 
the  Brotherhood  of  Christian  Unity.  Theodore  F. 
Seward,  editor.  Published  quarterly  in  New  York 
City  at  53  East  icth  St.  Vol.  I.,  No.  i,  July, 
1892. 

The  Kingdom.  A  monthly  paper,  published  by  Calvary 
Church,  in  the  East  End  of  Pittsburg.  500.  a  year. 
Address  F.  C.  Kyle,  89  Third  Avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 


MISSIONS. 

City  Mission  work  is  of  various  kinds.  Broadly  speaking  it  may 
be  divided  into  two  sections,  according  as  it  deals  with  those  who 
have  homes,  or  with  those  who  are  homeless.  The  larger  part  of  the 
work  done,  of  necessity  pertains  to  the  former  class  ;  the  more 
difficult  part  of  the  work,  to  the  latter.  The  hopeful  part  of  the  work 
in  the  homes  lies  among  the  children.  The  hopelessness  of  the  work 
among  the  homeless  arises  largely  from  the  fact  of  their  mature 
years.  Another  division  might  be  made  into  two  classes  called  the 
honest  and  the  dishonest.  Here  again  the  larger  part  of  the  work 
lies  with  the  former  class,  but  the  more  difficult  with  the  latter. 
Reasons  for  this  are  obvious.  One  more  division  may  be  made  into 
the  work  of  prevention,  and  work  of  cure.  Here  again  the  former 
must  take  precedence,  both  as  regards  the  amount  of  work  it  calls 


for,  and  its  hopefulness.  Prevention  deals  with  the  children  ;  cure, 
with  adults.  Prevention  is  less  dramatic  in  its  features  than  is  cure, 
but  it  is  far  more  effective. 

City  Mission  work  may  again  be  divided  into  religious  and  purely 
secular  departments.  The  one  deals  with  the  soul,  the  other  with 
the  body.  Rightly  carried  on,  these  two  departments  must  be  com- 
bined. If  the  spiritual  be  reached,  the  temporal  will  in  a  large 
measure  care  for  itself.  Thus  it  would  be  seen  the  true  City  Mission 
work  deals  with  all  classes  and  conditions  of  men,  reaching  their 
bodies,  minds,  and  spiritual  natures. 

A.  F.  SCHAUFFLER. 

NEW  YORK,  January,  1894. 

EDHOLM,  CHARLTON.  THE  TRAFFIC  IN  GIRLS,  AND 
FLORENCE  CRITTENTON  MISSIONS.  Chicago,  W.  C. 
T.  U.  Press,  1893.  Price  $1.00. 

NORTH,  F.  M.  CITY  MISSIONS  AND  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS. 
Methodist  Review,  March,  1892. 

OFFORD,  R.  M.,  Editor.  JERRY  McAuLEY  :  His  LIFE 
AND  WORK.  New  York,  Mrs.  Jerry  McAuley,  104 
West  32d  St.,  1885.  i2mo,  227  pp.  Price  50  cents. 

RADIN,  A.  M.  HELPING  THE  FALLEN  :  A  report  to  the 
Jewish  Ministers'  Association  of  New  York.  Ameri- 
can Hebrew,  January  20,  1893. 

NEW  YORK  EVANGELICAL  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY  OF 
YOUNG  MEN.  Andover  Review,  7  :  81. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  NEW  YORK  CITY  MISSION  AND  TRACT 
SOCIETY.  Published  annually  at  the  United  Chari- 
ties Building,  105  East  22d  St.,  New  York. 

Contains  accounts  of  Church  work,  women's  meetings,  sewing 
schools,  young  men's  and  boys'  classes,  lodging-house  work,  and 
libraries,  in  the  society's  field,  which  is  New  York  below  I4th 
Street. 

Special  Reports  published  by  the  Woman's  Branch  of  the  New 
York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society. 

The  New  York  City  Mission  Monthly.  A.  F.  SCHAUFFLER, 
Editor.  Published  monthly  at  105  East  22d  St., 
New  York.  $1.00  per  annum. 


ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  NEW  YORK  CITY  MISSION 
SOCIETY  (P.  E.).  Apply  to  General  Secretary,  38 
Bleecker  St.,  New  York  City. 

The  Sixty-first  Annual  Report,  for  1891-1892  (illustrated),  de- 
scribes the  work  among  inmates  of  the  public  institutions  on  Black- 
well's,  Ward's,  Randall's,  and  Hart's  Islands,  City  Ayslums  and 
Prisons. 

RELIGIOUS  CONDITIONS  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY.  Addresses 
made  at  a  Christian  Conference  held  in  New  York, 
December,  1888.  New  York  City  below  Fourteenth 
Street  ;  a  detailed  discussion  of  mission  work  among 
the  foreign  elements  of  the  population  ;  the  denomi- 
national missions  ;  the  necessity  of  lay  co-operation 
and  Christian  work  ;  house-to-house  visitation  ;  the 
latent  power  of  New  York  churches.  The  topics 
were  treated  by  Revs.  Schauffler,  MacArthur,  John 
Hall,  Josiah  Strong,  Chas.  H.  Parkhurst,  and  others. 

For  the  city  mission  work  of  the  several  churches,  see  their 
respective  Year-Books. 


THE    FAMILY. 

Of  all  the  primary  factors  and  forces  of  society  the  family  has  been 
most  ignored  in  modern  civilization.  In  law  and  politics,  in  eco- 
nomics and  industry,  in  architectural  construction  and  municipal 
administration  of  great  cities,  in  social  usages  and  current  literature, 
even  in  education,  philanthropy,  and  religion,  it  has,  until  compara- 
tively recent  years,  been  very  largely  superseded  by  the  attention 
bestowed  upon  the  individual  on  the  one  hand  and  upon  the  mass  on 
the  other.  The  tide  began  to  turn  twenty-five  years  ago  when  a  few 
scholars  commenced  to  reinvestigate  its  social  significance  in  the  light 
of  modern  scientific  research.  Like  most  critical  processes,  this 
investigation  at  first  developed  destructive  tendencies.  But  the  latest 
and  best  literature  on  the  family  is  not  only  conservative  but  con- 
structive. This  investiture  of  the  family  with  a  more  fundamental 
significance  than  could  ever  before  be  so  clearly  recognized,  invests 
the  bibliography  of  its  literature  both  with  peculiar  interest  and  with 


26 

the  utmost  importance.  This  practical  effort  to  popularize  the  study 
of  the  family  as  the  norm  of  the  social  organism  cannot  fail  to 
promote  its  recognition  and  use  as  a  prime  factor  and  force  in 
sociological  thought  and  effort. 

GRAHAM  TAYLOR. 
CHICAGO  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY, 
February,  1894. 

COULANGES,  FUSTEL  DE.  THE  ANCIENT  CITY  (Trans- 
lated from  the  French  by  Willard  Small).  Boston, 
Lee  &  Shepard,  1874.  8vo,  529  pp.  Price  $1.60. 

A  study  of  the  laws,  religions,  and  institutions  of  Ancient  Greece 
and  Rome.     Valuable  for  its  chapters  on  the  classic  family. 

DIKE,  S.  W  PROBLEMS  OF  THE  FAMILY.  Century,  17  : 
385. 

DIKE,  S.  W.,  PORTER,  E.  C.,  PALMER,  ALICE,  F.  THE 
CHURCH  AND  THE  HOME.  Publication  No.  3  of  the 
National  Divorce  Reform  League,  1893. 

DIKE,  S.  W.  PROGRESS  OF  DIVORCE  REFORM.  Andover 
Review,  n  1427. 

DIKE,  S.  W.  UNIFORM  LAWS  OF  MARRIAGE  AND 
DIVORCE.  Arena,  2  :  399. 

DIKE,  S.  W.  STATISTICS  OF  MARRIAGE  AND  DIVORCE. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  4  :  592.  Andover  Review, 
ii  :  528. 

DIKE,  S.  W.  PROGRESS  OF  NATIONAL  DIVORCE  REFORM. 
Our  Day,  March,  1893. 

POMEROY,  H.  S.  ETHICS  OF  MARRIAGE.  New  York, 
Funk  &  Wagnalls,  1889.  i2mo.,  197  pp.  Price 
$1.00. 

STARCKE,  C.  N.  THE  PRIMITIVE  FAMILY  (Translated 
from  the  German).  New  York,  D.  Appleton  &  Co., 
1889.  i2mo,  315  pp.  Price  $1.75. 

A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  family  in  primitive 
times, 


27 

WESTERMARCK,  E.     THE  HISTORY   OF   HUMAN    MAR- 
RIAGE.    London,  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1891.     8vo,  664 
pp.     Price  $4.00. 
A  standard  authority. 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  MARRIAGE  AND  DIVORCE.  Lend-a- 
Hand,  7  :  303,  377. 

FIFTH  REPORT  OF  THE  U.  S.  COMMISSIONER  OF  LABOR 
ON  LAWS  OF  MARRIAGE  AND  DIVORCE  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES  AND  EUROPE.  1889,  1074  pp. 

The  third  edition  is  now  ready.  A  compilation  of  the  laws  of  the 
several  States,  with  statistics  on  the  various  phases  of  the  problem. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  DIVORCE  REFORM  LEAGUE. 
Published  annually,  1886  to  date. 

The  National  Divorce  Reform  League  was  organized  in  1881  by 
ex-President  Woolsey  and  others  interested  in  Divorce  Reform,  with 
Rev.  Samuel  W.  Dike,  LL.D.,  now  of  Auburndale,  Mass.,  as  Secre- 
tary. Its  object  is  "to  promote  an  improvement  in  public  sentiment 
and  legislation  in  the  institution  of  the  Family,  especially  as  affected 
by  existing  evils  relating  to  Marriage  and  Divorce."  It  is  Christian, 
catholic,  and  scientific,  regarding  the  various  problems  of  the  Family 
as  so  correlated  to  each  other  and  to  the  whole  social  problem  as  to 
demand  the  broadest  and  most  scientific  treatment.  This  method 
led  the  League  to  secure  the  investigation  whose  results  appeared  in 
the  report  of  Hon.  Carroll  D.  Wright,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Labor, 
on  "  Marriage  and  Divorce  in  the  United  States  and  Europe,"  which 
has  been  called  "  the  most  important  contribution  to  our  social  phi- 
losophy which  this  country  has  yet  produced."  This  work,  it  is 
hoped,  will  be  extended  here  and  in  Europe. 

Careful  and  effective  changes  have  been  made  in  the  marriage  and 
divorce  laws  of  a  dozen  States,  while  no  more  loose  legislation  has 
been  enacted  for  several  years.  The  problem  of  uniformity  has  been 
studied  with  great  care.  The  League  discouraged  effort  to  amend 
the  Constitution  until  the  statistical  investigation  could  throw  its  light 
upon  the  problem.  The  result  justified  its  caution  and  prepared  for 
the  preliminary  experiment,  originally  proposed  by  Dr.  Woolsey,  and 
supported  by  the  American  Bar  Association  and  other  parties,  by 
which  about  a  dozen  States  are  now  at  work  upon  the  subject  through 


28 

commissions  on  uniform  legislation.  This  course  may  bring  the  de- 
sired result,  or  it  will  demonstrate  the  real  condition,  and  if  it  is  the 
better  method,  the  way  will  thus  be  opened  for  amendment  of  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States. 

Practical  work  for  the  Home  has  been  done,  especially  by  direct- 
ing the  Home  to  self-help.  Mr.  Dike  began  to  publish  studies  of  the 
problem  of  the  country  town  in  1884,  from  a  sociological  point  of 
view,  and  soon  afterwards  put  the  plan  of  the  Home  Department  as 
a  practical  application  of  a  scientific  principle  into  the  hands  of  a  Sun- 
day-school Society  for  development  and  use.  Many  religious  bodies 
have  been  interested  in  the  general  problem  and  in  the  possible 
development  of  the  Home  in  religious,  ethical,  and  educational 
matters. 

The  basis  of  this  and  of  future  effort  has  been  educational.  For 
twelve  years  work  has  been  constantly  done  by  addresses,  lectures, 
and  correspondence  to  encourage  the  study  of  the  Family  and  of 
Sociology  in  a  scientific  and  practical  way  in  all  our  higher  educational 
institutions,  and  recently  in  University  Extension.  Within  the  last 
year  or  two  the  colleges  for  women  have  taken  much  interest  in 
Sociology  and  the  Home.  Contributions  to  the  leading  reviews  and 
other  periodicals,  co-operation  with  statisticians,  active  membership 
in  the  leading  scientific  associations,  and  the  well-known  "  Sociologi- 
cal Group  "  of  the  Century  and  Forum,  afford  excellent  avenues  for 
the  advancement  of  the  objects  of  the  League.  In  short,  the  League 
aims  at  comprehensive  work  and  permanent  results,  and  does  not 
encourage  sensational  methods. 

SAMUEL  W.  DIKE. 

AUBURNDALE,  MASS., 

September  i,  1893. 


LABOR. 

No  thoughtful  observer  of  social  conditions  can  doubt  that  of  all 
the  many  problems  which  demand  our  consideration,  that  tangle  of 
perplexities  which  we  somewhat  vaguely  term  the  Labor  Problem  is 
the  most  imperative  and  the  most  momentous.  From  the  standpoint 
of  production  our  modern  industrial  organization  is  very  satisfactory, 
but  the  concentration  of  capital  and  the  minute  division  of  labor 
which  are  the  characteristic  features  of  this  efficient  productive  or- 


29 

ganization  undoubtedly  tend  to  draw  the  lines  of  class  distinction  and 
array  capital  and  labor  as  opposing  forces.  The  main  elements  which 
conspire  to  produce  the  present  problem  are  the  ever  increasing  use 
of  machine  methods  which  reduce  the  workingman  to  the  rank  of  a 
mere  adjunct  of  machinery,  a  "  hand  "  in  the  literal  sense  ;  the  lack 
of  personal  relations  and  consequent  sympathy  between  employer  and 
employed,  which  is  incident  to  our  system  of  Industry  ;  and  a  divine  dis- 
content with  existing  conditions  on  the  part  of  the  workingman  which 
arises  from  increased  intelligence  that  demands  larger  opportunities 
for  mental  and  moral  culture.  Shorter  hours  of  work,  better  condi- 
tions, and  a  more  equitable  division  of  the  social  product  among 
the  producing  factors  are  the  reasonable  demands  of  labor  ;  and  suc- 
cessful efforts  toward  the  adjustment  of  the  conflict  of  interests  of 
capital  and  labor  must  proceed  along  these  lines. 

FREDERICK  W.  SPEIRS. 
DREXEL  INSTITUTE,  PHILA., 
February,  1894. 

BARNS,  WM.  E.,  Editor.  THE  LABOR  PROBLEM.  PLAIN 
QUESTIONS  AND  PRACTICAL  ANSWERS.  New  York, 
Harper  and  Bros.,  1886.  i6mo,  330  pp.  Price 

$1.00. 

A  symposium  by  manufacturers,  workingmen,  clergymen,  labor 
commissioners,  journalists,  and  others. 

BOLLP.S,  ALBERT  S^  THE  CONFLICT  BETWEEN  LABOR 
AND  CAPITAL.  Philadelphia,  J.  B.  Lippincott  & 
Co.,  1876.  tamo,  211  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

BOOTH,  CHARLES.  LABOR  AND  LIFE  OF  THE  PEOPLE. 
Second  edition.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons. 
3  vols.,  8vo,  598  pp.  Price  $4.20. 

CONTENTS  :  I.  The  Classes— II.  The  Trades,  Docks,  Tailoring, 
Bootmaking,  Furniture,  Tobacco,  Silk,  Woman's  Work — III.  Spe- 
cial Subjects.  Sweating,  Influx  of  Population,  Jewish  Community. 

Vol.  II.     (In  two  parts). 

Part  I. — London — continued.  CONTENTS  :  I.  London,  Street  by 
Street — II.  Central  London — III.  South  and  Outlying  London — IV. 
London  Children — V.  Index  to  Volumes  I.  and  II.  Part  II.  Ap- 
pendix, Classification  of  Population,  with  maps. 


3° 

BOOTH,  CHARLES,  Editor.  LIFE  AND  LABOR  OF  THE 
PEOPLE  IN  LONDON.  London  and  New  York, 
Macmillan  &  Co.,  1893.  4  vols.  Price  $1.50  each. 

Vol.       I. — East,  Central,  and  South  London. 

Vol.    II. — Streets  and  Population  Classified. 

Vol.  III. — Blocks  of  Buildings,  Schools,  and  Immigration. 

Vol.  IV. — East  London  Industries. 

BRENTANO,  L.  THE  RELATION  OF  LABOR  TO  THE  LAW 
OF  TO-DAY.  Translated  from  the  German,  by  Peter 
Sherman.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1891. 
i2mo,  305  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

An  account  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  labor  question  of 
to-day,  and  of  Trades-Unions  ;  and  an  advocacy  of  adequate  organi- 
zation, legislation,  and  arbitration  in  the  industrial  sphere. 

ELY,  R.  T.  THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  IN  AMERICA.  New 
York,  T.  Y.  Crowell  &  Co.,  second  edition,  1890. 
izmo,  383  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

A  brief  but  comprehensive  review  of  the  Labor  Movements  in  this 
country,  containing  chapters  on  the  Growth  and  Present  Condition 
of  Labor  Organizations,  Co-operation,  Socialism,  Communism,  and 
the  Internationalists. 

GEORGE,  HENRY.  THE  CONDITION  OF  LABOR.  New 
York,  Chas.  L.  Webster  &  Co.  Price  300.  (paper). 

An  Open  Letter  to  Pope  Leo  XIII.,  with  the  encyclical  letter  of 
Pope  Leo  XIII.  on  the  condition  of  labor.  "  The  two  papers  of 
this  volume  are  models  of  dispassionate,  thoughtful  argument  " 
(Thf  Churchman).  In  pleading  for  charity  and  benevolence  to 
workmen  the  Pope  presents  the  remedy  for  social  ills  most  advocated 
by  the  exponents  of  all  branches  of  Christianity.  In  his  respectful 
and  courteous  reply  Mr.  George  points  out  that  charity  and  benevo- 
lence, unaccompanied  by  justice,  can  accomplish  nothing  ;  that  even 
Christian  socialism  is  not  only  futile,  but  dangerous  ;  and  makes  the 
clearest  and  most  striking  presentation  of  the  Single  Tax  from  the 
moral  and  religious  side. 

GIBBONS,  CARDINAL.  DIGNITY,  RIGHTS,  AND  RESPON- 
SIBILITIES OF  LABOR.  Cosmopolitan,  8  :  383. 


GLADDEN,  WASHINGTON.  WORKING  PEOPLE  AND  THEIR 
EMPLOYERS.  New  York,  1888.  Second  edition. 
i2mo,  241  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

HOBSON,  JOHN  A.  PROBLEMS  OF  POVERTY.  London, 
Methuen  &  Co.,  1891.  i2mo,  227  pp.  Price 

$1.25. 

A  study  of  the  amount  and  intensity  of  poverty,  with  suggested 
causes  and  remedies.  Valuable  chapters  on  sweating,  and  the  con- 
dition of  working  women. 

HOWELL,  GEORGE.    CONFLICTS  OF  CAPITAL  AND  LABOR. 

New  York,  Macmillan  &  Co,  1890.     i2tno,  536  pp. 

Price  $2.50. 

"  A  history  and  review  of  the  Trades-Unions  of  Great  Britain, 
showing  their  origin,  progress,  constitution,  and  objects,  in  their 
varied  political,  social,  commercial,  and  industrial  aspects"  (Pref- 
ace). Also  contains  chapters  on  kindred  subjects,  such  as  co-opera- 
tion, profit-sharing,  etc. 

LALOR'S  CYCLOPEDIA.     Article  on  Labor. 

McNsiLL,   GEORGE   E.   [and   associate   authors].     THE 

LABOR    MOVEMENT,    THE    PROBLEM    OF    TO-DAY. 

Boston,  A.  M.  Bridgman  &  Co.,  1887.     Large  8vo, 

615  pp.     Price  $3.75. 

A  collection  of  historical  sketches  written  by  American  economists 

and  labor  leaders.     The  presentation  is  chiefly  from  the  laborer's 

point  of  view,  but  is  moderate  and  adverse  to  violent  measures.     A 

store-house  of  facts  and  illustrative  material. 

POWDERLY,  T.  V.  THIRTY  YEARS  OF  LABOR,  1859- 
1889.  Columbus,  O.,  1890.  8vo,  693  pp.  Price 
$2.75- 

ROGERS,  J.  E.  THOROLD.  Six  CENTURIES  OF  WORK 
AND  WAGES.  A  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  LABOR, 
1250-1833.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.  8vo, 
591  pp.  Price  $3.00. 

Also  an  abridgment  in  Social   Science  Library, 
No.  i.     New  York,  Humboldt  Pub.  Co.     160  pp. 
Price  25c. 
The  standard  authority. 


32 

TOYNBEE,  ARNOLD.  LECTURES  ON  THE  INDUSTRIAL 
REVOLUTION  OF  THE  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURY  IN 
ENGLAND,  WITH  A  SHORT  MEMOIR  BY  B.  JOWETT. 
New  York,  Humboldt  Pub.  Co.,  1884.  No.  37  :  263 
pp.  Price  $1.00  ;  paper  6oc. 

WEEDEN,  WM.  B.     THE  SOCIAL  LAW  OF  LABOR.  Boston, 

Roberts  Bros.,  1882.     i2mo,  315  pp.     $1.50. 
A  series  of  essays  on  Personal  Property,  The  Corporation,   The 
Guild,  Labor  Associations,  and  Society  New  and  Old.     "  No  social 
system  is  good  unless  it  gives  to  the  toiling  many  the  best  oppor- 
tunity possible  in  the  immediate  conditions  of  life." 

ARBITRATION. 

I  have  no  hesitation  in  giving  expression  to  my  views  on  the  neces- 
sity and  efficacy  of  arbitration  as  one  of  the  methods  for  settling  dis- 
putes between  capital  and  labor.  I  am  fully  convinced  of  the 
necessity  and  efficacy  of  arbitration  for  the  peaceful  adjustment  of 
the  difficulties  and  disputes  that  now  so  frequently  disturb  the  rela- 
tions of  employer  and  employed,  and  have  frequently  expressed  this 
conviction. 

J.  CARD.  GIBBONS. 

BALTIMORE,  Md., 

December,  1893. 

ABBOTT,  LYMAN.  COMPULSORY  ARBITRATION.  Arena, 
December,  1892. 

BARN'S  LABOR  PROBLEM  (Chapter  X.). 

BLACK,  C.  F.  THE  LESSON  OF  HOMESTEAD  :  A  REMEDY 
FOR  LABOR  TROUBLES.  Forum,  September,  1892. 

CLARK,  C.  W.  COMPULSORY  ARBITRATION.  Atlantic 
Monthly,  January,  1891. 

DEXTER,  S.  COMPULSORY  INDUSTRIAL  ARBITRATION. 
American  Journal  of  Social  Science,  28  :  86. 

HOWELL.  CONFLICTS  OF  CAPITAL  AND  LABOR  (Chap- 
ter XL). 

LOWELL,  MRS.  C.  R.  VOLUNTARY  INDUSTRIAL  ARBI- 
TRATION. American  Journal  of  Social  Science, 
28:  66. 


33 

MCNEILL.     THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  (Chapter  XX.). 

WEEKS,  J.  D.  LABOR  DIFFERENCES  AND  THEIR  SETTLE- 
MENT. Society  for  Political  Education,  New  York, 
1885  (Economic  Tract  No.  20).  Price  2$c. 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  COMPULSORY  ARBITRATION  AN  IMPOS- 
SIBLE REMEDY.  Forum,  May,  1893. 

CO-OPERATIVE  SCHEMES— BUILDING  AND  LOAN 
ASSOCIATIONS. 

We  write  of  "  local "  associations  (the  so-called  "nationals"  are 
a  counterfeit).  The  first  association  was  formed  in  Philadelphia  in 
1831  ;  there  were  450  in  that  city  in  1876  ;  have  made  Philadelphia 
the  "  city  of  homes."  Are  most  numerous  to-day  in  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey,  Massachusetts,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Minnesota,  and 
Missouri  ;  about  6,000  in  the  United  States,  with  over  1,600,000 
shareholders,  and  over  $500,000,000  of  assets. 

Organized  into  State  Leagues  in  fifteen  States,  and  these  forming 
the  United  States  League,  of  which  the  motto  is  :  "  The  American 
home  the  safeguard  of  American  liberties."  The  most  successful 
foim  of  direct  co-operation  yet  evolved ;  every  association  is  the 
centre  of  an  influence,  stimulating  industry,  frugality,  temperance, 
home-owning,  and  good  citizenship.  It  offers  a  practical  way  for 
every  family  to  buy  and  pay  for  a  home.  The  cities  of  New  York 
and  Brooklyn  have  about  100  associations.  As  an  institution  for 
"savings"  it  is  far  superior  to  the  savings  banks.  The  "local" 
Building  and  Loan  Association  movement  deserves  the  support  of 
every  lover  of  his  country. 

SEYMOUR  DEXTER. 

ELMIRA,  N.  Y., 

February,  1894. 

ENCYCLOPEDIA  BRITANNICA.  ARTICLE  ON  BUILDING 
SOCIETIES. 

CO-OPERATIVE  BUILDING  ASSOCIATIONS.  American 
Journal  of  Social  Science,  25  :  112. 

CO-OPERATIVE  BUILDING  ASSOCIATION.  REPORT  OF 
SPECIAL  COMMITTEE.  AMERICAN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
ASSOCIATION.  J ournal  of  Social  Science,  1888,  1890. 


34 

DEXTER,  SEYMOUR.     CO-OPERATIVE  SAVINGS  AND  LOAN 
ASSOCIATIONS.      New  York,    D.  Appleton   &   Co.. 
1891.     i2mo,  299  pp.     Price  $1.25. 
This  includes  accounts  of  Building  and  Loan  Associations,  Mutual 

Savings  and  Loan  Associations,   Accumulating  Fund  Associations, 

Co-operative  Banks,  etc. 

DEXTER,  S.  BUILDING  ASSOCIATIONS  IN  NEW  YORK 
American  Journal  of  Social  Science,  25  :  139. 

LINN,  W.  A.  CO-OPERATIVE  HOME  WINNING.  Scribner's, 
5:700;  7:569. 

LUDLOW,  J.  W.  BUILDING  SOCIETIES.  Economic  Review, 
January,  1893. 

NEWTON.     SOCIAL  STUDIES  (Chapter  II.). 

ROSENTHAL,  H.  S.      BUILDING  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS. 

Cincinnati,  S.  Rosenthal  &  Co.,  1888.  i2mo,  255  pp. 
Price  $1.50. 

A  manual  embracing  the  History,  Objects,  Plans,  Legislation, 
Forms,  etc.,  of  Building  and  Loan  Associations. 

WOLF,  HENRY  W.  PEOPLE'S  BANKS  :  A  RECORD  OF 
SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  SUCCESS.  New  York, 
Longmans,  Greene  &  Co.,  1893.  8vo,  277  pp. 
Price,  $2.50. 

A  description  of  the  credit  associations  and  loan  banks  of  Germany, 
people's  banks  of  Italy,  and  co-operative  credit  in  Switzerland  and 
France.  From  a  discussion  of  experiments  and  movements  in 
Europe,  valuable  comparative  material  is  afforded  for  the  study  of 
American  Building  and  Loan  Associations. 

THE  WORKINGMAN'S  WAY  To  WEALTH.     Philadelphia, 

J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.     i2mo.     Price  500. 
A  treatise  on  Building  Associations,  what  they  are  and  how  to  use 
them. 

CO-OPERATIVE  SCHEMES— CO-OPERATION. 

COUNTY  COURT, 

Circuit  No.  9. 

You  ask  what  attempt  at  co-operation  is  in  my  opinion 

most  successful  in  Europe.     On  the  Continent,  I  should  name  M. 
Godin's  factory  and  home  at  Guise  ;    and  in  England  there  are  Mr. 


35 

Thomson's  Brownlow  Fold  Mill,  Huddersfield,  and  the  Nutclough 
Fustian  Works  at  Hebden  Bridge,  the  first  having  been  founded  by 
the  generous  employer,  the  other  by  the  workpeople  themselves.  I 
scarcely  know  which  to  put  first. 

.Yours  very  truly, 

THOMAS  HUGHES. 
UFFINGTON  HOUSE,  CHESTER, 
October  30,  1893. 

BAERNREITHER,  J.  M.  ENGLISH  ASSOCIATIONS  OF  WORK- 
INGMEN.  London,  Swan,  Sonnenschein  &  Co.,  1891. 

BEMIS,  E.  W.  ARTICLE  ON  CO-OPERATION  IN  APPLE- 
TON'S  AMERICAN  CYCLOPEDIA.  1888. 

ELY.     LABOR  MOVEMENT  IN  AMERICA  (Chap.  VII.). 
GLADDEN.     TOOLS  AND  THE  MAN  (Chap.  VII.). 

HISTORY  OF  CO-OPERATION  IN   THE   UNITED   STATES. 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Studies,  Vol.  VI.     Balti- 
more,  The  Johns  Hopkins   Press,  1888.     8vo,  540 
pp.     Price  $3.50. 
A  comprehensive  and  unique  treatment  of  the  subject. 

HOLYOAKE,  G.  J.  MANUAL  OF  CO-OPERATION  :  AN 
EPITOME  OF  HOLYOAKE'S  "  HISTORY  OF  CO-OPERA- 
TION." New  York,  J.  B.  Alden,  1885.  78  pp., 
i6mo.  Price  35c. 

HOWELL.  CONFLICTS  OF  LABOR  AND  CAPITAL  (Chap. 
XII.). 

HUGHES,  T.,  AND  NEALE,  E.  V.,  Editors.     MANUAL  FOR 
CO-OPERATORS.     Manchester,  England,  Central  Co- 
operative Board,  1881.     265  pp.,  i6mo.     Price  is. 
"  The  standard  English  authority,  by  two  life-long  leaders  in  co- 
operation. " — BOWKER. 

MCNEILL.     THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  (Chapter  XXL). 
NEWTON.     SOCIAL  STUDIES  (Chapter  III.). 

POTTER,  BEATRICE.  THE  CO-OPERATIVE  MOVEMENTS 
IN  GREAT  BRITAIN.  London,  Swan,  Sonnenschein 
&  Co.,  1891.  i2mo.  Price  $1.00.  (Social  Science 
Series.) 


36 

WALKER.     THE  WAGES  QUESTION  (Chapter  XV.), 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  MANUAL  OF  DISTRIBUTIVE  CO-OPERA- 
TION. Massachusetts  Bureau  of  Statistics  of  Labor, 
1885  and  1886. 

CO-OPERATIVE  SCHEMES— PROFIT-SHARING. 

In  the  very  great  majority  of  cases  where  Profit-Sharing  has  had  a 
trial  of  any  length,  it  has  brought  the  employer  and  employees  to- 
gether in  such  a  real  partnership  of  pecuniary  interest  and  material 
good-will  as  puts  an  end  to  most  labor  troubles.  While  the  system  is 
not  a  panacea,  nor  the  solution  of  the  labor  problem  (there  is  no  such 
one  solution),  it  Is  a  natural  step  in  the  evolution  of  industry.  It  is 
perfectly  feasible  for  any  employer  making  profits,  to  try  the  plan,  in 
such  a  way  as  he  thinks  best.  Profit-Sharing  appears  to  me  to  be  the 
form  of  labor  contract  which  will  most  surely  lead  to  co-operative 
production,  the  ideal.  Some  300  firms  in  Europe  and  America  now 
practise  the  plan  ;  it  seems  probable  that  this  number  will  largely  in- 
crease with  the  return  of  good  times. 

NICHOLAS  P.  OILMAN. 

BOSTON,  September  u,  1893. 

BARNS.     LABOR  PROBLEM  (Chapter  IX.). 

Employer  and  Employed.  A  Quarterly  published  by  the 
Association  for  the  Promotion  of  Profit-Sharing,  G. 
H.  Ellis,  Boston,  Mass.  4oc.  a  year. 

OILMAN,  NICHOLAS  P.  PROFIT-SHARING  BETWEEN  EM- 
PLOYER AND  EMPLOYEE  :  A  STUDY  IN  THE  EVOLU- 
TION OF  THE  WAGES  SYSTEM.  Boston  and  New 
York,  Third  Edition,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co., 
1891.  i2mo,  460  pp.  Price  $1.75. 
"  An  elaborate,  scholarly  treatise  on  Profit-Sharing,  that  in  a  good 

degree  will  supersede  all  previous  works  on  the  subject." — F.  H. 

GlDDINGS. 

GLADDEN.     TOOLS  AND  THE  MAN  (Chapter  VIII.). 

GRONLUND,  L.  GODIN'S  SOCIAL  PALACE.  Arena, 
i  :  691. 

KINLEY,  D.  RECENT  PROGRESS  OF  PROFIT-SHARING 
ABROAD.  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  5  :  497. 


37 

PRICE.     PROFIT-SHARING  AND  CO-OPERATIVE  PRODUC- 
TION.    Economic  Journal,  September,  1892. 

PROFIT-SHARING  IN  THE  PILLSBURY  MILLS.     Review  of 
Reviews,  September,  1891. 

SCHLOSS,  D.  F.     METHODS  OF  INDUSTRIAL  REMUNERA- 
TION.   Ne\v  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sous,  1892.    8vo. 
Price  $1.50. 
The  chief  English  authority  on  the  subject. 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.     PROFIT-SHARING.     First  Annual  Re- 
port United  States  Commissioner  of  Labor,  1886. 

CHILD  LABOR. 

The  subject  of  child  labor  merits  far  more  attention  than  has  yet 
been  given  to  it,  because  its  effects  upon  all  classes  become  more 
evident  every  day.  If  it  is  possible  for  labor  to  be  performed  by 
children,  manufacturers  will  not  pay  wages  sufficient  for  adult  workers 
to  exist  upon  ;  consequently  the  number  of  children  under  sixteen 
years  of  age  who  are  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  is  constantly  in- 
creasing, while  the  wages  of  adult  workers  is  proportionately  decreas- 
ing. The  responsibility  of  the  parent  for  the  welfare  of  the  child  is 
apparently  ignored. 

The  period  between  the  ages  of  twelve  and  sixteen  years  is  a  time 
when  condition  and  environment  make  impressions  which  remain 
through  life,  and  are  transmitted  too  often  to  future  generations. 
Accordingly  we  must  not  expect  that  the  human  race  will  progress 
while  the  children  are  forced  into  servitude  and  deprived  of  all  oppor- 
tunities of  development.  More  stringent  laws  regarding  child  labor 
should  be  enacted. 

ALICE  L.  WOODBRIDGE. 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN,  AND  OTHERS.   FACTORY  CHILDREN  : 
WHITE  CHILD  SLAVERY.     Arena,  i  :  589. 

CROWELL,  JOHN  F.     THE  EMPLOYMENT  OF  CHILDREN. 
Andover  Review,  July,  1885. 

Rns.     CHILDREN  OF  THE  POOR  (Chapter  VI.). 


38 

WlLLOUGHBY,    W.    F.,     AND     GRAFFENREID,     CLARE     DE. 

CHILD    LABOR.      Baltimore,    American    Economic 
Association,  March,  1890.     Price  75c. 

WlSCHNEWETZKY,  FLORENCE  K.  OUR  TOILING  CHIL- 
DREN. Chicago,  Woman's  Temperance  °ublication 
Association.  Price  IDC. 

SPECIAL  REPORT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COMMISSIONER 
OF  LABOR,  ON  LABOR  LAWS  OF  THE  VARIOUS 
STATES.  1892. 

EIGHT-HOUR  DAY. 

The  desirability  of  shortening  the  working  day  found  frequent 
expression  in  the  socialistic  and  reform  literature  of  the  first  half  of 
the  nineteenth  century.  The  first  important  practical  step  was  the 
British  Ten  Hours  Bill  of  1847.  On  the  continent  of  Europe  an 
eight  hours  law  was  one  of  the  aspirations  of  the  revolutionists  of 
1848.  But  it  was  Karl  Marx's  argument,  in  Das  Kapital,  that 
employers'  profits  are  a  "  surplus  value,"  extorted  from  laborers 
through  prolonged  hours  of  overtime  exertion,  that  gave  to  the  eight 
hours  agitation  its  real  strength.  Under  Marx's  influence  the  Inter- 
national demanded  an  eight  hours  day,  and  the  demand  was  reaffirmed 
by  the  International  Trade  Union  Congress  at.Paris,  in  1883.  Con- 
servative economists  insist  that  to  shorten  the  working  day  generally 
to  eight  hours  would  diminish  production  and  lower  real  wages. 
The  economic  argument  for  eight  hours  is  weak.  The  argument 
from  sanitary,  social,  and  political  considerations  is  stronger.  Eight 
hours  are  the  legal  working  day  of  employees  of  the  Federal  govern- 
ment, and  in  a  merely  nominal  sense,  eight  hours  are  a  legal  working 
day  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

FRANKLIN  H.  GIDDINGS. 

BRYN  MAWR,  Pa., 

February,  1894. 

GRAHAM.     SOCIALISM  NEW  AND  OLD  (Chapter  II.). 

GUNTON,  GEORGE.  WEALTH  AND  PROGRESS.  A  Criti- 
cal Examination  of  the  Labor  Problem  —  The 
Natural  Basis  for  Industrial  Reform,  or  How  to 
Increase  Wages  without  Reducing  Profits  or  Lower- 
ing Rents — The  Economic  Philosophy  of  the  Eight- 
Hour  Movement.  New  York,  D.  Appleton  &  Co  , 
1890.  i2mo.,  382  pp.  Price  50  cents. 


39 

I.  The  Law  of  Increasing  Production.  II.  The  Wages  Fund 
Theory.  III.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Social  Reform. 

"  The  most  notable  contribution  to  the  subject  since  Walker's 
'  Wages  Question.'  "— E.  R.  A.  SELIGMAN. 

HOWELL.  CONFLICTS  OF  CAPITAL  AND  LABOR  (Chap- 
ter VI.,  Part  II.). 

MCNEILL.     THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  (Chapter  XVIII.). 

MCNEILL,  G.  E.  THE  EIGHT-HOUR  PRIMER  :  THE 
FACT,  THEORY,  AND  ARGUMENT. 

POWDERLY.     THIRTY  YEARS  OF  LABOR,     pp.  471-525. 

THREE  PAMPHLETS  IN  THE  EIGHT-HOUR  LABOR  SERIES, 
Nos.  I.,  II.,  III.  American  Federation  of  Labor, 
14  Clinton  Place,  New  York  City. 

WALKER,  F.  A.  THE  EIGHT-HOUR  LAW  AGITATION, 
Atlantic  Monthly,  June,  1890. 

THE  FACTORY   SYSTEM. 

Its  essential  principles  are  :  subdivision  of  labor,  diversification 
of  processes  and  their  subsequent  correlation,  by  the  aid  of  a  series 
of  mutually  dependent  and  practically  automatic  machines. 

It  involves  the  congregation  of  large  numbers  of  workpeople 
within  limited  areas  (factory  towns),  and  the  concentration  of  large 
amounts  of  capital  in  few  hands,  either  single  employers  or  firms 
of  large  wealth,  or  corporations  acting  through  an  agent  or  superin- 
tendent (entrepreneur). 

This  capital  and  machinery  cannot  be  effectively  used  and  the  con- 
gregated workers  continuously  and  remuneratively  employed,  except 
through  constantly  expanding  markets  (i.  e. ,  increased  consumption) 
enabling  production  on  a  large  scale.  This  implies  a  constant  rise 
in  the  standard  of  living  accompanied  by  increased  purchasing 
ability  on  the  part  of  the  masses,  who,  under  the  factory  system, 
not  only  comprise  the  workers  but  a  large  proportion  of  the  con- 
sumers. 

Economically,  the  factory  system  tends  toward  a  rise  in  wages  ac- 
companied by  a  fall  in  prices.  Through  it,  labor  without  training, 
or  with  limited  training,  is  utilized,  productive  efficiency  increased, 
and  hours  of  labor  reduced.  The  industrial  and  social  status  of  the 


40 

working  classes  has  been  enlarged  and  the  comforts  and  conveniences 
of  life  largely  increased.  On  the  other  hand,  the  congregation  of 
factory  workers,  the  changed  relations  between  employer  and  em- 
ployed, the  loss  of  the  capacity  for  self-employment  formerly  enjoyed 
by  the  workers,  the  enlarged  employment  of  women  and  children, 
and  the  tendency  to  carry  production  beyond  the  limit  of  effective 
demand,  involve  grave  social  problems,  some  of  which  are  transitional, 
but  all  of  which  require  in  their  solution  unbiased  investigation  and 
wise  remedial  action. 

HORACE  G.  WADLIN. 
BOSTON,  February,  1894. 

HODDER,  EDWIN.  THE  LIFE  AND  WORK  OF  THE 
SEVENTH  EARL  OF  SHAFTESBURY,  K.  G.  London 
and  New  York,  Cassell  &  Co.,  1886.  3  vols,  8vo. 
Price $7. 50.  Popular  Edition,  i  vol.,  792  pp.  Price 

$3.00. 

This  is  a  sympathetic  biography  of  the  champion  of  woman  and 
child  laborers  (more  especially  of  those  working  in  mines)  and  the 
great  promoter  of  factory  legislation  which  was  necessitated  by  the 
Industrial  Revolution.  It  affords,  also,  a  vivid  picture  of  the  oppres- 
sion and  hardships  endured  by  the  laborers  of  England  in  the  first 
half  of  this  century. 

JAMES,  E.  J.  FACTORY  LAWS.  Article  in  Lalor's 
Cyclopedia. 

KIRKUP.     INQUIRY  INTO  SOCIALISM  (Chapter  II.). 
ROGERS.     WORK  AND  WAGES  (Chapters  XIV.,  XIX.). 
TOYNBEE.     INDUSTRIAL  REVOLUTION  (Chapter  IX.). 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  THE  FACTORY  SYSTEM.  Tenth  Census, 
1880.  Vol.  II. 

An  historical  account  of  the  factory  system,  with  illustrations  of 
working  men's  homes  in  various  countries.  It  also  contains  a  selected 
bibliography. 

WYMAN,  L.  B.  C.  STUDIES  IN  FACTORY  LIFE  :  THE 
AMERICAN  AND  THE  MILL.  Atlantic  Monthly,  63  : 
69. 


LABOR  LAWS  OF  THE  VARIOUS  STATES,   TERRITORIES, 
AND  DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

THIRD  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COM- 
MISSIONER OF  LABOR.     Washington,   1887. 

SECOND  SPECIAL  REPORT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COM- 
MISSIONER OF  LABOR.     Washington,  1892. 

LABOR  ORGANIZATIONS. 

The  Labor  Organizations  of  America,  now  having  about  one 
million  members,  never  passed  through  an  industrial  crisis  so  well  as 
they  are  now  doing.  With  the  return  of  prosperity  a  rapid  growth 
is  assured. 

Benefit  features,  or  insurance  for  sickness,  injury,  death,  and  for 
those  out  of  work,  are  being  more  and  more  adopted.  Also  reserve 
funds  are  being  accumulated.  Interest  in  state  activity,  as  in  the 
new  trades-unionism  in  England,  and  the  affiliation  in  the  American 
Federation  of  Labor,  and  in  city  trade  councils,  of  unions  of  all  occu- 
pations, skilled  and  unskilled,  are  on  the  increase.  With  strength  is 
seen  a  growing  disposition  to  adopt  wise  and  conciliatory  measures 
when  employers  are  willing  to  come  half  way  ;  but  a  growing  bitter- 
ness where  the  "iron  clad,"  and  refusal  to  treat  with  any  union  of 
the  men  prevail.  The  best  workers  in  most  trades  belong  to  the 
union  of  that  trade.  The  percentage  of  American-born  in  the 
organizations  is  about  the  same  as  in  the  trade.  The  use  of  union 
labels  is  found  very  helpful.  Boycotts  are  found  most  effective  when 
few  in  number.  Refusal  to  work  with  non-union  men  prevails  in 
some  trades,  and  is  helpful  in  raising  wages  and  reducing  hours  for 
even  the  non-union  men.  The  worst  foe  of  the  organizations  is  the 
way  some  of  its  leaders  use  their  position  to  secure  political  office  for 
selfish  ends. 

EDWARD  W.  BEMIS. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 

January,  1894. 

BEMIS,  E.  W.     BENEFIT  FEATURES  OF  TRADES-UNIONS. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  2  :  274. 

BEMIS,   E.  W.      LABOR    ORGANIZATIONS  IN   AMERICA. 
Palgrave's  Dictionary  of  Political  Economy. 


42 

BEMIS,  E.  W.  RELATION  OF  TRADES-UNIONS  TO  AP- 
PRENTICES. Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  Octo- 
ber, 1891. 

BURNETT,  J.  THE  BOYCOTT.  Economic  Journal,  March, 
1891. 

DILKE,  LADY  E.  F.  S.  TRADES-UNIONS  FOR  WOMEN. 
North  American  Review,  August,  1891. 

ELY.  LABOR  MOVEMENTS  IN  AMERICA  (Chapters  III.- 
VI.  :  Economic,  Educational,  and  Other  Aspects  of 
Labor  Organizations). 

GOMPERS,  S.  AIMS,  METHODS,  AND  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF 
TRADES-UNIONS.  American  Journal  of  Social 
Science,  28  :  40. 

GUNTON.     SOCIAL  ECONOMICS  (Part  IV.,  Chapter  VII.). 

GUNTON,  G.  SOCIAL  INFLUENCE  OF  LABOR  ORGANIZA- 
TIONS. American  J ' ournal  of  Social  Science,  20:  101. 

HARRISON,  F.  TRADES-UNIONISM  AS  INFLUENCED  BY 
THE  STRIKE  AT  THE  LONDON  DOCKS.  Nineteenth 
Century,  26  :  721. 

HARRISON,  F.  THE  NEW  TRADES-UNIONISM.  Nine- 
teenth Century,  November,  1889. 

HOWELL.  CONFLICTS  OF  CAPITAL  AND  LABOR  (II.- 
V.,  VII.,  VIII.,  X.). 

HUGHES.  TRADES-UNIONISM  IN  ENGLAND.  Century, 
May,  1884. 

JENKS,  J.  W.  TRADES-UNIONS  AND  WAGES.  American 
Journal  of  Social  Science,  28  :  48. 

MCNEILL.     THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  (Chapters  III.-XV., 

XIX.). 
TOYNBEE.     INDUSTRIAL  REVOLUTION     (Chapter  XIV.  : 

The  Future  of  Working  Classes). 

TRANT,  WM.  TRADES-UNIONS  :  THEIR  ORIGIN  AND  OB- 
JECTS, INFLUENCE  AND  EFFICACY.  London,  Kegan, 
Paul  &  Co.  Published  in  an  abridged  form  by  the 
American  Federation  of  Labor,  14  Clinton  Place, 
New  York,  1891.  47  pp.,  5th  edition.  Price  ice. 


43 

WALKER,  F.  A.  THE  KNIGHTS  OF  LABOR.  New  Princelon 
Review,  September,  1888. 

WEEDEN.  SOCIAL  LAW  OF  LABOR  (Chapter  IV.:  Labor 
Associations). 

WOODS.  ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS  (Chapter  I.  : 
The  Labor  Movement). 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  A  SKETCH  OF  THE  KNIGHTS  OF  LABOR. 
Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  January,  1887. 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  GROWTH  AND  PURPOSES  OF  LABOR 
BUREAUS.  American  Journal  of  Social  Science, 
25  :  10. 

OFFICIAL  BOOK  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FEDERATION  OF 
LABOR.  Twelfth  Annual  Convention,  Philadelphia, 
December  12,  1892.  New  York,  American  Federa- 
tion of  Labor,  1893. 

FIRST  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  COM- 
MISSIONER OF  LABOR,  1886.  pp.  286-289  (Advan- 
tages of  Organization). 

SOCIALISM. 

Socialism  is  the  social,  economic,  and  industrial  Democracy  which 
is  the  natural  and  inevitable  complement  of  political  Democracy. 
The  present  industrial  system  is  practically  a  growth  of  the  present 
century.  Only  large  landowners  were  able  to  provide  the  immense 
capital  required  by  the  introduction  of  machinery.  As  a  result  an 
enormous  share  of  the  wealth  produced  is  at  present,  in  all  advanced 
industrial  countries,  handed  over  by  society  to  a  comparatively  small 
number  of  men.  Statisticians  estimate  that,  setting  aside  all  pay- 
ments for  organizing  industry  and  managing  land  and  houses,  from 
one  half  to  two  thirds  of  the  wealth  yearly  produced  is  absorbed  by 
rent  and  interest.  This  causes  the  extremes  of  poverty  and  luxury, 
with  the  physical  and  still  greater  moral  evils  that  follow  in  their 
train.  Socialism  proposes  that  the  people  should  prevent  this 
enormous  waste  of  their  wealth  by  gradually  undertaking  the  collec- 
tive ownership  and  use  of  land  and  capital  themselves. 

WILLIAM  SCUDAMORE. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


44 

BARNETT,  REV.  AND  MRS.  S.  A.  A  PRACTICAL  SOCIAL- 
ISM. New  York,  Longmans,  Greene  &  Co.,  1888. 
i6mo,  212  pp.  Price  2s.  6J. 

Essays  written  in  the  light  of  a  long  experience  in  the  East  End  of 
London  by  the  present  Warden  of  Toynbee  Hall. 

BELLAMY,  EDWARD.  WHAT  NATIONALISM  MEANS. 
Contemporary  Review,  July,  1890. 

BROWN,  T.  EDWIN.     STUDIES  IN   MODERN   SOCIALISM 
AND  LABOR  PROBLEMS.     New  York,  13.  Appleton  & 
Co.,  1886.     i2mo,  268  pp.     Price  $1.25. 
An  extensive  bibliography  appended. 

CLARKE,  W.  INFLUENCE  OF  SOCIALISM  ON  ENGLISH 
POLITICS.  Political  Science  Quarterly,  January, 
1888. 

ELY,  R.  T.  FRENCH  AND  GERMAN  SOCIALISM  IN 
MODERN  TIMES.  New  York,  Harper  &  Bros.,  1883. 
i6mo,  274  pp.  Price  75c.  ;  25c. 

A  popular  and  succinct  summary  of  the  lives  and  theories  of  the 
leading  Continental  Socialists  and  Communists. 

ELY,  R.  T.  THE  LABOR  MOVEMENT  IN  AMERICA 
(Chapters  II.,  VIII.,  XII.). 

GILMAN,  N.  P.     SOCIALISM  AND  THE  AMERICAN  SPIRIT. 

Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,    1893.     8vo,    376 

pp.     Price  $1.50. 

The  headings  of  its  successive  chapters  are  :  Individualism  and 
Socialism  ;  the  present  Tendency  to  Socialism  ;  the  American  Spirit ; 
the  American  Spirit  and  Individualism  ;  the  American  Spirit  and 
Socialism  ;  Nationalism  in  the  United  States  ;  Christian  Socialism ; 
the  Industrial  Future  ;  Industrial  Partnership  ;  the  Functions  of  the 
State  ;  the  Higher  Individualism  ;  Social  Spirit,  and  the  Way  to 
Utopia.  The  volume  closes  with  a  select  bibliography  and  a  full 
index. 

GRAHAM,  WM.  SOCIALISM  NEW  AND  OLD.  New  York, 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1891.  i2mo,  416  pp.  Price 

"  The  object  of  this  book  is,  in  the  first  place,  to  give  an  account 
of  contemporary  Socialism,  its  forms  and  aims,  its  origins,  and  the 


45 

causes  of  its  appearance  and  spread  ;  secondly,  to  examine  how  far  it 
is  desirable  or  practicable  ;  thirdly,  to  set  forth  certain  measures  of  a 
socialistic  character  that  would  seem  both  beneficial  and  necessary  as 
supplements  to  the  present  system,  to  adopt  which  there  is  a  spon- 
taneous tendency  on  the  part  of  the  state,  and  to  which  the  course  of 
the  industrial  and  social  evolution  seems  to  point." — Preface. 

GRONLUND,  LAURENCE.     THE  CO-OPERATIVE  COMMON- 
WEALTH.    Boston,  Lee  &  Shepard  ;  New  York,  J. 
W.  Lovell  Co.,  1884;   1887.     i2mo  ;  i6mo,  278  pp. 
Price  $1.00  ;  300. 
An  exposition  of  the  Socialism  of  to-day,  from  the  German  point 

of  view. 

GUNTON,  GEORGE.  THE  ECONOMIC  BASIS  OF  SOCIAL- 
ISM :  MARX'S  THEORY  OF  SURPLUS  VALUE.  Political 
Science  Quarterly,  December,  1889. 

KAUFMANN,  REV.  M.  CHRISTIAN  SOCIALISM.  London, 
Kegan,  Paul  &  Co.,  1888.  izmo,  232  pp.  Price 
4s.  6d. 

KIRKUP,  THOMAS.  A  HISTORY  OF  SOCIALISM.  New  York, 

Macmillan  &  Co.,  1893.    i2mo,  309  pp.    Price  $2.00. 

A  discussion  of  the  theories  of  the  most  eminent  Socialists,  and  a 

description    of    socialistic   movements   in    England,     France,     and 

Germany. 

KIRKUP,  THOMAS.  AN  INQUIRY  INTO  SOCIALISM.  Lon- 
don and  New  York,  Longmans,  Greene  &  Co.,  1887. 
i2mo,  188  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

It  is  the  author's  aim  "  to  bring  out  what  is  fundamental  in  Social- 
ism, both  as  contrasted  with  the  prevailing  social  system,  and  with 
theories  for  which  it  is  usually  mistaken."  Kirkup  defines  Socialism 
as:  "Democracy  in  politics;  unselfishness,  altruism  in  Christian 
ethics  ;  in  economics,  the  principle  of  co-operation  or  association." 

LAVELEYE,  EMILE  DE.  THE  SOCIALISM  OF  TO-DAY. 
(Translated  by  G.  H.  Orpen,  together  with  an 
account  of  Socialism  in  England,  by  the  transla- 
tor). New  York,  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  1885.  i2mo, 
331  pp.  Price  $2.40. 

"  This  is  the  work  of  a  broad  and  liberal  economist  strongly 
animated  by  Christian  sympathies." — R.  T.  ELY. 


46 

LEE,  F.  W.,  Editor.     WILLIAM  MORRIS,  POET,  ARTIST, 
AND  SOCIALIST.     New  York,  Humboldt  Pub.    Co., 
1893.     Price  250. 
A  selection  from  his  writings,  together  with  a  sketch  of  the  man. 

OSGOOD,  H.  L.  SCIENTIFIC  ANARCHISM.  Political  Science 
Quarterly,  March,  1889. 

OSGOOD,  H.  L.  SCIENTIFIC  SOCIALISM  :  RODBERTUS. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  December,  1886. 

SCHAEFFLE,     A.       QUINTESSENCE     OF     SOCIALISM.       New 

York,  Humboldt  Publishing  Co.,  1890.     8vo,  55  pp. 

Price,  paper,  i5c. 

"  The  only  publication  of  which  I  am  aware  that  explains  the 
scheme  of  collectivism,  and  treats  it  in  a  scientific  way." — DE 
LAVELEYE. 

SHAW,  G.  BERNARD,  AND  OTHERS.  FABIAN  ESSAYS  IN 
SOCIALISM.  London  and  New  York,  Fabian  Society; 
Humboldt  Publishing  Co.,  1889.  12010.,  233  pp. 
Price,  is. ;  25c. 

The  first  part  criticises  the  economic,  historical,  industrial,  moral, 
and  social  conditions  of  England,  showing  that  tendencies  now 
operating  are  socialistic.  Part  two  describes  the  organization  of 
property  and  industry  under  Socialism.  The  transition  to  social 
democracy  and  the  present  outlook  toward  that  end  are  discussed. 

SPRAGUE,  F.  M.     SOCIALISM  FROM  GENESIS  TO  REVELA- 
TION.    Boston,  Lee  &  Shepard,  1893.     8vo,  493  pp. 
Price  $1.75. 
"  This  work  is  begun  as  an  investigation,  continued  as  a  study, 

and  completed  as  a  conviction.     That  conviction  is  that  some  form 

of  Christian  Socialism  affords  the  only  basis  of  peace  between  the 

hostile  forces  of  Society." — Preface. 

TUCKER,   BENJ.   R.     INSTEAD  OF  A  BOOK.     By  a  Man 
too  Busy  to  Write  One.     New  York,  Benj.  R.  Tuc- 
ker, 1893.     8vo,  496  pp.     Price  $1.00. 
A    ragmentary  exposition  of  philosophical  anarchism,  composed 

chiefly  of  extracts  from  articles  contributed  by  the  author  to  Liberty ; 

the  recognized  organ  of  philosophical  anarchism,  and  edited  since 

1881  by  Mr.  Tucker  himself. 

WOODS.     ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS  (Chapter  II.). 


47 
STRIKES  AND  LOCKOUTS. 

Strikes  and  lockouts  are  weapons  of  war.  Their  use  implies 
the  failure  01"  customary,  peaceful  methods  of  -securing  wage  con- 
tracts, and  entails  on  those  who  are  compelled  to  adopt  them  the 
dangers,  losses,  and  privations  of  armed  conflict.  Trades-unions 
prevent  a  strike  if  it  is  possible  ;  it  is  a  last  resort,  but  one  which 
laborers  must  have  in  order  to  get  a  living  wage  from  ignorant, 
incompetent,  or  vicious  employers.  A  lockout,  by  which  all  wage 
contracts  are  summarily  terminated,  is  the  employer's  defence  against 
arbitrary  interference  with  industry  by  dictatorial  and  irresponsible 
labor  leaders.  To  estimate  the  utility  of  either  in  dollars  and  cents 
is  absolutely  impossible.  Business  men  who  are  trying  to  extend  the 
market  for  their  goods  by  lowering  prices,  and  laborers  who  seek  a 
portion  of  the  increasing  wealth  of  the  community  through  higher 
wages,  must  each  study  the  solidarity  of  social,  under  the  conflict  of 
class,  interests,  and  find  the  social  peace  which  shall  render  depend- 
ence on  force  unnecessary. 

ARTHUR  BURNHAM  WOODFORD. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE   ANN    ARBOR    STRIKE.     North   American    Review, 
May,  1893. 

THE  BUFFALO  STRIKE.     North  American  Review,  Octo- 
ber, 1892. 

THE  CARNEGIE  CONFLICT.     Social  Economist.     August, 
1892. 

HOMESTEAD  STRIKE.      North   American   Review,   Sep- 
tember, 1892. 

HOWELL.      CONFLICTS  OF  CAPITAL  AND  LABOR   (Chap- 
ter IX.). 

STRIKES   AND   THEIR   REMEDIES.      Review  of  Reviews, 
September,  1892. 

THIRD  ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  UNITED  STATES  COMMIS- 
SIONER OF  LABOR,  1888. 


THE  SWEATING  SYSTEM. 

Strictly  speaking,  while  sweating  exists,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  a 
Sweating  System.  That  I  may  avoid  misunderstanding,  let  me  explain 
my  meaning.  At  present,  there  seems  to  be  no  general  agreement 
as  to  what  constitutes  sweating.  Some  appear  to  think  it  identical 
with  the  method  of  sub-contracting  ;  others  again  speak  of  it  as 
inseparable  from  tenement-house  employment.  Now,  if  I  am  correct, 
it  is  neither  of  these.  Sweating  may  accompany  these  or  it  may  not. 
Each  of  these  things  may,  under  certain  conditions,  develop  evils 
which  may  be  deplorable,  and  which  ought  to  be  corrected,  but  these 
evils  may  not  be  sweating.  For  instance,  production  may  go  on 
under  sub-contracting,  or  in  unsanitary  work-rooms,  which,  indeed, 
may  be  overcrowded,  or  it  may  proceed  in  apartments  occupied  by 
the  family,  and  yet  there  may  be  no  sweating  in  either  case.  Sweating, 
if  we  are  to  be  exact  in  our  definition,  implies  the  continuous  oppres- 
sion of  the  worker  by  his  employer,  either  by  underpaying  him  for 
his  service,  overworking  him,  or  both. 

It  is  possible  under  any  industrial  system  ;  but  it  is  not  likely  to 
occur  in  an  aggravated  form,  except  under  conditions  which  place  a 
peculiar  incentive  before  the  controller  of  labor  (whether  employer, 
superintendent,  foreman,  it  matters  not  which)  to  oppress  the  worker 
to  his  own  advantage,  joined  with  conditions  surrounding  the  worker 
which  make  it  practically  impossible  to  avoid  such  oppression. 

The  conditions  essential  to  sweating  appear  to  me  to  be  :  i.  Gen- 
erally, on  the  part  of  the  employer,  a  superintendent  (either  the 
employer  himself,  or  an  overseer  or  foreman)  whose  pecuniary  reward 
is  directly  proportionate  to  the  amount  of  work  which  can  be  exacted 
from  the  workers  in  a  given  time,  or  to  the  saving  in  labor-cost  that 
may  be  effected  by  paying  the  workers  the  lowest  possible  wage. 
2.  On  the  part  of  the  workers,  low  degree  of  skill,  undeveloped 
intelligence,  and  isolated  or  comparatively  isolated  employment, 
whereby  organization  is  rendered  difficult. 

The  evils  that  accompany  sweating  are  most  plainly  seen  in  the 
clothing  industry.  While  the  domestic  method  of  employment  has 
not  yet  been  entirely  superseded  by  factory  methods  in  this  industry, 
ignorant  and  untrained  labor  during  recent  years  has  been  rapidly 
congregated  in  the  larger  cities  through  immigration.  This  labor 
may  be  conveniently  employed  on  the  cheaper  grades  of  clothing, 
either  in  the  tenements  or  in  small  adjacent  workrooms.  In  many 


49 

cases,  it  is  unacquainted  with  our  language  or  customs,  and  must 
accept,  temporarily  at  least,  any  employment  offered.  It  is  poor  in 
skill,  poor  in  purse,  and  accustomed  to  poor  fare,  poor  lodgings, 
squalid  surroundings,  and  low  wages  ;  and  it  is,  of  course,  unorganized. 
As  a  large  part  of  the  work  in  the  clothing  industry  is  done  under 
contract,  possibly  the  primary  contractor,  who  receives  a  certain  price 
for  doing  the  work,  also  contracts  with  another,  who  may  be  willing 
to  take  a  portion  at  a  still  lower  price.  The  final  contractor  is,  of 
course,  bound  to  take  every  possible  advantage,  in  order  to  in- 
crease his  own  margin  of  profit,  which,  in  any  event,  must  be 
small.  He  is  generally  of  the  same  nationality  as  the  people  he 
employs,  but  has  been  in  this  country  longer,  "knows  the  ropes," 
if  I  may  use  that  expression,  and  also  knows  the  peculiar  habits, 
customs,  and  necessities  of  his  employees. 

Unscrupulous  contractors,  under  competition,  having  taken  the 
work  at  the  lowest  prices,  resort  to  every  means  to  realize  a  profit. 
Expenses  must  be  reduced  in  every  possible  way.  Tenement-house 
labor,  often  recently  imported,  alien  to  our  customs,  and  contentedly 
living  upon  a  plane  inferior  to  the  American  standard,  is  seeking 
employment  ;  and,  by  using  it,  shop  rent  may  be  avoided.  In 
these  houses  are  found,  employed  either  directly  or  through  a  sub- 
contractor, persons  of  both  sexes,  frequently  entirely  ignorant  of 
our  language,  the  entire  family  sometimes  eating,  sleeping,  and 
working  in  one  apartment.  These  are  the  conditions  of  the  "sweat- 
ing system,"  so  called.  The  work  is  done  by  the  piece,  and  ordinary 
hours  of  labor  are  disregarded. 

The  conditions  lead  inevitably  to  sweating,  but  it  will  be  noticed 
that  the  only  system  about  it  is  the  method  of  sub-contract  pushed 
to  extremes,  joined  with  the  peculiar  status  of  the  workers. 

HORACE  G.  WADLIN. 
BOSTON,  January,  1894. 

THE  SWEATING    SYSTEM   IN   EUROPE   AND   AMERICA. 
Journal  of  Social  Science,  October,  1892. 

1.  Sweating  in  Germany.     Rev.  J.  G.  Brooks. 

2.  The  Sweating  System  in  the  United  States.     D.  F.  Schloss. 

3.  Conditions  of  the  Labor  of  Women  and  Children  in  New  York. 

Dr.  Anna  S.  Daniel. 

4.  The  Sweating  System  of  Massachusetts.     H.  G.  Wadlin. 


5° 

5.  Tenement  House  Workers  in  Boston.     W.  L.  Hicks. 

6.  The  Sweating  System  in  General.     Joseph  Lee. 

7.  Legislation. — Appendix.     Joseph  Lee. 

BANKS.  WHITE  SLAVES  ;  CR,  THE  OPPRESSION  OF  THE 
WORTHY  POOR. 

BANKS,  L.  A.  CRIMES  AGAINST  WORKING  GIRLS.  Our 
Day,  October,  1891. 

BOOTH.  LIFE  AND  LABOR  OF  THE  PEOPLE  (Vol.  IV., 
Chapter  X.). 

EVILS  OF  THE  TENEMENT-HOUSE  SWEATING  SYSTEM. 
Report  of  the  Congressional  Committee  of  Investiga- 
tion. Boston  Globe,  January  21,  1893. 

LEE,  JOSEPH.  THE  SWEATING  SYSTEM.  Charities  Re- 
view, December,  1892. 

POTTER,  B.  SWEATING  SYSTEM  IN  THE  ENGLISH 
TAILOR-TRADE.  Nineteenth  Century,  24  :  161.  Spec- 
tator, 6 1  :  1 1 20. 

POTTER,  B.  REPORT  OF  THE  LORDS  UPON  THE  SWEAT- 
ING SYSTEM.  Nineteenth  Century,  27  :  885. 

REPORT  ON  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  MANUFACTURES  ON 
THE  SWEATING  SYSTEM.  House  of  Representatives 
Report  No.  2309.  Washington,  D.  C.,  1893. 

SCHLOSS,  D.  F.  THE  SWEATING  SYSTEM.  Fortnightly 
Review,  April,  1890. 

SWEATING  :  ITS  CAUSE  AND  REMEDY.  Fabian  Tract 
No.  50.  London,  276  Strand,  W.  C.,  February, 
1894. 

Rns.     How  THE  OTHER  HALF  LIVES  (Chapter  XL). 

THE  UNEMPLOYED. 

About  the  only  satisfactory  statistical  study  regarding  the  unem- 
ployed of  the  United  States  was  that  conducted  by  the  Massachusetts 
Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  in  1885,  an  account  of  which  is  found  in 
their  annual  report  for  1887.  It  was  estimated  that  in  that  year  and 
that  Slate,  the  equivalent  of  78,717  years'  work  was  lost  through  in- 


5' 

voluntary  idleness.  The  Federal  Department  of  Labor  estimated 
that  about  one  million  of  men  were  out  of  work  in  the  United  States 
during  the  industrial  depression  of  1885. 

To  prevent  involuntary  idleness  is  one  of  the  hardest  industrial 
problems  of  the  present  time,  and  the  proper  method  of  relieving  the 
unemployed  is  perhaps  the  most  difficult  thing  in  charitable  work. 
The  plans  proposed  have  included  Friendly  Inns,  where  men  could 
get  cleanly  and  honorable  relief  in  return  for  work  done,  the  opening 
of  Free  Labor  Bureaus,  or  Labor  Exchanges,  both  by  the  government 
and  private  associations,  the  establishment  of  Labor  Colonies,  where 
men  could  work  and  at  the  same  time  be  trained  back  to  habits  of 
sobriety  and  industry,  and  the  doing  of  public  work  at  times  of  in- 
dustrial depression,  rather  than  during  times  of  general  prosperity. 
Involuntary  idleness  seems  to  be  a  phenomenon  of  increasing  im- 
portance, and  the  essential  difficulty  in  dealing  with  it  is  the  danger 
of  transmuting  it  into  voluntary  idleness  through  the  effect  of  unwise 
relief  measures  upon  the  unemployed. 

AMOS  G.  WARNER. 

LELAND  STANFORD  JUNIOR  UNIVERSITY, 
PALO  ALTO,  CAL.,  January,  1894. 

BARNETT,  S.  A.     TRAINING    FARMS    FOR    THE    UNEM- 
PLOYED.    Nineteenth  Century,  24  :  753. 

BOOTH.     IN  DARKEST  ENGLAND  AND  THE  WAY  OUT. 

BOOTH,    C.       LIFE   AND   LABOR  OF    THE   PEOPLE   IN 
LONDON.     Vol.  I.     pp.  149-155. 

BUELL,  C.  E.    MUTUAL  INSURANCE  AGAINST  ENFORCED 
IDLENESS.     Lend a  Hand,  4  :  571. 

BURNS,    JOHN.      THE    UNEMPLOYED.     Nineteenth  Cen- 
tury, December,  1892. 

COMMONS,  J.  R.     THE  PROBLEM  OF  THE  UNEMPLOYED. 
Charities  Review,  May,  1893. 

"FLYNTE,  JOSIAH."     THE  AMERICAN  TRAMP.    Littell's 
Living  Age,  No.  2466,  1891. 

GEORGE.     SOCIAL  PROBLEMS  (Chapter  XIII.). 
GRAHAM.     SOCIALISM  NEW  AND  OLD.     Pp.  327-362. 


52 

McCooK,  J.  J.  A  TRAMP  CENSUS  AND  ITS  REVELA- 
TIONS. Forum,  August,  1893. 

McCooK,  J.  J.  TRAMPS.  Charities  Review,  January,  1894. 

McCooK,  J.  J.  THE  ALARMING  PROPORTION  OF  VENAL 
VOTERS,  forum,  September  and  October,  1892. 

McNEiLL.     LABOR  MOVEMENT  (Chapter  XXIV.). 

WARNER,  A.  G.  SOME  EXPERIMENTS  ON  BEHALF  OF 
THE  UNEMPLOYED.  Quarterly  journal  of  Economics, 
October,  1890. 

WAGES. 

The  wages  question,  in  its  narrower  sense,  asks  for  the  principles 
that  determine  what  share  of  the  product  of  industrial  society  falls  to 
the  wage-earners.  In  its  broader  sense,  the  question  involves  every- 
thing pertaining  to  the  welfare  of  the  wage-earners,  not  merely  under 
our  present  wage  system,  but  under  systems  of  profit-sharing,  or  co- 
operation, or  even  of  a  possible  socialism.  It  involves  the  study  of 
"  standards  of  living  "  in  different  countries  and  under  different  sys- 
tems, the  causes  of  differences  and  variations  in  these  standards,  and 
possible  remedies  for  all  industrial  evils  affecting  the  wage-earners. 
Enthusiasts  find  these  remedies  in  simple  means,  such  as  the  Single 
Tax,  or  the  abolition  of  interest,  or  monopolies  managed  by  society. 
The  economist  finds  no  single  remedies,  but  sees  many  helpful  means, 
and  awaits,  for  the  final  solution  of  the  question,  the  slow  develop- 
ment of  society,  which  yet  may  be  somewhat  hastened  by  intelligent 
action. 

JEREMIAH  W.  JENKS. 

ITHACA,  N.  Y., 

February,  1894. 

CLARK,  J.  B.  LAW  OF  WAGES  AND  INTEREST.  Annals 
American  Academy,  July,  1890. 

CLARK,  J.  B.  SURPLUS  GAINS  OF  LABOR.  Annals 
American  Academy,  March,  1893. 

GIDDINGS,  F.  H.  THE  NATURAL  RATE  OF  WAGES. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  December,  1887. 


53 

SCHOENHOF,  J.  THE  ECONOMY  OF  HIGH  WAGES.  An 
inquiry  into  the  comparative  methods  and  the  cost 
of  production  in  competing  industries  in  America 
and  Europe.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.  8vo. 
434  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

WALKER,  F.  A.  THE  WAGES  QUESTION.  A  TREATISE 
ON  WAGES  AND  THE  WAGES  CLASS.  New  York, 
Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1886.  8vo,  428  pp.  Price 

$2.00. 

WOOD,  STUART.  CRITIQUE  OF  WAGES  THEORIES.  An- 
nals American  Academy,  January,  1891. 


WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS. 

Penologists  have  raised  the  question  of  how  far  public  health  and 
morals  are  affected  injuriously  by  forcing  women  into  the  labor 
market.  Since  women  are  becoming  wage-earners  in  increasing 
numbers  every  year,  the  most  practical  way  to  minimize  this  danger 
to  the  commonwealth,  is  to  raise  the  standard  of  their  wants.  Work- 
ing Girls'  Clubs,  with  their  educational  classes  and  spirit  of  self- 
helpfulness  ;  Labor  Unions,  when  these  encourage  enlightened 
co-operation  rather  than  class  prejudice  ;  popular  lectures,  concerts, 
art  exhibitions,  gymnasiums,  trade  classes — all  these  help  to  give 
workingwomen  new  and  better  wants. 

A  dispassionate  study  of  the  facts  should  precede  any  organized 
effort  to  improve  the  condition  of  women  wage-earners.  The 
tendency  to  exaggerate  their  woes,  and  drag  them  within  the  bound- 
aries of  charitable  solicitude  is  thoroughly  vicious.  A  working- 
woman's  best  safeguard  is  her  sense  of  independence  and  personal 
responsibility. 

MARY  E.  RICHMOND. 

BALTIMORE,  February,  1894. 

BROWN,   E.    S.      WORKING    WOMEN    IN    NEW    YORK. 
American  Journal  of  Social  Science,  25  :  78. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.     WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS.     Arena, 
March,  May,  June,  July,  1893. 


54 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.  WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS  :  THEIR 
PAST,  THEIR  PRESENT,  AND  THEIR  FUTURE.  Bos- 
ton, Roberts  Bros.,  1893.  i6mo,  314  pp.  Price 

$1,00. 

DILKE,  LADY.  BENEFIT  SOCIETIES  AND  TRADES-UNIONS 
FOR  WOMEN.  Fortnightly  Review \  51  :  852. 

DILKE,  E.  F.  S.  TRADES-UNIONS  FOR  WOMEN.  New 
Review,  2  :  43,  418. 

FAWCETT,  E.    WOES  OF  THE  NEW  YORK  WORKING-GIRL. 
Arena,  5  :   26. 

GRAFFENRIED,  CLARE  DE.  THE  CONDITION  OF  WAGE- 
EARNING  WOMEN.  Forum,  March,  1893. 

HYSLOP,  J.  H.  WAGES  OF  SHOP  GIRLS.  Andover  Review, 
16:  455- 

OSBORNE,  E.     WHITE  SLAVES.     Lend  a  Hand,  3  ;  190. 

VAN  ETTEN,  IDA  M.  THE  CONDITION  OF  WOMEN 
WORKERS  UNDER  THE  PRESENT  INDUSTRIAL  SYS- 
TEM. New  York,  American  Federation  of  Labor, 
1 891,  1 6  pp.  Price  SG. 

WADLIN,  H.  G.  WOMEN  IN  INDUSTRY.  REPORT  OF 
THE  MASSACHUSETTS  BUREAU  OF  THE  STATISTICS 
OF  LABOR,  1889. 

WEBB,  SIDNEY.  WOMEN  WAGE-EARNERS.  Economic 
journal,  December,  1891  ;  Economic  Review,  1892. 

WOODS,  K.  P.  WORKING  WOMEN  IN  NEW  YORK.  Cos- 
mopolitan, 10  :  99. 

WRIGHT,  C:  D.  WHY  WOMEN  ARE  PAID  LESS  THAN 
MEN.  Forum,  July,  1892. 

WYMAN,  L.  B.  C.  FACTORY  LIFE  AMONG  THE  WOMEN. 
Atlantic  Monthly,  62  :  605. 

WORKING  WOMEN  IN  LARGE  CITIES.  FOURTH  ANNUAL 
REPORT  -OF  THE  U.  S.  COMMISSIONER  OF  LABOR, 
1888. 


55 
CHARITY  AND  PAUPERISM. 

Pauperism  is  largely  a  disease  ;  hence,  the  chief  aim  of  charity, 
like  that  of  medical  science,  should  be  prevention  rather  than  cure. 

The  causes  of  pauperism  are  :  heredity,  environment,  physical  and 
social  ;  ignorance,  misfortune,  and  crime  ;  vicious  economic  condi- 
tions ;  false  public  charity  ;  and  indiscriminate  private  giving. 

Charity  should  remove  these  causes  by  preventing  the  propagation 
of  certain  classes  ;  by  improving  the  physical  and  social  environment 
through  tenement-house  reform,  the  suppression  of  saloons,  gambling 
hells,  and  brothels,  and  the  establishment  of  parks,  playgrounds,  and 
rational  amusements  ;  by  education,  manual,  domestic,  intellectual 
and  moral  ;  by  the  reform  of  industrial  evils, — long  hours,  low  wages, 
the  uncertainty  of  employment,  and  the  squandering  of  public  re- 
sources ;  and  by  the  abolition  of  false  public  charity  and  indiscrimi- 
nate private  giving. 

The  causes  of  pauperism  abolished,  pauperism  will  cease  to  exist, 
and  poverty  will  be  greatly  decreased.  What  poverty  remains — and 
some  poor  will  always  be  with  us — will  be  alleviated  by  true  private 
benevolence  ;  not  by  money  and  giving  alone,  but  by  devotion  and 
doing.  Thus  will  poverty  be  robbed  of  its  sting,  and  charity  become 
a  double  blessing. 

WILLIAM  I.  HULL. 

SWARTHMORE  COLLEGE,  PA., 

February,  1894. 

GENERAL. 

ADAMS,  H.  B.  NOTES  ON  THE  LITERATURE  OF  CHARI- 
TIES. Baltimore,  Johns  Hopkins  University  His- 
torical Series,  1887.  8vo,  48  pp.  Price  250. 

Valuable  as  a  summary  of  general  charitable  work,  and  for  its  bib- 
liographical references. 

BARNETT,  S.  A.  POOR-LAW  REFORM.  Contemporary 
Review,  March,  1893. 

THE  CHURCH  AND  POVERTY.     Lend  a  Hand,  7  :  338. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.     PRISONERS  OF  POVERTY  :  WOMEN 

WAGE- WORKERS,  THEIR  TRADES  AND  THEIR  LIVES. 

Boston,  RobertsBros.,  1887.  i2mo,  257  pp.  Price  5oc. 

A  vivid  description  of  the  lives  and  work  of  women  wage-workers 

in  New  York  City,  based  upon  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  facts. 


56 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.  PRISONERS  OF  POVERTY  ABROAD. 
Boston,  Roberts  Bros.,  1890.  i6mo,  248  pp.  Price 
SOG. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN  ;   SHAW,  ALBERT  ;   SWINTON,  JOHN  ; 

AND  OTHERS.    NEEDS  OF  THE  ClTY  POOR.     New  York 

Voice,  December  15,  1892. 

CRAIG,  O.  THE  PREVENTION  OF  PAUPERISM.  Scribner's, 
July,  1893. 

FARNAM,  HENRY  W.  THE  STATE  AND  THE  POOR.  Po- 
litical Science  Quarterly,  June,  1888. 

GODARD,  J.  G.  POVERTY,  ITS  GENESIS  AND  EXODUS. 
New  York,  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1892.  8vo,  155 
pp.  Price  $1.00. 

GOODALE,  FRANCES  A.  THE  LITERATURE  OF  PHILAN- 
THROPY. New  York,  Harper  &  Bros.,  1893.  i6mo, 
205  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

Contains  chapters  on  Criminal  Reform,  Tenement  Houses,  Neigh- 
borhood Idea,  The  Trained  Nurse,  The  Society  of  the  Red  Cross, 
and  other  topics  of  the  day. 

McCuLLOCH,  O.  C.  SOCIAL  DEGRADATION  :  TRIBE  OF 
ISHMAEL.  Lend  a  Hand,  3  :  636. 

PUBLIC  CHARITIES  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY.  Lend  a  Hand, 
2  :  574,  633. 

SPENCER,  H.  PRIVATE  LIFE  OF  THE  POOR.  Popular 
Science  Monthly,  July,  1893. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THE  USE  OF  WORKERS  AMONG  THE 
POOR.  Publication  No.  33  of  the  State  Charities 
Aid  Association,  105  East  22d  Street,  New  York 
City. 

WARNER,  A.  G.  OUR  CHARITIES  AND  OUR  CHURCHES. 
Report  of  the  National  Conference  of  Charities  and 
Corrections,  1889. 

WARNER,  A.  G.  SCIENTIFIC  CHARITY.  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  35  :  488. 


57 

WARNER,  A.  G.  CHARITIES  :  THE  RELATION  OF  THE 
STATE,  THE  CITY,  AND  THE  INDIVIDUAL  TO  MODERN 
PHILANTHROPIC  WORK  Baltimore,  Johns  Hopkins 
University  Studies  in  History  and  Political  Science, 
Supplementary  Note  No.  7. 

WOODS.     ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS  (Chapter  VI.). 

NEW  YORK  CHARITIES  DIRECTORY.  Published  by  the 
New  York  Charity  Organization  Society.  Fifth 
Edition,  1892.  i2mo,  472  pp.  Price,  cloth,  $1.00 
(clergymen  half  price). 

A  classified  and  descriptive  directory  of  the  charitable  and  benefi- 
cent societies  and  institutions  of  the  city  of  New  York. 

The  Charities  Review.  A  JOURNAL  OF  PRACTICAL  SOCI- 
OLOGY. Published  for  the  Charity  Organization 
Society  of  the  City  of  New  York,  United  Charities 
Building,  105  East  22d  Street,  New  York.  Eight 
numbers  yearly.  Price  $1.00. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  CONFERENCE  OF  CHARITIES 

AND   CORRECTIONS.     Mrs.    I.   C.    Barrows,    Editor, 

141  Franklin  Street,  Boston,  Mass.     Vol.  I.,  1876. 

Annual  publications.     Price  $i .50  ;  paper,  $1.25. 

A  valuable  discussion  of   topics  in  organized  charities.      Consult 

index. 

REPORTS,  PAMPHLETS,  AND  CIRCULARS  OF  INFORMATION. 
Published  by  the  Charity  Organization  Societies  of 
the  various  cities  of  the  United  States  and  England. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  AND  PAMPHLETS  OF  THE  STATE 
CHARITIES  AID  ASSOCIATION,  United  Charities 
Building,  105  East  22d  Street,  New  York  City. 

CHARITY— ORGANIZED  SOCIETIES. 

The  organization  of  charitable  relief  is  a  phrase  which,  as  it  stands, 
may  not  appear  sufficiently  explicit.  If  relief  is  to  be  organized 
there  must  be  an  organization  of  the  relief-givers,  and  an  organiza- 
tion of  relief-givers  cannot  be  created  unless  the  givers  accept,  and 
are  moved  by,  some  common  convictions  on  the  subject.  The 


broad  principle,  then,  that  underlies  this  work,  the  conviction 
which  its  promoters  hold  and  would  impart  to  others,  is  that  relief- 
givers,  if  they  are  to  be  in  any  real  sense  charitable,  must  have 
regard  to  the  well-being  of  the  community  as  a  whole,  and  must  so 
administer  relief  that  it  shall  strengthen  moral  obligations  and  a  sense 
of  duty  in  the  family  and  in  the  community.  And  an  organization 
of  charitable  relief  will  not  in  any  true  sense  be  an  organization 
unless  it  makes  this  its  chief  aim. 

C.  S.  LOCH,  Secretary. 
CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY, 
LONDON,  January,  1894. 

BONAPARTE,  CHARLES  J.  WHAT  A  CHARITY  ORGANI- 
ZATION SOCIETY  CAN  Do,  AND  WHAT  IT  CANNOT. 
Charities  Review,  March,  1892. 

GURTEEN,  S.  H.  HANDBOOK  OF  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  S.  H.  Gurteen,  1882.     8vo,  254  pp. 
HANDBOOK  FOR  FRIENDLY  VISITORS  -AMONG  THE  POOR. 

New   York    Charity    Organization    Society,    1883. 

i6mo,  88  pp.     Price,  cloth,  5oc  ;  paper,  35c. 
KELLOGG,  D.  O.     FUNCTION  OF  ORGANIZED  CHARITY. 

Lend  a  Hand,  i  :  450. 
LOCH,  C.  S.     CHARITY  ORGANIZATION.     London,  Swan, 

Sonnenschein  &  Co.,  1890.     106  pp.     Price  2s.  6d. 
Mr.  Loch  is  Secretary  of  the  London  Charity  Organization  Society, 
and  speaks  with  the  authority  of  practical  experience. 

Low,  SETH.     MUNICIPAL  CHARITIES.     Lend  a  Hand,  3  : 

40*. 
LOWELL,  JOSEPHINE  S.     PUBLIC  RELIEF  AND  PRIVATE 

CHARITY.     New  York,   G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1884. 

8vo,  in  pp.     Price  4oc. 
LOWELL,   JOSEPHINE  S.     ORGANIZATION   OF    CHARITY. 

Lend  a  Hand,  3  :  81.     Chautauquan,  9  :  80. 
MAYOR,   JAMES.     RELATION  OF    ECONOMIC  STUDY  TO 

PUBLIC  AND  PRIVATE  CHARITY.     Annals  American 

Academy,  July,  1893. 


59 

ORGANIZED  CHARITY.     Charities  Review,  April,  1893. 

SCHURMAN,  J.  G.  THE  GROWTH  AND  CHARACTER  OF 
ORGANIZED  CHARITY.  Charities  Review,  March, 
1892. 

WARNER,  A.  G.  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY. 
Popular  Science  Monthly,  July,  1889. 

WARNER,  A.  G.  ORGANIZED  CHARITIES.  Lend  a  Hand, 
December,  1892. 

A  YEAR'S  CHARITY  WORK  IN  BALTIMORE  :  TENTH  AN- 
NUAL REPORT  OF  THE  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION 
SOCIETY  OF  BALTIMORE.  This  report  contains  ad- 
dresses on  District  Nursing,  Miss  I.  A.  Hampton  ; 
The  Law  of  Organic  Life  as  Applied  to  Charity,  F. 
H.  Wines  ;  Personal  Philanthropy,  H.  B.  Adams  ; 
and  some  Object  Lessons  in  Charity  Methods. 

The  Charity  Organization  Review.  A  monthly  journal 
published  by  the  Charity  Organization  Society  of 
London.  Price  $1.25  a  year. 

MEDICAL    CHARITIES. 

The  problems  which  present  themselves  to  the  managers  of  medical 
charitable  organizations  are  exceedingly  complex.  It  is  unquestion- 
able that  much  harm  is  done  by  the  indiscriminate  distribution  of 
medical  advice  without  much  regard  as  to  the  worthiness  of  the  appli- 
cant. If  we  are  to  treat  the  sick  poor  free — and  of  course  we  are  bound 
to  do  so — we  must  be  guided  by  the  same  general  principles  which 
apply  to  all  philanthropic  undertakings.  It  is  not  as  easy  in  this  case, 
as  in  others,  to  determine  who  are  the  worthy  and  who  the  unworthy 
applicants  for  relief.  The  fact  that  sickness  makes  work  impossible 
renders  one  test  inapplicable,  for  example.  Difficult  though  the 
question  is,  it  is  beyond  doubt  that  the  sociological  aspects  of  medical 
charity  have,  as  yet,  received  no  attention  of  a  scientific  kind,  and 
the  methods  of  distribution  to-day  are  practically  unchanged  from 

those  of  twenty-five  years  ago. 

J.  WEST  ROOSEVELT. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 


6o 

THE  ADVICE  GRATIS  SYSTEM.  The  Medical  Record  (N. 
Y.),  February  2  and  23,  1884. 

THE  DISPENSARY  ABUSE.  N,  Y.  Evening  Post,  February 
5  and  9,  1893. 

THE  CITY  DISPENSARIES.  JV.  Y.  Evening  Post,  February 
i5,  1893. 

HANDBOOK  FOR  HOSPITALS.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's 
Sons,  1883.  i2mo,  263  pp.  Price  750. 

MEDICAL  CHARITY  :  ITS  EXTENT  AND  ABUSES.  West- 
minster Review,  January,  1874.  (American  Edition 
published  by  The  Leonard  Scott  Publishing  Com- 
pany, New  York.) 

This  article  is  still  valuable,  as  it  contains  many  references,  and 
may  be  regarded  as  fairly  representing  the  state  of  affairs  to-day. 

REPORTS  AND  PAMPHLETSOF  THE  INTERNATIONAL  MEDI- 
CAL MISSIONARY  SOCIETY,  Geo.  D.  Dowkontt, 
Medical  Director,  118  East  45th  Street,  New  York. 

Maintains  five  medical  dispensaries  in  New  York  City,  and  co-op- 
erates with  all  existing  Christian  agencies  seeking  to  establish  medi- 
cal missions  at  Gospel  missions  or  mission  churches.  The  Woman's 
Branch  co-operates  with  the  parent  Society  in  many  lines  of  chari- 
table work :  Mrs.  G.  D.  Dowkontt,  Cor.  Sec'y,  118  East  45th  Street, 
New  York. 

OUT-DOOR    RELIEF. 

Topics  for  Study. 

1.  Defined  :  Help  given  to  dependents  outside  of  institutions, 
such  as  poor-houses,  hospitals,  etc. 

2.  Sources  of  funds  may  be  (a)  public,   raised  by  taxation  ;  (b) 
private  and  voluntary,  given  by  individuals,  churches,   societies  ;  (c) 
Endowments.     Grounds  for  each. 

3.  Data  by  decades  required  on  the  following  points.     Statistics 
secured  by  the  United  States  Census  and  even  by  the  best  State  Boards 
are  inadequate,     (a)  Population  of  the  region  studied,  by  decades ; 


6i 

(b)  Number  of  families  aided,  and  the  number  of  persons  ;  (c)  Par- 
ticulars of  age,  sex,  domestic  state,  place  of  birth,  settlement,  time  of 
residence,  cause  of  destitution  ;  (d)  duration  of  relief,  temporary  or 
permanent ;  (e)  kind  and  value  of  relief  given, — support,  medical, 
rent,  burial.  Items  from  public  and  voluntary  sources  separate. 

4.  The  poor-laws  of  the  region  :  legislation  as  to  funds,  adminis- 
tration, repression. 

5.  History  and   composition   view  of   out-door  relief — German, 
French,  Italian,  English,  American,  etc. 

6.  Abolition  of  out-door  official  relief,  and  effects. 

7.  Workhouse  alternatives. 

8.  Associated  charities. 

9.  State  oversight  and  Board. 

10.  Vagabondage,  and  almsgiving. 

11.  Old-age  pensions  as  form  of  out-relief. 

C.  R.  HENDERSON. 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 
January,  1894. 

BARBOUR.  VAGRANCY.  Proceedings  of  the  Eighth 
National  Conference  of  Charities,  1881. 

DEEMS,  C.  F.  STREET  BEGGING.  North  American  Review. 
April,  1883. 

GREGORY,  W.  W.  IN  DEFENCE  OF  OUT-DOOR  RELIEF. 
National  Review  (London),  February,  1893. 

LAW.  OUT-DOOR  RELIEF  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES.  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Eighth  National  Conference  of 
Charities,  1881. 

McCuLLOCH,  O.  C.     THE  TRIBE  OF  ISHMAEL  :  A  STUDY 

IN  SOCIAL  DEGRADATION. 
Proceedings  of  the  Fifteenth  Annual  Conference  of  Charities,  1888. 

MILK  AND  COAL  DEPOT  IN  NEW  YORK  CITY.  Public 
Opinion,  June,  1893. 

OUT-DOOR  RELIEF.  Pamphlet  of  the  Charity  Organiza- 
tion Society  of  London. 


62 

Oux-DooR  RELIEF.  Lend a  Hand,  3:  372;  4^103. 
(From  the  Boston  standpoint.) 

PUBLIC  Oux-DooR  RELIEF.  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Conference  of  Charities  and  Corrections.  Indian- 
apolis, 1891. 

WHITE,  A.  T.  OUT-DOOR  RELIEF.  Lend  a  Hand,  i, 
335  5  3.  445  ;  4,  279.  (From  the  Brooklyn  stand- 
point.) 

PROVIDENT  SCHEMES. 

Provident  schemes  and  the  spirit  which  they  engender  and  promote 
are  a  bulwark  against  the  new  doctrine,  urged  by  some  labor-leaders 
like  Hyndman  of  the  Social  Democratic  Federation,  who  object  to 
thrift  in  workingmen  because  it  only  makes  them  small  capitalists 
and  so  buttresses  the  class  they  should  supplant.  This  is  the  counsel 
of  despair,  suggested  by  the  seemingly  hopeless  conditions  of  Europe. 
The  American  doc'rine  of  self-help  was  founded  on  Plymouth  Rock 
and  has  been  fostered  by  the  sturdy  struggle  of  our  race  for  noble 
life,  which  began  when  the  Pilgrims  landed,  and  has  created  the 
wealth,  culture,  and  character  of  their  descendants.  What  a  contrast 
all  this  is  to  the  dangerous  doctrines  now  coming  over  with  the  multi- 
tude of  foreign  immigrants  from  Italy,  Russia,  and  other  lands  where 
working  people  rely  on  their  rulers  for  guidance  or  employment !  The 
conflict  between  the  American  spirit  of  self-help  and  the  effete  old- 
world  doctrine  of  reliance  on  rulers  can  be  won  in  this  country  if  all 
judicious  provident  schemes  are  thoroughly  studied  and  vigorously 
promoted.  ROBERT  TREAT  PAINE. 

BOSTON,  March,  1894. 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ON  PROVIDENT 

HABITS,  1893. 

THE  PENNY  PROVIDENT  FUND. 
RULES  FOR  STAMP  STATIONS  OF  THE  PENNY  PROVIDENT 

FUND. 

The  above    may  be  had  on  application  to   the 

Charity    Organization    Society,    United    Charities 

Building,  New  York  City. 


03 

LEWINS,  W.  HISTORY  OF  SAVINGS  BANKS  IN  GREAT 
BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND.  London,  C.  E.  Layton, 
1882.  8vo,  945  pp.  Price  js.  6d. 

OBERHOLTZER,  SARA  L.  SCHOOL  SAVINGS  BANKS.  An- 
nals of  the  American  Academy,  July,  1892. 

POSTAL  SAVINGS  BANKS  FOR  THE  UNITED  STATES.  Pub- 
lications of  the  New  York  State  Charities  Aid  Asso- 
ciation, No.  41. 

PUBLIC  INSTITUTIONS  AND  PRIVATE  CARE.  Lend  a  Hand, 
i  :  637. 

SCHOOL  SAVINGS  BANKS  IN  ENGLAND.  Educational  Re- 
view, January,  1892. 

THIRY,  J.  H.     SCHOOL  SAVINGS  BANKS  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES.     New  York,  The  American  Banker,  1893. 
8vo,  51  pp.     Price  25c. 
A  manual  for  the  use  of  teachers,  containing  rules  and  regulations, 

with  hints  and  suggestions  for  the   introduction  and  the  practical 

working  of  the  School  Savings  Banks  System. 

THRIFT  IN  GREAT  BRITAIN.  Economic  Journal,  June, 
1892. 

WANAMAKER,  J.  POSTAL  SAVINGS  DEPOSITORIES.  Char- 
ities Review,  June,  1892. 

SUMMER   CHARITIES. 

Summer  charities  chiefly  concern  disease,  need,  and  wants  that  are 
developed  by  the  season,  especially  in  the  case  of  children.  Cholera 
infantum  and  other  attendant  diseases  lay  hold  of  the  babies  of  those 
who  cannot  leave  the  crowded  city  for  the  seashore  and  mountain- 
side, and  who  otherwise  would  die  were  it  not  for  fresh-air  parties, 
country  weeks,  and  seaside  homes.  The  feeble,  both  young  and  old, 
through  the  medium  of  church  and  charitable  organizations,  are  saved 
for  themselves  and  given  back  to  society  better  able  to  cope  with 
existence  through  the  ministrations  of  the  summer  charities.  All 
these  agencies  are  operative  at  a  season  which  has  peculiar  and  urgent 


64 

claims,  so  that  without  the  active  aid  of  summer  charities  a  great  void 
would  be  created  in  the  lives  of  those  who,  without  this  aid,  would 
be  unable,  with  their  enfeebled  systems,  to  meet  the  demands  of 
active  life.  JOHN  P.  FAURE. 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

A  SKETCH  OF  ALL  SOULS'  SUMMER  HOUSE  NEAR  SEA 
CLIFF,  LONG  ISLAND.  (Illustrated.)  Pamphlet,  21 
pp.  Published  by  All  Souls'  P.  E.  Church,  New 
York  City. 

OILMAN,  M.  R.  F.  FRESH-AIR  CHILDREN  :  "  OUR  COUN- 
TRY WEEKERS."  Lend  a  Hand,  2  ;  578. 

HUTTON,  S.  K.  THE  FRESH-AIR  FUND.  Sunday  Maga- 
zine, 16  :  763. 

PARSONS,  WILLARD.  STORY  OF  THE  FRESH- AIR  FUND. 
Scribner's,  9  :  515. 

MONTHLY  BULLETIN  OF  ST.  JOHN'S  GUILD.  Published 
by  the  Guild,  501  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York.  Vol. 
I.,  No.  i,  May,  1892.  500.  a  year. 

This  describes  the  current  work  of  the  Floating  Hospital,  the  Sea- 
side Home,  and  the  Children's  Hospital, 

See   also   Annual  Reports   of   St.    John's   Guild. 
(Illustrated.) 

CHILD   PROBLEM. 

My  idea  of  the  Child  Problem,  from  a  political  point  of  view,  is 
summed  up  in  the  words  :  "  Equal  citizenship  with  adults."  Secondly, 
due  recognition  of  the  capacities  of  children,  with  a  view  to  any 
procedure  in  courts  which  may  be  necessary  for  the  enforcement  of 
"  Children's  Rights."  Thirdly,  the  creation,  throughout  the  whole 
country  to  which  a  child  belongs,  of  an  institution  equal  to,  first,  the 
discovery  of  the  wrongs  of  children  ;  secondly,  due  presentation  of 
these  wrongs  to  legal  tribunals  where  necessary ;  and  thirdly,  the 
provision  of  an  adequate  fund  for  such  purpose. 

These  points  are  amplified  in  The  New  Public  Policy,  also  in  the 
pamphlet,  New  National  Policy,  which  deals  with  the  same  subject, 
amplifying  one  of  its  aspects. 

BENJ.  WAUGH. 

LONDON,  December,  1893. 


65 

BRACE,  C.  L.  THE  DANGEROUS  CLASSES  OF  NEW  YORK 
CITY.  New  York,  VVynkoop  &  Hallenbeck,  1872, 
(Out  of  print.) 

An  account  of  the  origin  and  early  years  of  the  Children's  Aid 
Society,  in  which  Mr.  Brace  took  such  an  active  interest. 

BURT,  F.  P.  BABY  FARMING.  Lend  a  Hand,  January, 
1893. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.  THE  CHILD  AND  THE  COMMUNITY. 
Chautauquan,  9  :  458. 

FINLEY,  JOHN  H.  CHILD  PROBLEM  IN  CITIES.  Review 
of  Reviews,  January,  1892. 

FOWKES,  FANNY.  HOMES  FOR  CRIMINAL  CHILDREN. 
Lend  a  Hand,  5  :  527,  607. 

HILL,  FLORENCE   DAVENPORT,  AND   FOWKES,   FANNY. 

CHILDREN  OF  THE  STATE.  London  and  New  York, 

Macmillan    &    Co.,    1889.  Second    Edition.     8vo, 
362  pp. 

Rns,  J.  A.  CHILDREN  OF  THE  POOR.  (Illustrated.) 
Scribner's,  May,  1892. 

Rus,  J.  A.    THE  CHILDREN  OF  THE  POOR.    (Illustrated.) 
New  York,  C    Scribner's  Sons,  1892.     8vo,  300  pp. 
Price  $2.50. 
A  description  of  how  the  children  of  ''  the  other  half  "  live,  based 

on  a  storehouse  of  facts  derived  from  personal  investigation  and  daily 

contact  with  the  classes  described.     Most  of  the  illustrations  are  from 

photographs  taken  especially  for  the  author. 

Two  CHAMPIONS  OF  THE  CHILDREN.  Review  of  Reviews, 
January,  1892. 

WAUGH,  B.  STREET  CHILDREN.  Contemporary  Review, 
53:  825. 

WAUGH,  B.  CHILD-LIFE  INSURANCE.  London,  Kegan, 
Paul  &  Co.,  1890.  24  pp. 

WAUGH,  B.  BABY-FARMING.  Pamphlet,  19  pp.,  1890. 
Published  by  the  National  Society  for  the  Pre- 
vention of  Cruelty  to  Children.  London,  Kegan, 
Paul  &  Co. 


66 


REPORTS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SOCIETY  FOR  THE  PREVEN- 
TION OF  CRUELTY  TO  CHILDREN-,  7  Harpur  Street, 
Bloomsbury,  London,  W.  C.  (Illustrated.) 

HISTORY  OF  CHILD-SAVING  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  History  of  Child- 
Saving  Work  at  the  Twentieth  National  Conference 
of  Charities  and  Corrections  in  Chicago,  June,  1893. 
(Illustrated.)  Boston,  Geo.  H.  Ellis,  1893.  8vo, 
359  PP- 
A  symposium  by  specialists. 

CRIMINOLOGY. 

Criminology  may  be  defined  as  a  branch  of  sociology,  which  treats 
of  those  actions,  thoughts,  and  feelings  especially  dangerous  to 
society. 

Three  divisions  may  be  made  in  criminological  studies  :  first,  Gen- 
eral Criminology,  or  a  summary  and  classification  of  results  already 
known  ;  then  Special  Criminology,  being  investigations  of  individual 
criminals  ;  and  third,  Practical  Criminology,  which  considers  methods 
and  institutions  for  the  prevention  and  repression  of  crime,  including 
police  systems,  reformatories,  etc.  The  first  is  historical,  the  second 
scientific,  and  the  third,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  the  most  directly 
related  to  present  conditions  of  society. 

In  the  past,  it  has  been  the  study  of  the  crime  with  an  idea  to 
punishment ;  at  present,  it  is  the  study  of  the  criminal  to  find  the 
causes  of  his  crime,  which  is  a  necessary  preliminary  to  prevent  the 
development  of  criminal  tendencies  in  society. 

ARTHUR  MACDONALD. 

BUREAU  OF  EDUCATION, 

WASHINGTON,  D.C.,  January,  1894. 

PENOLOGY. 

Penology — a  convenient  and  useful  word  to  express  the  scientific 
and  exact  study  of  the  criminal  classes  and  of  the  various  methods 
of  dealing  with  them,  and  the  practical  results.  It  includes  answers 
to  the  following  questions  :  What  is  crime  ?  What  is  the  criminal  ? 
What  are  the  forms  of  legal  punishment  ?  What  is  the  aim  of  the 
criminal  law  ?  What  constitutes  proper  prison  discipline  ?  How  far 


67 

is  it  possible  to  substitute,  for  the  punishment  of  crime,  preventive  or 
reformatory  measures  ?  These  questions  require  to  be  studied  from 
the  double  point  of  view  of  philosophy  and  of  history,  and  illustrated 
by  statistics.  Criminal  anthropology,  sometimes  called  criminology, 
is  a  subdivision  of  penology.  Penology  pays  special  attention  to  the 
evolution  of  the  criminal  impulse  through  heredity  and  environment, 
and  to  the  causes  which  produce  crime,  whether  cosmic,  sociological, 
or  individual.  In  criminal  jurisprudence,  the  penologist  attaches 
special  importance  to  the  question  of  judicial  sentences,  with  a  view 
to  determining  whether  it  is  possible  to  measure  guilt  and  penalty  and 
justly  apportion  the  one  to  the  other.  The  new  school  of  penologists 
developed  in  recent  years  favors  indefinite  rather  than  definite  sen- 
tences for  crime,  a  reformatory  discipline  in  all  penal  institutions,  the 
graded  system  (in  which  the  standing  of  the  prisoner  is  determined 
by  marks),  and  his  conditional  release  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period 
as  a  preliminary  test  prior  to  his  absolute  discharge. 

F.  H.  WINES. 
SPRINGFIELD,  OHIO, 

December,  1893. 

ANGELL,  G.  T.  NEW  ORDER  OF  MERCY,  OR  CRIME 
AND  ITS  PREVENTION.  Bureau  of  Education, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Circular  of  Information  No.  4, 
1884. 

BAKER,  T.  B.  L.  WAR  WITH  CRIME.  London  and  New 
York,  Longmans,  Greene  &  Co.,  1890.  300  pp., 
8vo.  Price  $4.00. 

This  book  is  an  argument  for  the  apportionment  of  sentences  in 
accordance  with  the  character  of  the  criminal,  and  not  in  accordance 
with  the  crime.  The  author  advocates  short,  light  sentences  for  ordi- 
nary first  offences,  and  indeterminate  sentences  for  subsequent  ones, 
the  final  discharge  of  the  prisoner  being  left  with  the  prison 
managers. 

BOIES,  HENRY  M.  PRISONERS  AND  PAUPERS.  (Illus- 
trated.) New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.  8vo, 
330  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

A  study  of  the  abnormal  increase  of  criminals  and  the  public  burden 
of  pauperism  in  the  United  States  ;  with  a  consideration  of  the  causes 
and  remedies. 


68 


DuCANE,  E.  F.  THE  PUNISHMENT  AND  PREVENTION 
OF  CRIME.  London  and  New  York,  Macmillan  & 
Co.,  1885.  i2mo,  235  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

DUGDALE,  R.  L.  THE  JUKES.  WITH  AN  INTRODUC- 
TION BY  W.  M.  F.  ROUND.  New  York,  G.  P.  Put- 
nam's Sons,  1888.  121  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

A  study  in  crime,  pauperism,  and  heredity.  Illustrated  by  personal 
investigation  of  the  history  of  a  single  pauper  family  and  its  connec- 
tions, for  a  century  and  a  half. 

BUTTON,  S.  T.  EDUCATION  AS  A  CURE  FOR  CRIME. 
Journal  of  Social  Science,  February,  1890. 

ELLIS,  HAVELOCK.  THE  CRIMINAL.  (Illustrated.)  New 
York,  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1890.  8vo,  337  pp. 
Price  $1.25  ;  $1.00. 

A  summary  of  the  results  of  studies  in  criminal  anthropology  in  Italy, 
France,  Germany,  England,  and  the  United  States,  together  with  a 
bibliography  of  the  subject.  Mr.  Ellis  asserts  that  western  Europe  has 
been  so  busy  reforming  its  prisons,  that  it  has  neglected  to  reform  its 
prisoners;  and  that  in  Great  Britain  in  1888,  more  than  forty  per 
cent,  of  the  women  committed  to  prison  had  been  previously  con- 
victed more  than  ten  times.  He,  therefore,  argues  in  favor  of  devot- 
ing more  attention  to  the  study  of  criminals  than  of  crime. 

HARRIS,  WM.  T.  EDUCATION  AND  CRIME.  Atlanta 
Constitution,  August  5,  1890. 

HENDERSON,  C.  R.  AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY 
OF  DEPENDENT,  DEFECTIVE,  AND  DELINQUENT 
CLASSES.  Boston,  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  1893.  8vo, 
272  pp.  Price  $1.75. 

This  book  is  adapted  for  use  as  a  text-book,  for  personal  study,  for 
teachers'  and  ministers'  institutes,  and  for  clubs  of  public-spirited 
men  and  women  engaged  in  considering  some  of  the  gravest  problems 
of  society.  It  shows  the  organic  relations  of  the  classes  named  ; 
presents,  in  compact  and  systematic  form,  the  views  of  many  of  the 
most  eminent  specialists  ;  suggests  the  most  important  accessible 
books,  and  indicates  where  exhaustive  bibliographies  may  be  found. 
The  author  has  had  twenty  years  of  almost  daily  contact  with  the 


69 

poor  and  fallen  in  efforts  to  help  them  by  personal,  parish,  institu- 
tional, and  governmental  agencies.  Me  has  been  practically  con- 
nected with  boards  of  directors  and  trustees  of  various  associations 
and  institutions,  arbitration  boards,  etc.  At  the  present  time  he  is 
Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Science  in  the  University  of  Chicago. 
Together  with  such  practical  experience  he  has  kept  up  a  constant 
study  of  great  writers — English,  French,  German,  and  Italian — in 
political  and  social  science,  and  in  medicine,  sanitary,  economic, 
ethical,  and  religious  fields. 

LOWELL,  MRS.  C.  R.  INSTITUTIONAL  PAUPERISM. 
JV.  Y.  Evangelist,  April  30,  1891. 

MACDONALD,  ARTHUR.  CRIMINOLOGY.  New  York, 
Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co.,  1893.  Second  Edition.  i2mo, 
416  pp.  Price  $2.00. 

The  result  of  years  of  expert  study  and  research,  this  treatise  is 
both  scholarly  and  popular.  A  unique  and  very  valuable  feature  is 
an  extensive  Bibliography  of  Crime,  comprising  a  list  of  the  chief 
books  and  articles  on  the  subject  in  the  various  modern  languages. 

MACDONALD,  ARTHUR.  ABNORMAL  MAN  :  BEING 
ESSAYS  ON  EDUCATION  AND  CRIME  AND  RELATED 
SUBJECTS,  WITH  DIGESTS  OF  LITERATURE,  AND  A 
BIBLIOGRAPHY.  Bureau  of  Education,  Washing- 
ton, 1893.  Circular  of  Information  No.  4,  1893. 

MACDONALD,  ARTHUR.  CRIME  AND  ITS  PUNISHMENT. 
Lend  a  Hand,  February,  1893. 

MORRISON,  W.  D.  CRIME  AND  THE  PRISON  SYSTEM. 
London,  Swan,  Sonnenschein  &  Co.,  1890.  8vo, 
Price  2s.  6d. 

REEVE,  C.  H.  PREVENTIVE  LEGISLATION  IN  RELATION  TO 
CRIME.  Annals  American  Academy,  September,  1892. 

ROUND,  W.  M.  F.  OUR  CRIMINALS  AND  CHRISTIANITY. 
New  York,  Funk  &  Wagnalls,  1888.  16  pp.,  8vo. 
Price,  paper,  i5c. 

ROUND,  W.  M.  F.  (Secretary  National  Prison  Associa- 
tion). CRIMINALS  NOT  THE  VICTIMS  OF  HEREDITY. 
Forum,  September,  1893. 


70 

TALLACK,-  WILLIAM.  PENOLOGICAL  AND  PREVENTIVE 
PRINCIPLES,  WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  EUROPE 
AND  AMERICA,  ETC.  London,  Howard  Association, 
1889.  i2mo,  414  pp. 

"  A  forcible  presentation  of  the  evils  of  ill  advised  charity,  of  the 
mistake  of  looking  at  things  isolated  from  their  surroundings,  of  the 
folly  of  being  guided  by  popular  opinion,  and  finally  of  the  good  to  be 
accomplished  by  the  spread  of  religion." — ROLAND  P.  FALKNER. 

WlLLOUGHBY,  W.  W.  THE  NEW  SCHOOL  OF  CRIMINOL- 
OGY. American  Journal  of  Politics,  May,  1893. 

WINES,  E.  C.  STATE  OF  PRISONS  AND  CHILD-SAVING 
INSTITUTIONS.  Cambridge,  Mass.  J.  Wilson  & 
Son,  1880.  719  pp.,  8vo.  Price  $5.00. 

WINES,  F.  F.  ARTICLE  ON  PRISONS  IN  LALOR'S  CYCLO- 
PEDIA. 

WINTER,  ALEXANDER.  THE  NEW  YORK  STATE  RE- 
FORMATORY AT  ELMIRA.  London,  Swan,  Sonnen- 
schein  &  Co.,  1891.  172  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

WRIGHT,  C.  D.  RELATION  OF  ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS 
TO  THE  CAUSES  OF  CRIME.  Annals  American 
Academy,  May,  1893. 

NATIONAL  PRISON  ASSOCIATION  REPORTS.  Secretary 
of  the  New  York  Prison  Association,  W.  M.  F. 
Round,  135  East  i5th  Street,  New  York. 

ECONOMICS. 

The  study  of  economic  theory  seems  at  first  sight  difficult  and 
obtuse,  yet  in  reality  few  subjects  afford  more  pleasure  if  the  reader 
persists  until  the  initial  difficulties  are  removed.  These  difficulties 
consist  mainly  in  the  fact  that  the  style  of  the  author  is  influenced 
by  his  abstract  reasoning  and  that  many  words  are  used  in  a 
seemingly  arbitrary  way.  The  terms  used  in  economics  are  taken 
from  the  vocabulary  of  the  people  and  given  a  definite  meaning 
which  they  do  not  have  in  every-day  life.  The  reader  must  at  first 
watch  carefully  the  use  of  terms  and  read  enough  to  become  ac- 
customed to  the  form  of  reasoning  which  economists  use.  Avoid  in 


the  beginning  systematic  treatises  except  as  reference  books.  Being 
compressed  and  elliptical  they  increase  largely  the  tendency  to  use 
abstract  reasoning,  while  each  technical  term  is  used  too  rarely  to 
have  its  meaning  thoroughly  impressed.  Current  literature  on  special 
topics  is  by  far  the  best  means  of  becoming  acquainted  with  economic 
discussions.  Every  student  should  read  some  if  not  all  of  the  eco- 
nomic journals  mentioned  in  this  Hand-Book.  Leave  the  great 
authors,  until  familiar  with  current  thought,  and  their  books  will  be- 
come a  delight  and  not  a  stumbling-block. 

SIMON  N.  PATTEN. 
UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA, 
February,  1894. 

•  GENERAL. 

ANDREWS,  E.  B.  INSTITUTES  OF  ECONOMICS.  Boston, 
Silver,  Burdett  &  Co.,  1891.  121110,  227  pp.  Price 

$1.30. 

A  concise  analysis,  with  copious  references  "to  the  best  authorities. 
An  admirable  outline  of  the  field  of  Political  Economy. 

CLARK,  J.  B.  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  WEALTH.  Boston, 
Ginn  &  Co.,  1886.  i2mo,  235  pp.  Price  $1.10. 

Especially  valuable  for  chapters  on  the  influence  of  moral  forces  in 
the  field  of  Economics. 

"  This  treatise  .  .  .  presents  the  rare  excellence  of  fully 
recognizing  the  influence  of  moral  forces  in  economic  actions  while 
at  the  same  time  maintaining  the  scientific  spirit  in  the  analysis  of 
industrial  processes." — H.  C.  ADAMS. 

COSSA,  LUIGI.  GUIDE  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  POLITICAL 
ECONOMY  (Translated  from  the  Italian).  New  York, 
Macmillan  &  Co.,  1893.  i2mo,  587  pp.  Price  $2.60. 
1880,  i6mo,  237  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

"  No  introduction  to  the  study  of  Economics  at  all  approaching  in 
character  to  Professor  Cossa's  Guida  allo  Studio  dell'  Economia 
Politica  is  to  be  found  in  the  English  tongue.  This  work  pre- 
sents, in  a  compendious  form,  not  only  a  general  view  of  the  bounds, 
divisions,  and  relations  of  the  science,  marked  by  great  impartiality 
and  breadth  of  treatment,  but  it  also  furnishes  us  with  an  historical 
sketch  of  the  science,  such  as  must  be  wholly  new  to  English 
readers." — W.  STANLEY  JEVONS. 


72 

ELY,  R.  T.     PROBLEMS  OF  TO-DAY.     New  York,  T.  Y. 

Crowell  &  Co.,  1890.    12010.    Second  Edition.    Price 

$1.50. 

A  popular  discussion  of  protective  tariffs,  monopolies,  and  munici- 
pal taxation. 

ELY,  R.  T.  OUTLINES  OF  ECONOMICS.  New  York, 
Hunt  &  Eaton,  1893.  8vo,  426  pp.  "  Chautauqua  " 
Edition,  Price  $1.00  ;  "  College  "  Edition,  Price 

$1.25. 

A  plain  and  simple  yet  forceful  and  suggestive  presentation  of 
fundamental  economic  theories,  with  especial  emphasis  upon  some  of 
the  historical  and  sociological  aspects  of  the  subject.  The  summary, 
questions,  and  references  on  special  topics,  at  the  end  of  each  chapter, 
and  the  courses  of  reading  and  best  subjects  for  essays,  discussion, 
and  debates,  to  be  found  in  the  appendix,  add  much  value  to  the 
book. 

GUNTON,  GEORGE.     PRINCIPLES  OF  SOCIAL  ECONOMICS. 

New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1892.     8vo,  451  pp. 

Price  $1.75. 

Containing  chapters  on  Social  Progress,  Economic  Production, 
Economic  Distribution,  and  Practical  Statesmanship. 

INGRAM,   J.   K.      HISTORY    OF    POLITICAL    ECONOMY. 

WITH    A    PREFACE    BY    E.  J.   JAMES.     New  York, 

Macmillan  &  Co.,  1888.     8vo,  250  pp.     Price  $1.50. 

The   opening   chapters  discuss  the  history  of  the   subject  from 

ancient  times  to  the  historical  school  of  writers.     "  To  understand 

their  work  fully — and  this  is  an  essential  thing  for  every  one  who 

would  comprehend  the  present  tendencies  in  economics — a  study  of 

the  history  of  economic  theory  is  necessary.     In  this  work  no  better 

guide  is  at  present  attainable  for  the  English  student  than  this  book 

of  Dr.  Ingrain's." — E.  J.  JAMES. 

LALOR,  J.  J.  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE,  PO- 
LITICAL ECONOMY  AND  THE  POLITICAL  HISTORY  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES  (3  volumes).  New  York, 
Charles  E.  Merrill  &  Co.,  1884.  8vo,  847,  1055, 
1 136  pp.  Price  $15.00. 

A  work  of  reference,  best  indicated  by  the  title.  Many  of  the 
articles  are  elaborated  in  special  treatises.  The  best  of  its  kind. 


73 

PATTEN,  SIMON  N.  THE  PREMISES  OF  POLITICAL 
ECONOMY.  Philadelphia,  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1885. 
i2mo,  244  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

A  re-examination  of  certain  fundamental  principles  of  economic 
science. 

TUCKER,  W.  J.  SOCIAL  ECONOMICS  :  OUTLINE  OF  COURSE 
OF  STUDY.  Andover  Review,  1 1  :  85, 636  ;  12  :  100,  218. 

WALKER,  FRANCIS  A.  POLITICAL  ECONOMY.  New 
York,  Third  Edition.  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  1888. 
8vo,  537  pp.  Price  $2.00. 

"  I  have  found  the  work  particularly  useful  because  of  its  vivid 
quality.  It  serves  better  than  any  other  book  I  know  of,  as  an  intro- 
duction to  the  most  modern  point  of  view  as  to  economical  questions, 
— to  that  political  economy,  so  recently  developed  and  still  so  full  of 
promise,  which  essays  to  understand  the  world  of  actual  fact.  In 
using  President  Walker's  book  in  the  class-room,  too,  one  feels  that 
he  is  leading  his  class  under  the  wing  of  a  first-rate  original 
authority." — WOODROW  WILSON. 

WELLS,  DAVID  A.  RECENT  ECONOMIC  CHANGES  AND 
THEIR  EFFECT  ON  THE  PRODUCTION  AND  DISTRIBU- 
TION OF  WEALTH  AND  THE  WELL-BEING  OF  SOCIETY. 
New  York,  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1889.  i2mo,  493  pp. 
Price  $2.00. 

CAPITAL,  INTEREST,  AND  PROFITS. 

The  word  CAPITAL  originally  meant  a  principal  sum,  which  it  was 
of  vital  importance  to  keep  intact.  In  practical  life  it  is  still  used  in 
a  sense  closely  akin  to  this.  Economists  early  noted  the  fact  that 
this  sum  really  consists  in  commodities  of  a  kind  that  assist  in  pro- 
duction, and  tried  to  define  the  term,  Capital,  as  designating  such 
commodities.  They  found  it  impossible  to  avoid  using  the  term  in 
its  practical  sense,  as  meaning  a  quantity  of  wealth,  in  the  abstract ; 
and  hence  they  used  the  word  in  two  different  senses.  In  a  recent 
discussion  CAPITAL  GOODS  are  defined  as  concrete  commodities  that 
aid  production  ;  and  PURE  CAPITAL  is  defined  as  the  sum  of  wealth 
invested  in  such  goods. 

INTEREST  is  the  percentage  of  itself  that  pure  capital  annually 
earns,  whether  it  be  used  by  an  owner  or  by  a  borrower. 


74 

GROSS  PROFIT  includes  interest,  insurance  against  risk,  and  a 
further  sum,  which  is  PURK  PROFIT.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the 
borrower  of  capital  interest  is  a  cost.  Pure  profit  is  the  margin  of 
gain  left  in  an  employer's  hands  after  he  has  sold  a  product,  and 
defrayed  all  the  costs  of  creating  it.  J.  B.  CLARK. 

AMHERST,  February,  1894. 

CLARK,  J.  B.  CAPITAL  AND  ITS  EARNINGS.  Ithaca, 
New  York,  American  Economic  Association,  1888 
8vo,  69  pp.  Price  75c. 

A  thoughtful  and  suggestive  treatise  on  the  Nature,  Origin,  In- 
dustrial Functions,  and  Earnings  of  Capital. 

CLARK,  J.  B.  PROFITS  UNDER  MODERN  CONDITIONS. 
Political  Science  Quarterly,  December,  1887. 

MARSHALL,  A.  BUSINESS  PROFITS  AND  WAGES.  Quar- 
terly journal  of  Economics,  3  : 109. 

WALKER,  F.  A.  THE  SOURCE  OF  BUSINESS  PROFITS. 
Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  April,  1887. 

FINANCE  AND  TAXATION. 

In  proportion  as  true  self-government  is  realized,  taxation  ceases 
to  be  an  imposition  by  a  power  alien  to  the  taxpayer,  and  becomes  the 
act  of  the  taxpayer  himself.  It  is  his  foresight  which  determines 
what  shall  be  the  scope  of  government  undertaking,  and  what  there- 
fore shall  be  the  amount  of  public  income  needed.  It  is  his  practical 
good-sense  which  decides  by  what  kind  of  taxation  or  other  means 
this  income  shall  be  secured.  In  a  complete  democracy  taxation 
would  be  only  one  form  of  private  expenditure.  Even  under 
present  conditions  it  is  probably  true  that  he  who  pays  relatively  the 
most  in  taxes  gets  a  larger  return  for  his  expense  than  for  any  other 
equal  item  in  his  annual  outlay.  The  practical  problem  in  finance 
is,  then,  not  to  draw  arbitrary  lines  limiting  public  activity,  but  to 
find  sources  of  income  which  can  be  easily  diverted  into  the  common 
treasury  while  imposing  the  minimum  of  expense  upon  the  people  as 
individuals. 

SIDNEY  SHERWOOD. 

JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY, 
February,  1894. 


75 

ADAMS,  H.  C.  PUBLIC  DEBTS  :  AN  ESSAY  ON  THE 
SCIENCE  OF  FINANCE.  New  York,  D.  Appleton  & 
Co.,  1890.  Second  Edition.  8vo,  407  pp.  Price  $2.50. 

Part  I.  PUBLIC  BORROWING  AS  A  FINANCIAL  POLICY.  Modern 
Public  Debts  ;  Political  Tendencies  of  Public  Debts  ;  Social  Tenden- 
cies of  Public  Debts  ;  Industrial  Effects  of  Public  Borrowing  ;  When 
may  States  Borrow  Money? 

Part  II.  NATIONAL  DEFICIT  FINANCIERING.  Financial  Manage- 
ment of  a  War  ;  Classification  of  Public  Debts  ;  Liquidation  of  War 
Accounts  ;  Peace  Management  of  a  Public  Debt ;  Payment  of  Public 
Debts. 

Part  III.  LOCAL  DEFICIT  FINANCIERING.  Comparison  of  Local 
with  National  Debts  ;  State  Indebtedness  between  1830  and  1850  ; 
Municipal  Indebtedness  ;  Policy  of  Restricting  Governmental  Duties. 

COHN,  GUSTAV.  INCOME  AND  PROPERTY  TAXES.  Politi- 
cal Science  Quarterly,  March,  1889. 

ELY,  R.  T.,  AND  FINLEY,  J.  H.  TAXATION  IN  AMERICAN 
STATES  AND  CITIES.  New  York,  T.  Y.  Crowell  & 
Co.,  1888.  i2mo,  544  pp.  Price  $1.75. 

Part  I.  The  History  of  Taxation,  with  a  Comparison  of  Direct 
and  Indirect  Taxes. 

Part  II.     Taxation  as  it  is  ;  a  Study  in  Colonial  and  -State  Taxes. 

Part  III.  Taxation  as  it  should  be ;  a  Treatment  of  Licenses, 
Taxes  on  Income,  Inheritances  and  Bequests,  and  Savings  Banks 
and  Benevolent  Institutions,  and  a  Description  of  Administrative 
Machinery. 

Part  IV.  Constitutional  Provisions,  Statistical  Information,  and 
Miscellaneous  Material. 

SELIGMAN,  EDWIN  R.  A.  THE  GENERAL  PROPERTY 
TAX.  Political  Science  Quarterly,  March,  1890. 


LAND  AND  RENT. 

Rent,  in  the  economic  sense  of  the  term,  is  that  value  which 
attaches  to  land  itself,  irrespective  of  any  value  which  attaches  to 
buildings  or  other  improvements  on  or  in  the  land.  It  has  thus  its 
origin  not  in  individual  exertion  but  in  social  growth.  Originating 


76 

in  social  growth,  and  increasing  with  social  growth,  it  belongs 
properly  not  to  individuals,  but  to  society,  and  constitutes  the  natural 
or  appointed  source  from  which  those  social  needs,  which  arise  and 
increase  with  social  growth,  should  be  met. 

In  the  failure  to  take  economic  rent  for  social  needs,  we  Single- 
taxers  see  the  primary  cause  of  that  unjust  distribution  of  wealth, 
which,  producing  monstrous  wealth  on  the  one  side  and  degrading 
poverty  on  the  other,  is  the  root  of  those  difficulties  and  dangers  of 
modern  civilization  with  which  religion  and  patriotism  and  philan- 
thropy, so  long  as  they  do  not  address  themselves  to  this,  grapple 
with  in  vain.  For :  (i)  Some  are  made  unduly  rich  without  the 
exertion  on  their  part  which  should  accompany  the  enjoyment  of 
wealth.  (2)  To  provide  for  needed  public  revenues,  whose  natural 
source  is  thus  diverted,  taxes  are  imposed  which  hamper  and  lessen 
production,  violate  the  moral  sense,  and  provoke  fraud,  perjury, 
evasion,  and  political  corruption.  (3)  Men  are  tempted  to  grasp 
land  and  hold  land,  not  for  the  purpose  of  using  it,  but  that  they 
may  profit  by  compelling  others  to  pay  them  for  the  privilege  of 
using  it,  and  thus  an  artificial  scarcity  in  the  indispensable  element 
of  all  production  and  all  life  is  brought  about  which  makes  the  very 
opportunity  to  labor  seem  a  boon,  and  drives  the  mere  laborer  to  a 
cut-throat  competition  with  his  fellows,  that  tends  constantly  to  force 
wages  to  the  minimum  of  a  mere  existence. 

HENRY  GEORGE. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  March,  1894. 

ELY,  R.  T.  LAND,  LABOR,  AND  TAXATION.  Independent, 
December  1-29,  1887. 

GEORGE,  HENRY.  PROGRESS  AND  POVERTY,  AN  INQUIRY 
INTO  THE  CAUSES  OF  INDUSTRIAL  DEPRESSIONS  AND 
THE  INCREASE  OF  WANT  WITH  INCREASE  OF  WEALTH. 
—  THE  REMEDY.  New  York,  Henry  George  &  Co., 
1888.  ^50  pp.  Price  $1.00  ;  paper  35c. 

A  brilliant  critique  of  the  older  economic  theories,  and  an  ingenious 
argument  for  a  single  tax  on  land  values. 

GEORGE,  HENRY.  THE  LAND  QUESTION,  WHAT  IT  IN- 
VOLVES, AND  HOW  ALONE  IT  CAN  BE  SETTLED.  New 
York,  Henry  George  &  Co.,  1888.  i6mo,  87  pp. 
Price  2oc. 


77 

WALKER,  F  A.     LAND  AND  ITS  RENT.     Boston,  Little, 

Brown  &  Co.,  1883.     i6mo,  220  pp.     Price  750. 
An  excellent  summary  of  underlying  principles,  and  an  answer  to 
the  attacks  made  upon  them  by  Carey,  George,  and  others. 

MONEY. 

Exchange  could  not  become  easy  or  extensive  until  commodities 
were  discovered  so  uniformly  desirable  as  to  possess,  by  universal 
consent,  a  universal  purchasing  power — that  is,  exchange  readily 
everywhere  for  all  commodities  and  services  whatever,  thus  becoming 
money.  Gold  and  silver  have  proved  to  fulfil  most  nearly  these  re- 
quirements. Long  current  at  first  by  weight  and  test,  they  acquired 
fuller  currency  with  the  extension  of  authoritative  coining.  "  A 
universally  successful  tender "  is  perhaps  the  best  definition  of  full 
money  or  money  proper.  Other  things  are  money  only  in  so  far  as 
they  constitute  a  successful  tender  for  goods.  F.  A.  Walker,  Money, 
followed  by  Bastable,  calls  money  "that  which  passes  freely  from 
hand  to  hand  throughout  the  community  in  final  discharge  of  debts 
and  full  payment  for  commodities,  being  accepted  equally  without 
reference  to  the  character  or  credit  of  the  person  who  offers  it,  and 
without  the  intention  of  the  person  who  receives  it  to  consume  it,  or 
enjoy  it,  or  to  apply  it  to  any  other  use  than  in  turn  to  tender  it  to 
others  in  discharge  of  debts  or  payment  for  commodities."  This 
definition,  of  course,  includes  bank  notes  and  greenbacks.  There  is 
no  objection  to  this  definition,  only  it  requires  that  money  be  sub- 
divided into  kinds,  i.  e.,  full  money  and  partial  money.  Various 
other  definitions  have  been  given,  but  the  above  renders  the  subject 
sufficiently  clear. 

E.  B.  ANDREWS. 

BROWN  UNIVERSITY, 

January,  1894. 

JEVONS,  W.  S.     MONEY  AND  THE  MECHANISM  OF  EX- 
CHANGE.    New  York,   D.  Appleton  &  Co.  ;  Hum- 
boldt  Publishing  Co.,  1879.     12010,  375  pp.     Price 
$i-75  5  3°c- 
A  popular  treatise  on  the  history,  properties,  and  economic  laws 

of  money,  by  an  eminent  authority  on  the  subject.   Though  published 

some  years  ago,  it  still  remains  a  standard  work. 


78 

SHERWOOD,  S.  THE  HISTORY  AND  THEORY  OF  MONEY. 
Philadelphia,  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.,  1892.  8vo, 
426  pp.  Price  $2.00. 

A  series  of  twelve  lectures  given  under  the  auspices  of  the  Univer- 
sity Extension  Society  of  Philadelphia. 

Especially  valuable  for  the  full  stenographic  reports  of  discussions 
following  each  lecture.  The  history  of  money  is  discussed  ;  Money 
and  Civilization  ;  Coins  and  Coinage  ;  Production  of  Gold  and 
Silver  ;  Substitutes  for  Metallic  Money,  Credit-Money  and  Credit ; 
and  the  place  of  banks  in  the  money  system  as  shown  in  the  history 
of  the  Bank  of  England.  The  concluding  six  lectures  summarize  the 
various  theories  and  principles  underlying  the  subject. 

A  syllabus  of  the  above  course  may  be  obtained  from  the  American 
Society  for  the  Extension  of  University  Teaching  in  Philadelphia. 
Price  2OC. 

WALKER,  F.  A.  MONEY  IN  ITS  RELATIONS  TO  TRADE 
AND  INDUSTRY.  New  York,  Henry  Holt  &  Co., 
I%79-  339  PP->  i2mo.  Price  $1.25. 

An  abridgment  of  the  author's  Money,  which  some  consider  the 
standard  American  treatise  on  the  subject. 

LODGING   HOUSES. 

Society  will  always  have  its  tramps,  and  the  question,  "  what  to  do 
with  them  ?  "  will  ever  demand  an  answer.  The  Apostle  Paul  pro- 
posed the  one  practical  plan  :  Let  them  work  or  starve.  That  plan 
the  municipal  lodging-house  is  to  realize.  It  is  to  sift  from  the  army 
of  the  homeless  the  lazy  and  unworthy,  offering  shelter  and  help  to 
the  unfortunate  on  terms  that  preserve  their  self-respect.  These  con- 
ditions the  tramp  will  not  accept.  The  community  which  offers 
shelter  to  the  homeless  in  its  police-station  dens  accepts,  by  so  doing, 
the  responsibility  for  them.  It  does  not  discharge  that  responsibility 
by  offering  that  which  is  fit  only  for  tramps.  It  is  its  duty  to  provide 
decent  shelter,  if  any.  The  municipal  lodging-house  is  in  effect  a 
cheap  hotel,  where  the  lodgers  for  a  certain  limited  time  pay  for  their 
board  by  work.  Where  the  experiment  has  been  tried,  as  a  charitable 
enterprise  or  otherwise,  it  has,  so  far  as  I  know,  always  resulted  in 
banishing  the  tramps,  and  simplifying  the  problem  of  homelessness 
by  eliminating  the  frauds.  JACOB  A.  Rus. 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 


79 

BYRNES,  INSPECTOR.  NURSERIES  OF  CRIME.  North 
American  Review,  September,  1889. 

HOLMES,  F.  M.  THE  FREE  SHELTERS  OF  LONDON. 
Leisure  Hour,  February,  1893. 

PHILLIPS,  E.  M.  A  DOCK  LODGING  HOUSE.  Fortnightly 
Review,  May,  1892. 

REYNOLDS,  M.  T.  HOUSING  OF  THE  POOR  IN  AMERICAN 
CITIES.  (Chap.  IX.). 

Rns,  J.  A.  POLICE  LODGING  HOUSES  AND  THEIR 
INMATES.  Christian  Union,  January  14,  1893. 

THE  GORDON  BOYS'  HOME.  Monthly  Packet^&mdxy,^^. 

THE  '  LEATHER  HOTEL  '  AND  OTHER  FREE  SHELTERS. 
Great  Thoughts,  February,  1893. 

PAMPHLETS  ON  LODGING-HOUSES.  A.  F.  Irvine,  City 
Missionary  among  the  Lodging-houses,  61  Henry 
Street,  New  York  City. 

WARNER,  A.  G.  LODGING  HOUSE  IN  WASHINGTON. 
Charities  Reriew,  March,  1893. 

MUNICIPAL   PROBLEMS. 

One  principal  means  of  strengthening  and  elevating  our  municipal 
character  is  to  cultivate  in  men  a  sense  of  the  civic  significance 
attaching  to  them  as  individuals.  If  a  man  realizes  that  he  is  made 
an  actual  integer  by  the  simple  fact  of  personality,  regardless  of  any 
collateral  considerations,  he  will  not  allow  himself  to  become  a 
cypher  through  neglect  of  the  opportunities  afforded  him  of  making 
his  personality  felt.  Such  an  one  will  have  opinions  upon  questions 
of  current  interest,  and  those  opinions  he  will  give  expression  to ;  in 
particular  he  will  appreciate  suffrage  as  the  one  most  effective  means 
of  such  expression.  This  will  withhold  him  from  neglecting  his 
ballot  or  making  merchandise  of  it.  Civic  self-respect  never  sells 
itself  out ;  nor  will  it  farm  out  its  judgments  to  another.  A  self- 
respecting  man  will  allow  himself  to  be  influenced  by  leaders,  but  he 
will  never  allow  himself  to  be  managed  by  political  manipulators. 
Individual  sense  of  civic  value  is  fatal  to  "bossism  "  ;  and  any  man's 
estimate  of  his  own  worth  will  go  far  towards  determining  how  much 
he  is  worth  to  his  city.  C.  H.  PARKHURST. 

NEW  YORK,  February,  1894. 


8o 


BILLINGS,  J.  S.  PUBLIC  HEALTH  AND  MUNICIPAL 
GOVERNMENT.  Annals  American  Academy,  February, 
1891  (Supplement). 

CREHORE,  C.  F.  SOCIETY  FOR  PROMOTING  GOOD  CITIZEN- 
SHIP. Lend  a  Hand,  4  :  489. 

GLADDEN,  W.  SOCIAL  ILLS,  CAN  THEY  BE  REMEDIED  ? 
Forum,  8  :  18. 

HALE,  E.  E.     CONGESTION  OF  CITIES.     Forum,  4:526. 

HALSTEAD,  MURAT.  HAMBURG  Cosmopolitan,  November, 
1892. 

JANES,  L.  G.  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS  OF  GREAT  CITIES. 
Unitarian  Review,  36  :  309. 

KING,  A.  B.     THE   POLITICAL   MISSION    OF  TAMMANY 
HALL.     (A  Tract  for  the  Times.)     New  York,  1892, 
30  pp.     Price  ice. 
A  discussion  of  the  machine,   and  the  reformation  of  Tammany 

Hall. 

LOOMIS,  S.  L.     MODERN  CITIES  AND  THEIR  RELIGIOUS 
PROBLEMS,    WITH   AN   INTRODUCTION    BY    JOSIAH 
STRONG.     New  York,   The   Baker   &   Taylor  Co., 
1887.     i2mo,  2ii  pp.     Price  $1.00. 
A  discussion  of  the  various  problems  of  the  modern  city. 

Low,  SETH.      WORK  OF  CITIES.      Lend  a  Hand,  4  :  255. 

RALPH,  JULIAN.  THE  CITY  OF  BROOKLYN.  Harper's, 
April,  1893. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  GLASGOW:  A  MUNICIPAL  STUDY. 
Century,  March,  1890. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  How  LONDON  is  GOVERNED.  Century, 
November,  1890. 

SPIELHAGEN,  FRIED.  BERLIN.  The  Cosmopolitan,  March, 
1893. 

WHITE,  A.  D.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  AMERICAN  CITIES. 
Forum,  December,  1890. 

WILLIAMS,  LEIGHTON.  THE  NEED  OF  A  POSITIVE  PRO- 
GRAM. Arena,  April,  1894. 


81 

PEOPLE'S   CLUBS, 

The  best  advantage  of  People's  Clubs  is  that  they  bring  peopld 
together.  One  of  the  dangers  of  society  is  narrowness,  provincialism, 
parochialism.  Men  and  women  get  into  narrow  groups,  and  are 
tempted  to  look  at  their  neighbors  from  the  Pharisee's  point  of  view, 
who  thanked  God  that  he  was  not  like  other  men.  And  in  these 
groups  the  people  who  are  most  privileged  get  by  themselves,  and 
those  who  are  least  privileged  make  another  company  by  themselves  ; 
and  thus  all  the  dough  is  put  in  one  pan,  and  all  the  yeast  in  the 
other ;  then  foolish  folk  wonder  why  there  is  no  bread.  The  People's 
Clubs  bring  all  sorts  of  human  beings  together.  The  circle  of 
society  is  widened  out.  It  gradually  becomes  natural  to  think 
wider  thoughts. 

Another  allied  danger  is  prejudice,  which  is  a  weed  that  grows 
best  in  the  soil  of  ignorance.  When  people  come  to  know  each 
other,  it  grows  more  difficult  to  misunderstand  and  misrepresent. 
There  can  be  no  fraternity  without  acquaintance.  Brothers  must 
recognize  brothers  in  the  street.  Nothing  helps  toward  this  good 
friendship  like  the  fine  old  custom  of  dining  together.  In  the 
People's  Clubs  the  people  unlearn  un-Christian  prejudices. 

GEORGE  HODGES. 

CAMBRIDGE,  February,  1894. 

BESANT,  W.  THE  PEOPLE'S  PALACE.  Contemporary  Review, 
147  :  56. 

BISLAND,   ELIZ.     THE   PEOPLE'S  PALACE   IN   LONDON. 
(Illustrated.)      The  Cosmopolitan,  January,  1891. 

CAMPBELL,  H.     GUILDS  FOR  WORKING  WOMEN.     Chau- 
tauquan,  7  :  704. 

CURRIE,  E.  H.    WORKING   OF  THE  PEOPLE'S  PALACE. 
Nineteenth  Century,  27  :  344. 

DODGE,  GRACE  H.   CLUBS  FOR  WORKING-GIRLS.    Chau- 
tauquan,  9  :  223. 

DODGE,  GRACE  H.     A  NEW   YEAR'S  LETTER  TO   THE 
WORKING  GIRLS'  CLUBS.     New  York,  1890.     14  pp. 

HOPKINS,  CANON.     A  VILLAGE  FACTORY  GIRLS'  CLUB. 

Sunday  Magazine,  16  :  130,  198. 
6 


82 

THE  POLYTECHNIC  (THE  PIONEER  INSTITUTE  FOR  TECH- 
NICAL EDUCATION)  :  ITS  GENESIS  AND  PRESENT 
STATUS.  (Illustrated.)  London,  The  Polytechnic, 
309  Regent  street,  W.,  1892.  58  pp.  Price  6d. 

RAINSFORD'S  PLAN,  DR.  THE  FIRST  TEE  To  TUM. 
Philadelphia  Times,  January  15,  1893. 

LONDON  TEE  To  TUMS.     Review  of  Reviews,  3  :  368. 

RHINE,  A.  H.  WORK  OF  WOMEN'S  CLUBS  IN  LONDON. 
Forum,  12  :  519. 

STANLEY,  MAUDE.  CLUBS  FOR  WORKING  GIRLS.  Nine- 
teenth Century,  25  :  73. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  LONDON  POLYTECHNICS  AND  PEOPLE'S 
PALACES.  (Illustrated.)  Century,  June,  1890. 

SHAW,  ALBERT.  A  MODEL  WORKING-GIRLS'  CLUB. 
Scribner's,  February,  1892. 

STEEL  WORKS  CLUB  OF  JOLIET,  ILLINOIS.  Its  Purposes 
and  Plan,  as  Outlined  by  the  Trustees.  Apply  to 
Wm.  Crane,  Manager,  Joliet,  111. 

TOLMAN,  W.  H.  THE  TEE  To  TUM  CLUB.  Charities 
Review,  May,  1893. 

WARD,  S.  H.  WOMEN'S  CLUBS  IN  LONDON.  Chautauguan, 
9  :  410. 

WEEKS,  H.  C.     CLUBS  OF  WORKING  WOMEN.     Arena, 

5:  61. 
WENDELL,  E.  J.     BOYS'  CLUBS.    (Illustrated.)    Scribner's, 

9  •  738. 
WORKINGMEN'S  CLUBS  :  How  TO  ESTABLISH  AND  HOW 

TO  MANAGE  THEM.     London,    The  Workingmen's 

Club  and  Institute  Union,  1886.     31  pp.     Price  4</. 

Apply  to  the  Secretary. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  WORKINGMEN'S  CLUB  AND 
INSTITUTE  UNION  (Limited).  Club  Union  Buildings, 
Clerkenwell  Road,  London,  E.  C.  This  Union 
represents  more  than  four  hundred  clubs  and  insti- 
tutes, and  affords  a  valuable  comparative  study. 


ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  WELL'S  MEMORIAL  ASSOCIA- 
TION AND  INSTITUTE  FOR  WORKINGMEN,  987  Wash- 
ington Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Describes  their  lecture  courses,  loan  and  building  associations,  co- 
operative bank,  and  benefit  association. 

Far  and  Near.  A  monthly  journal  issued  in  the  interest 
of  women  who  work ;  the  organ  of  the  Working 
Girls'  Societies.  Published  in  New  York  City.  $1.00 
per  annum.  First  volume,  1891. 

SERIES  OF  PAMPHLETS  PUBLISHED  BY  THE  NEW  YORK 
ASSOCIATION  OF  WORKING  GIRLS'  SOCIETIES.  Miss 
Virginia  Potter,  Secretary,  134  Lexington  Avenue, 
New  York  City. 

REPORTS  OF  THE  CONVENTION  OF  ASSOCIATIONS  OF 
WORKING  GIRLS'  SOCIETIES,  HELD  IN  NEW  YORK, 
1890.  Pamphlet,  128  pp.,  1890. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  MASSACHUSETTS  ASSOCIATION 
OF  WORKING  GIRLS'  CLUBS.  First  Report,  1889. 
Miss  O.  M.  E.  Rowe,  Secretary,  City  Hospital, 
Boston. 

RULES  AND  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BRANDYWINE  CLUB. 
Apply  to  Secretary,  Board  of  Directors,  Dupont 
Powder  Works,  Wilmington,  Del. 

THE  SALVATION  ARMY. 

The  Salvation  Army  is  a  religious,  military  organization — said  to 
be  the  largest  and  most  powerful  evangelistic  agency  in  the  world. 
It  has  some  4,000  corps  and  11,000  officers  in  39  countries  and  colo- 
nies ;  the  total  circulation  of  its  57  papers  and  magazines  printed  in 
15  languages  is  about  a  million  copies  per  week,  and  not  one  of  these 
ever  contains  an  "outside"  advertisement.  Speaking  broadly  the 
work  of  the  Army  may  be  considered  as  in  two  sections,  the  purely 
spiritual  and  the  social.  The  workers  for  the  latter  are  recruited 
chiefly  from  the  former,  and  in  some  countries — the  United  States 
among  them — the  progress  and  development  of  the  social  work  is 
seriously  impeded  by  the  pressing  demand  for  officers  to  push  the 
spiritual  enterprises.  The  Army  believes  that  the  only  hope  for  the 


84 

city,  the  State,  the  nation,  and  the  world,  is  in  the  conversion  of  the 
individual  through  repentance  and  faith  in  Jesus  Christ.  A  great 
hindrance  to  the  Army's  advance  here  is  the  utter  ignorance  of  the 
American  people  as  to  the  first  principles  of  self-denial  even  for 
their  own  personal  benefit  ;  and  the  education  of  its  converts  up  to 
the  self-sacrifice  necessary  for  successful  work  in  its  ranks  is  often  a 
long  process.  Still  there  are  550  organized  corps  or  societies,  and 
1,700  commanding  or  "  field"  officers  (of  whom  only  160  have  come 
from  other  countries)  in  the  United  States,  and  the  Army  marches 
on  daily. 

BALLINGTON  BOOTH. 
NEW  YORK,  April,  1804. 

ALL  ABOUT  THE  SALVATION  ARMY  BY  THOSE  WHO 
KNOW.  New  York,  Salvation  Army  Headquarters, 
in  Reade  street,  22  pp.  Price  50. 

An  answer  to  objections,  and  an  explanation  of  methods.  Inter- 
esting and  authoritative. 

ASHLEY,  W.  J.  GENERAL  BOOTH'S  PANACEA.  Political 
Science  Quarterly,  Sept.,  1891. 

BOOTH,  MRS.    BALLINGTON.      NEW    YORK'S    INFERNO. 

Price  25c. 

A  powerful  description  of  the  slums  of  New  York  City  and  the 
Salvation  Army's  work  among  them. 

BOOTH-TUCKER,  F.  DE  L.  LlFE  OF  MRS.  CATHERINE 
BOOTH,  "THE  MOTHER  OF  THE  SALVATION  ARMY." 
2  vols.,  8vo,  665  and  667  pp.  Price  $3.50. 

A  full  and  accurate  account  of  her  ancestry,  childhood,  maiden  and 
married  life,  and  experience  in  the  work  of  the  Salvation  Army, 
which  she  was  largely  instrumental  in  forming  and  conducting.  The 
whole  is  carefully  gathered  from  her  correspondence  and  from  her 
friends  and  the  members  of  her  family.  Showing  the  preliminary 
work  and  military  constitution  of  the  Salvation  Army,  the  organiza- 
tion in  England,  America,  Australia,  France,  Canada,  India,  Sweden, 
and  Switzerland. 

BOOTH,  GENERAL  W.     DARKEST  ENGLAND,  AND  THE 
WAY  OUT.     New  York,  Funk  &  Wagnalls,  1890.  300 
pp.,  i2mo,  cloth,  $1.00  ;  paper,  5oc. 
Contents  Part  I.     IN  DARKEST  ENGLAND.     The  Darkness — The 


85 

Submerged  Tenth — The  Homeless— The  "  Out  of  Works  "—On  the 
Verge  of  the  Abyss — The  Vicious — The  Criminals — The  Children  of 
the  Lost — Is  There  No  Help  ? 

Part  II.  DELIVERANCE.  A  Stupendous  Undertaking — To  the 
Rescue  ! — The  City  Colony — To  the  Country — The  Farm  Colony- 
New  Britain — The  Colony  over  the  Sea — More  Crusades — Help  in 
General — Can  it  be  Done,  and  How  ? — A  Practical  Conclusion. 

THE  DARKEST  ENGLAND  SOCIAL  SCHEME.  London, 
Salvation  Army  Publication  Department,  1891, 
T57  PP-  Price  3oc. 

A  brief  review  of  the  first  year's  work,  with  numerous  illustrations 
of  all  phases  of  the  enterprise,  and  financial  statement  of  the  Darkest 
England  Scheme  for  the  year  ending  1891. 

BOOTH,  W.  ORDERS  AND  REGULATIONS  FOR  DIVISIONAL 
OFFICERS.  156  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

BOOTH,  W.  ORDERS  AND  REGULATIONS  FOR  FIELD 
OFFICERS.  765  pp.  Price  $1.75. 

BOOTH,  MRS.  GENERAL.     THE  SALVATION  ARMY  IN  RE- 
LATION TO  THE  CHURCH  AND  STATE.     Price  2$c. 
SUBJECTS  :  The  Salvation  Army  ;  its  Relation  to  the  State,  to  the 
Church,   to  Business   Principles  ;  its  Future  ;  Answers  to  the  Main 
Points  of  Criticism  on  the  So-called  "  Secret  Book." 

BOOTH,  VV.  WHAT  is  THE  SALVATION  ARMY  ?  Murray's 
Magazine  (London),  5  :  289. 

DOCTRINE  AND  DISCIPLINE  OF  THE  SALVATION  ARMY. 
Containing  just  the  information  everybody  wants. 
Price  2oc. 

FARRAR,  WHITE,  AND  PEEK.  Truth  about  the  Salvation 
Army.  Price  2oc. 

FARRAR,  F.  H.  THE  SALVATION  ARMY.  Harper's,  72  : 
897. 

LOCH,  BOSANQUET,  AND    DwYER.      BOOTH'S   (GENERAL) 

SOCIAL    SCHEME.      New    York,     Scribner's     Sons. 
i2mo.     Price  $1.00. 

A  clear  statement  of  the  scope  of  the  scheme  and  a  threefold  dis- 
cussion of  the  more  crucial  questions  it  raises. 


86 


LOWELL,  MRS.  J.  S.  THE  DARKEST  ENGLAND  SOCIAL 
SCHEME.  Charities  Review,  March,  1892. 

RAILTON,  COMMISSIONER.  TWENTY-ONE  YEARS  IN  THE 
SALVATION  ARMY.  London,  1890,  254  pp.  Price  300. 

VINCENT,  GEORGE  E.  THE  SOCIAL  SCHEME  OF  THE 
SALVATION  ARMY.  American  journal  of  Politics, 
May,  1893. 

WALSH,  G.  E.  THE  SALVATION  ARMY  AS  A  SOCIAL 
REFORMER.  Chautauquan,  June,  1893. 

WHITE,  ARNOLD.    TRUTH  ABOUT  THK  SALVATION  ARMY. 

Fortnightly  Review,  July,  1892. 

A  strong  vindication  of  General  Booth  and  his  methods,  and  a 
reply  to  the  critics  of  his  scheme. 

The  War  Cry  (London). 

The  Official  Gazette  of  the  Salvation  Army  consists  of  sixteen 
pages,  sixty-four  columns,  with  illustrations,  and  contains  the  latest 
intelligence  of  the  progress  of  Salvation  Army  work  in  ALL  PARTS 
OF  THE  WORLD.  Every  Saturday,  Price,  id.  ;  post  free,  u.  Sd.  per 
quarter  ;  y.  $d.  per  half  year  ;  6s.  td.  per  annum. 

The  War  Cry  (New  York).  A  Weekly.  Price  5c.  a 
copy,  $2.00  yearly. 

The  Deliverer  (London).  A  Monthly  Record  of  the  Salva- 
tion Army.  Price  \d.  is  6d.  per  annum,  post  free. 
Volume  I.,  July,  1889,  to  June,  1890,  2s.  6d. 

The  Conqueror  (New  York).     A  Monthly.     $1.00  per  vol. 

Vol.  I.,  1892. 

All  the  above  publications  are  for  sale  at  the  Salvation  Army 
Headquarters,  in  Reade  Street,  New  York. 

SOCIAL   PROBLEMS  AND  THEIR  SOLU- 
TIONS. 

Our  cities  are  full  of  social  troubles.  They  are  congested  with 
needs  for  social  reform.  The  city,  like  the  individual,  can  save  its 
life  only  by  losing  it.  The  countless  reformations  that  are  needed  in 
our  cities  can  be  accomplished  only  by  the  cities  themselves  becoming 
reformers  of  society.  Society  is  organized  throughout  the  world  on 
the  protective  basis,  which  is  pagan.  The  divine  government  of  the 


87 

world,  which  has  been  Christian  from  the  beginning,  proceeds  upon 
a  redemptive  basis.  In  the  large  cities  the  protective  or  police  con- 
ception of  society  is  most  manifested.  In  these  cities  the  Christian 
or  redemptive  conception  of  society  will  have  its  fiercest  conflicts  and 
holiest  triumphs.  The  city  as  a  civic  body  must  become  a  redemp- 
tive kingdom  in  order  to  become  a  city  of  God,  a  city  of  righteous- 
ness and  justice,  of  order  and  peace.  It  is  as  much  the  business  of 
the  municipal  council  to  save  lives  as  it  is  God's  business.  It  is  as 
much  the  mission  of  the  police  court  to  redeem  men  and  women  as  it 
is  the  mission  of  Jesus  Christ.  The  city  politic  is  under  as  true  an 
obligation  to  so  organize  the  city  as  to  make  it  the  manifest  provi- 
dence and  redemption  of  God,  as  God  is  under  obligation  to  bring 
forth  fruits  from  the  earth  to  sustain  the  children  of  men  he  has 
brought  into  being.  Along  the  line  of  a  Christian  municipal 
socialism,  of  regenerated  municipal  politics,  of  a  redemptive  police 
and  court  system,  lies  the  salvation  of  the  American  city  from  the 
destruction  of  sin  and  the  anarchy  of  selfishness.  Some  way  must  be 
found  and  followed  to  Christianize  the  municipality  by  municipalizing 
the  various  and  urgent  social  reforms,  which  present  their  greatest 
needs  in  the  city.  The  lodging-house  problem,  the  tenement-house 
problem,  the  saloon  problem,  the  transportation  problem,  even  the 
city-mission  problem,  must  be  solved  eventually  by  the  municipality. 
Unless  the  city  itself,  as  a  divine  personality,  as  a  Messianic  civic 
body,  saves  the  multitude  of  men  and  women  within  its  walls  from 
poverty,  from  wretchedness,  from  the  saloon,  from  the  oppression  of 
monopolies  and  corporations,  from  the  greed  and  grasp  of  selfish 
wealth,  from  tenement-house  misery,  from  houses  of  vice  and  shame, 
the  unsaved  will  become  the  destroyers  of  the  city. 

GEORGE  D.  HERRON. 
IOWA  COLLEGE,  January,  1894. 

ADAMS,  H.  .C.  AN  INTERPRETATION  OF  THE  SOCIAL 
MOVEMENT  OF  OUR  TIME.  Journal  of  Ethics, 
October,  1891. 

CARNEGIE,  ANDREW.  TRIUMPHANT  DEMOCRACY  ;  OR, 
FIFTY  YEARS'  MARCH  OF  THE  REPUBLIC.  New 
York,  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  1886.  509  pp.,  large  8vo. 
Price  $2.00. 

Treats  of  cities  and  towns,  pauperism  and  crime,  trade  and  com- 
merce, education,  religion,  etc.,  in  an  optimistic  but  suggestive 
manner. 


FIELDS,  MRS.  JAMES  T.  How  TO  HELP  THE  POOR. 
Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.  i6mo.  Price  2oc. 

GLADDEN,  WASHINGTON.  TOOLS  AND  THE  MAN.  PROP- 
ERTY AND  INDUSTRY  UNDER  THE  CHRISTIAN  LAW. 
Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  1893.  i6mo, 
309  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

Treats  of  Land,  Labor,  Collapse  of  Competition,  Organization  of 
Industry,  Co-operation,  Scientific  and  Christian  Socialism. 

HERRON,  GEO.  D.  THE  LARGER  CHRIST.  1891.  i2mo, 
122  pp.  Price  75c. 

THE  MESSAGE  OF  JESUS  TO  MEN  OF  WEALTH.  1891. 
i6mo,  32  pp.     Price  2oc. 

THE  CALL  OF  THE  CROSS.     1892.     i2mo,  in  pp. 
Price  75c. 

These  three  are  published   by   the  Fleming  H. 
Revell  Co.,  New  York  City. 

A   PLEA   FOR   THE   GOSPEL.       New  York,    T.   Y. 
Crowell  &  Co.,  1892.     108  pp.     Price  75c. 

THE  NEW  REDEMPTION.     New  York,  T.  Y.  Crowell 
&  Co.,  1893.     176  pp.     Price  75c. 

Dr.  Herron  adheres  uncompromisingly  to  the  teachings  of  Jesus  as 
the  only  Saviour  of  society.  He  holds  that  Christ  came  to  establish  the 
Kingdom  of  Heaven  on  the  earth,  and  that  he  made  the  law  of  love 
the  fundamental  law  of  that  Kingdom.  He  believes  that  love,  ex- 
pressed in  sacrifice,  is  the  one  remedial  power  that  can  heal  the  sick- 
nesses of  society  ;  and  rejects  all  social  and  economic  science  which 
rejects  the  law  of  love.  In  a  word,  he  insists  on  taking  Christ 
seriously,  and  holds  that  all  his  teachings  are  authoritative. 

JOSIAH  STRONG. 
January,   1894. 

MINTON,  MAURICE  M.  THE  ROAD  OF  THE  ROUGH. 
First  Edition.  The  Illustrated  American  News  Co., 
1893.  150  pp.  Price  5 oc. 

A  story  of  New  York  life,  written  by  one  who  knows.  The  scene 
opens  in  the  Tenement-House  district,  and  follows  the  incidents  in  the 
arrest  of  a  tough,  up  to  his  probable  release  from  Sing  Sing.  The 


89 

book  is  also  valuable  on  account  of  the  frequent  illustrations  illumi- 
nating the  chapters.  The  pictures  are  from  photographs  or  from 
sketches  showing  actual  conditions.  A  thread  of  romance  affords 
opportunity  on  which  to  string  scenes  in  the  Brown-Stone  quarter. 

NEWTON,  HEBER  R.  SOCIAL  STUDIES.  New  York,  G. 
P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1887.  i6mo,  380  pp.  Price 

$1.00. 

A  treatise  on  current  topics:  the  Labor  Problem,  Temperance  and 
Socialism,  with  a  good  bibliography  on  Socialism.  It  is  the  author's 
aim  to  harmonize  social  science  and  Christian  ethics. 

NATIONAL   NEEDS   AND   OPPORTUNITIES  :   DISCUSSIONS 
OF  THE  GENERAL  CHRISTIAN   CONFERENCE,   1887 
New  York,  Baker  &  Taylor  Co.,  1887.     8vo.     Price 
$1.00. 

Valuable  contributions  by  specialists  among  the  clergy  and  laity. 
The  articles  are  published  separately  in  pamphlet  form  by  the 
Evangelical  Alliance,  United  Charities  Building,  New  York  City. 

NATIONAL  NEEDS  AND  REMEDIES.     New  York,  Baker  & 

Taylor  Co.,  1889.     Paper,  $1.00. 

These  are  the  discussions  of  the  General  Christian  Conference  of 
1889,  held  under  the  auspices  of  the  Evangelical  Alliance.  Among 
other  topics  were  discussed  :  Needs  of  the  City,  by  Josiah  Strong  and 
R.  T.  Ely  ;  Christianity  and  the  State,  by  David  H.  Greer  ;  The 
Gospel  and  the  People,  by  Bishop  Huntington ;  Need  of  an 
Enthusiasm  for  Humanity  on  the  Part  of  the  Churches,  by  Phillips 
Brooks  ;  Need  of  Personal  Contact  between  Christians  and  Non- 
Church-Goers. 

SMYTH,  NEWMAN.  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS.  THREE  SERMONS 
FOR  WORKWOMEN.  Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co. 
8vo.  Price  2oc. 

STRONG,  JOSIAH.  THE  NEW  ERA.  New  York,  Baker  & 
Taylor  Co.,  1893.  8vo,  374  pp.  Price,  cloth,  75C.; 
paper,  35c. 

A  very  close  analysis  gives  the  scope  of  the  following  chapters, 
and  a  good  index  makes  the  book  practical  for  speedy  reference  : 


9o 

I. — The  Nineteenth  Century  one  of  Preparation.  II. — The  Destiny 
of  the  Race.  III. — The  Contribution  made  by  the  Three  Great 
Races  of  Antiquity.  IV. — The  Contribution  made  by  the  Anglo- 
Saxon.  V.— The  Authoritative  Teacher.  VI.— The  Two  Funda- 
mental Laws  of  Christ.  VII. — Popular  Discontent.  VIII. — The 
Problem  of  the  Country.  IX.— The  Problem  of  the  City.  X.— The 
Separation  of  the  Masses  from  the  Church.  XI. — The  Mission  of 
the  Church.  XII.— The  Necessity  of  New  Methods.  XIII.— Ne- 
cessity of  Personal  Contact.  XIV. — Necessity  of  Co-operation. 
XV. — The  Two  Great  Principles  Applied  to  the  Two  Great  Problems. 
XVI. — An  Enthusiasm  for  Humanity. 

The  thesis  established  is  the  fact  that  the  Church  has  neglected  its 
social  mission,  while  it  has  been  striving  to  fit  man  for  heaven. 
Salvation  has  only  been  exerted  on  one  third  of  a  man,  viz.:  the 
spiritual,  to  the  overlooking  of  the  mental  and  physical  two  thirds. 
The  book  is  one  which  should  be  in  the  working  library  of  every 
practical  sociologist,  especially  those  engaged  in  philanthropic  work. 

NEW  ERA  CLUBS. 

At  Swarthmore  College,  Pa.,  some  fifty  students  and  resident  in- 
structors have  formed  a  New  Era  Club,  in  which  Dr.  Strong's  The 
New  Era  is  used  as  the  basis  of  study  and  discussion. 

At  the  Northfield  Settlement,  i  Henry  Street,  New  York  City, 
such  a  profound  impression  was  made  by  the  study  of  The  New  Era, 
that  the  young  men  formed  what  they  called  the  New  Era  Club,  to 
study  and  follow  out  the  lines  laid  down  and  suggested  by  the  book. 
It  is  a  book  admirably  adapted  to  use  as  a  social  text-book,  especially 
in  smaller  communities.  The  low  price,  and  farther  discount  when 
the  book  is  ordered  in  larger  quantities,  bring  it  within  the  reach  of 
all.  Taken  in  connection  with  the  author's  Our  Country,  The  New 
Era  will  form  a  complement  to  the  statements  there  made. 

WOODS,  R.  A.  ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS.  New 
York,  Charles  Scribner's  Sons.  8vo,  277  pp.  Price 
$1.50. 

WOODS,  R.  A.  SOCIAL  AWAKENING  IN  LONDON.  (Illus- 
trated.) Scribner's  April,  1892. 


9' 
TEMPERANCE. 

The  temperance  problem  has  hitherto  concerned  the  saloon  almost 
entirely,  but  the  most  practical  workers  are  now  admitting  the  fact 
that  the  evils  of  the  saloon  are  effects  and  not  causes.  The  causes 
which  manifest  themselves  in  drunkenness,  with  its  thousand  varying 
forms  of  menace  to  society,  must  be  traced  to  sources  far  back  of  the 
saloon.  The  tenement  house  with  its  evils  of  overcrowding,  poor 
sanitation,  and  tendencies  to  immorality  ;  the  inhabitants  of  the 
tenements  district,  with  their  densest  ignorance  of  the  very  first  prin- 
ciples of  living,  such  as  the  buying  of  wholesome  food,  and  its  proper 
preparation  ;  the  worse  than  barbaric  ignorance  of  the  very  A  B  c  of 
the  laws  of  health  and  the  most  simple  precautions  against  sickness 
—  these  are  the  causes  which  drive  men  and  women  to  the  saloon, 
with  its  attractive  compulsion  of  light,  warmth,  and  companionship. 
The  saloon  is  a  standing  menace  to  the  home  as  an  integer,  because 
the  integrity  of  the  home  depends  on  the  union  of  the  father,  mother, 
and  child  elements,  which  the  saloon  is  constantly  drawing  apart. 
This  attractive  power  of  the  saloon  is  destructive,  and  not  con- 
structive. 

The  saloon  may  be  negatived  in  two  ways,  first  by  State-owned 
and  controlled  saloons,  like  the  Gothenburg  system,  or  secondly  by 
saloon  substitutes  like  the  Tee  To  Turns  or  workingmen's  clubs. 
The  first  is  a  power  which  may  be  used  with  perfect  propriety  by  the 
State,  while  the  second  falls  within  the  scope  of  philanthropy. 

WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  April,  1894. 

BLISS,  C.  THE  BRATTLEBORO  METHOD.  LIQUOR  LAW. 
Scribners,  14  :  387. 

CAMPBELL,  HELEN.  SOME  PASSAGES  IN  THE  PRACTICE 
OF  DR.  MARTHA  SCARBOROUGH.  Boston,  Roberts 
Bros.,  1893.  i6mo.  Price  $1.00. 

It  is  the  gospel  of  good  food,  with  the  added  influence  of  fresh  air, 
sunlight,  cleanliness,  and  physical  exercise,  that  occupies  profitably 
the  attention  of  Helen  Campbell.  Martha  is  a  baby  when  the  story 
begins,  and  a  child  not  yet  in  her  teens  when  the  narrative  comes  to 
an  end,  but  she  has  a  salutary  power  over  many  lives.  Her  father 
is  a  wise  country  physician,  who  makes  his  chaise,  in  his  daily  pro- 
gress about  the  hills,  serve  as  his  little  daughter's  cradle  and  kinder- 


92 

garten.  When  she  gets  old  enough  to  understand  he  expounds  to 
her  his  views  of  the  sins  committed  against  hygiene,  and  his  lessons 
sink  into  an  appreciative  mind.  When  he  encounters  particularly 
hard  cases  she  supplies  his  principles  with  unfailing  logic,  and  is  able 
to  suggest  helpful  means  of  cure.  The  old  doctor  is  delightfully  sa- 
gacious in  demonstrating  how  the  confirmed  pie-eater  marries  the  tea 
inebriate,  with  the  result  in  doughnut-devouring,  dyspeptic,  and  con- 
sumptive offspring.  "  What  did  they  die  of?"  asked  little  Martha, 
in  the  village  grave-yard  ;  and  her  father  answers  solemnly,  "  Intem- 
perance." So  Martha  declares  that  she  will  be  a  "  food  doctor,"  and 
later  on  she  helps  her  father  in  saving  several  victims  of  strong  drink. 
The  book  is  one  that  should  find  hosts  of  earnest  readers,  for  its  ad- 
monitions are  sadly  needed,  not  in  the  country  alone,  but  in  the  city, 
where,  if  better  ideas  of  diet  prevail,  people  have  yet  as  a  rule  a  long 
way  to  go  before  they  obtain  the  path  of  wisdom.  Meanwhile  it  re- 
mains true,  as  Mrs.  Campbell  makes  Dr.  Scarborough  declare,  that 
the  cabbage  soup  and  black  bread  of  the  poorest  French  peasants  are 
really  better  suited  to  the  sustenance  of  healthy  life  than  the  "  messes  " 
that  pass  for  food  in  many  parts  of  rural  New  England. 

CROSBY,  E.  H.  THE  SALOON  AS  A  POLITICAL  POWER. 
Forum,  7  :  323. 

CROSBY  E.  H.  GOVERNMENT  BY  RUM  SELLERS.  Forum, 
9-  34i. 

DUDLEY,  L.  E.,  HALE,  E.  E.,  AND  OTHERS.  DR.  RAINS- 
FORD'S  PLAN.  Lend  a  Hand,  July,  1892. 

FANSHAWE,  E.  L.  LIQUOR  LEGISLATION  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES  AND  CANADA.  Report  of  a  Non-Partisan 
Inquiry  on  the  Spot  into  the  Laws  and  their  Opera- 
tion. New  York,  Cassell  &  Co.,  1893.  8vo.,  432  pp. 
Price,  $1.00. 

"  I  regard  this  as  the  most  valuable  work  up  to  date  for  a  student 
who  wishes  to  know  the  history  and  working  of  our  liquor  laws.  Mr. 
Fanshawe  spent  eight  months  travelling  over  the  country  and  care- 
fully collecting  data  and  statistics  of  every  kind  ;  he  took  nothing 
for  granted,  but  interviewed  in  turn  every  official  or  person  who 
could  give  him  information  on  the  subject.  Many  of  his  figures  and 
deductions  will  not  please  extremists,  but  they  bear  the  impress  of 
truth  and  that  is  what  we  want." — T.HOS.  A.  FULTON,  Secretary, 
Excise  Reform  Association,  N.  Y. 


93 

FERNALD,  JAMES  C.  THE  ECONOMICS  OF  PROHIBITION. 
New  York,  Funk  &  Wagnalls,  1890.  i2mo.,  515  pp. 
Price  $1.50. 

FERRIS,  G.  T.  TEMPERANCE  SALOONS,  THE  MOVEMENT 
IN  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ITS  SUCCESS  HERE.  Social 
Economist,  October,  1892. 

GOULD,  E.  R.  L.  THE  GOTHENBURG  SYSTEM  OF  LIQUOR 
TRAFFIC.  U.  S.  Department  of  Labor,  Washington, 
Fifth  Special  Report,  1893. 

GRAHAM,  ROBERT.  THE  COFFEE  HOUSE  AS  A  COUNTER- 
ACTION OF  THE  LIQUOR  SALOON.  Charities  Review, 
March,  1892. 

LOWE,  R.  BIRMINGHAM  PLAN  OF  REGULATING  TEM- 
PERANCE. Fortnightly  Review,  27  :  i. 

MACDONALD,  ARTHUR.  ABNORMAL  MAN.  (Chapter 
IV.).  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education,  Circular  of 
Information  No.  4,  1893. 

PATTEN,  S.  N.  ECONOMIC  BASIS  OF  PROHIBITION.  Annals 
American  Academy,  July,  1891. 

RAINSFORD,  W.  S.  REFORM  OF  THE  DRINK  TRAFFIC. 
North  American  Review,  June,  1893. 

RICHMOND,  A.  B.     RUM  AND  CRIME.     Chautauquan,  9  : 

525- 
WHEELER.  E.  J.     PROHIBITION  :    THE   PRINCIPLE,  THE 

POLICY,   AND   THE  PARTY.       New  York,    Funk  & 

Wagnalls,    1892.      Third    Edition,   i2mo.,    227    pp. 

Price  75c. 

"  I  regard  it  as  the  most  valuable  contribution  of  the  day  to  the 
growing  literature  on  the  subject." — BISHOP  J.  H.  HURST. 

WILLARD,  F.  E.  PROGRESS  OF  TEMPERANCE.  Our  Day, 
8  :  419. 

TENEMENT-HOUSE   PROBLEM. 

The  tenement-house  reform  does  much  that  will  help  to  solve  many 
of  the  most  puzzling  problems  which  our  complex  social  life  presents. 
Reform  the  tenements  and  you  will  do  much,  especially,  towards  de- 


94 

creasing  drunkenness,  bastardy,  prostitution,  unnatural  sexual  crimes, 
and  the  development  of  petty  thieves.  Improved  sanitation's  effect 
upon  the  death-rate  is  too  well  known  to  need  comment.  Wherever 
radical  work  has  been  done,  radical  results  in  all  these  lines  have 
been  obtained.  The  way  seems  clear  now  for  the  beginning  of  the 
task  in  every  crowded  city,  for  it  has  been  proven  that  model  dwel- 
lings for  the  poor  are  profitable  from  a  financial  as  well  as  from  a 
philanthropic  point  of  view.  In  the  building  and  proper  manage- 
ment of  such  dwellings  lies  to  a  considerable  extent,  it  seems  to  me, 
the  social  and  political  salvation  of  our  cities.  New  York,  at  once 
the  worst  crowded  and  the  worst  governed  of  them  all,  particularly 
needs  it. 
NEW  YORK,  December,  1893.  EDWARD  MARSHALL. 

AMES,  L.  T.  THE  HOME  IN  THE  TENEMENT  HOUSE. 
New  England  Magazine,  January,  1893. 

BANKS,  Louis  A.  WHITE  SLAVES  ;  OR,  THE  OPPRESSION 
OF  THE  WORTHY  POOR.  Boston,  Lee  &  Shepard, 
1892.  8 vo,  327  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

"  I  have  tried  to  make  a  plea  for  justice  on  behalf  of  the  crushed 
and  often  forgotten  victims  of  greed,  who  work  and  starve  in  their 
cellars  and  garrets  rather  than  beg  or  steal."  (Preface.) 

DWELLINGS  AND  FAMILIES  IN  1890.  Extra  U.  S.  Census 
Bulletin,  No.  19. 

ELSING,  W.  T.  LIFE  IN  NEW  YORK  TENEMENT  HOUSES 
AS  SEEN  BY  A  CITY  MISSIONARY.  (Illustrated.) 
Scribners,  May,  1892. 

FLOWER,  B.  O.  SOCIETY'S  EXILES  :  A  STUDY  OF  BOS- 
TON'S TENEMENTS.  Arena,  June,  1891. 

HOLYOAKE,  M.  O.  TENEMENTS  IN  LONDON.  Sani- 
tarium, June,  1893. 

HORSLEY,  J.  W.  THE  HOUSING  OF  THE  POOR.  Economic 
Review,  January,  1893. 

HUNTINGTON,  J.  O.  S.       TENEMENT-HOUSE   MORALITY. 

Forum,  3  :  523. 

KIRKLAND,  JOSEPH.  AMONG  THE  POOR  OF  CHICAGO. 
(Illustrated.)  Scribner's,  July,  1892. 


95 

POTTER,  E.  T.  A  STUDY  OF  SOME  NEW  YORK  TENE- 
MENT-HOUSE PROBLEMS.  Charities  Review,  Janu- 
ary, 1892. 

REYNOLDS,  M.  T.  HOUSING  OF  THE  POOR  IN  AMERICAN 
CITIES.  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  American  Economic  Asso- 
ciation. Vol.  VIII.,  Nos.  2  and  3,  1893.  132  pp., 
8vo.  Price  $1.00. 

A  prize  essay.  An  excellent  treatment  of  the  subject,  containing 
chapters  on  The  Unsanitary  Tenement ;  Causes  of  Overcrowding  ; 
Efforts  to  Improve  the  Houses  of  the  Poor  by  Legislation  ;  The  Single 
Tenements  ;  and  Model  Tenements.  A  valuable  bibliography  is  ap- 
pended. 

Rus,  J.  A.  How  THE  OTHER  HALF  LIVES.  Second  Edi- 
tion. New  York,  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  1892.  i2mo, 
304  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

Studies  among  the  tenement  houses  in  New  York  City,  with  illus- 
trations from  photographs  taken  by  the  author.  Mr.  Riis  has  brought 
to  this  work  a  genuine  love  for  humanity,  and  has  collected  a  mass  of 
facts  and  incidents  which  afford  valuable  premises  from  which  to  draw 
conclusions. 

ROLLINS,  A.  W.  TENEMENT-HOUSE  PROBLEM.  TENE- 
MENT LIFE  IN  NEW  YORK.  Forum,  5  :  207;  4  :  221. 

THE  TENEMENT  HOUSE  CURSE,  A  SYMPOSIUM  :  Evils  of 
the  System,  by  Wm.  Howe  Tolman ;  Tenement 
Houses  of  Chicago,  by  Alzina  P.  Stevens  ;  Tene- 
ment Houses  in  the  Slums  of  Boston,  by  Rev.  Walter 
J.  Swaffield  ;  and  Side  Lights  on  the  Tenement 
House  Curse,  by  B.  O.  Flower.  Arena,  April,  1894. 

THE  TENEMENT  HOUSES  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY.     A  Con- 
tribution to  the    Study    by  the   Tenement-House 
Building   Company,    New  York  City.       Pamphlet. 
33  PP-     1891. 
A  description  of  the  model  tenement  houses,  338-344  Cherry  Street, 

New  York. 

TENEMENT-HOUSE  PROBLEM  IN  NEW  YORK.     New  York 
Senate  Doc.  No.  16.      Transmitted   to  the  Legisla- 
ture,  1888. 
A  history  of  the  Tenement- House  Problem,  with  diagrams. 


96 

VALESH,  EVA  MACD.  TENEMENT-HOUSE  PROBLEM  IN 
NEW  YORK  CITY.  Arena,  April,  1893. 

WADLIN,  H.  G.  A  TENEMENT-HOUSE  CENSUS  OF 
BOSTON.  Reports  of  the  Massachusetts  Bureau  of 
the  Statistics  of  Labor,  1891,  1892. 

These  reports  not  only  give  an  exhaustive  presentation  of  the  tene- 
ment-house problem  in  Boston,  but  contain  data  covering  a  piuch 
larger  number  of  persons  than  any  other  similar  investigation,  except 
the  one  conducted  by  Charles  Booth  in  London.  For  a  review  of 
the  first  report,  see  Lend  a  Hand,  Dec.,  1892. 

WHITE,  A.  T.  HOMES  OF  THE  POOR.  Chautauquan, 
January,  1893. 

WHITE,  A.  T.  IMPROVED  DWELLINGS  FOR  THE  WORK- 
ING CLASSES,  1878.  BETTER  HOMES  FOR  WORK- 
INGMEN,  1885.  THE  RIVERSIDE  BUILDINGS,  1890. 
(Three  pamphlets,  bound  in  one  volume,  entitled 
Homes  for  Workingmen,  with  plates  showing  various 
plans,  elevations,  etc.). 

The  above  papers  include  accounts  of  the  growth  of  the  tenement- 
house  system  in  New  York,  and  of  the  resultant  evils  ;  of  the  efforts 
made  in  London  to  provide  better  homes  for  workingmen,  and  records 
of  their  results  ;  of  the  Philadelphia  Loan  and  Building  Societies, 
and  the  provision  of  small  separate  houses  ;  and  of  the  buildings 
erected  by  the  Improved  Dwellings  Co.  of  Brooklyn  in  1876-8  and 
1890,  with  plans  and  statistics  as  to  occupants,  rentals,  and  financial 
results. — A.  T.  WHITE. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  BOSTON  CO-OPERATIVE 
BUILDING  SOCIETY,  Sarah  W.  Whitman,  Secretary, 
Boston,  Mass.  Twenty-second  Report,  1893. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  IMPROVED  DWELLINGS  ASSO- 
CIATION, Arthur  B.  Ellis,  Treasurer,  103  Milk 
Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

REPORT  No.  i  OF  THE  BETTER  DWELLINGS  SOCIETY, 
June  i,  1892.  Boston,  Mass. 


97 
THE  SLUMS. 

A  few  years  ago  the  existence  of  slums  in  our  great  cities  was  de- 
nied by  popular  apologists  for  easy-going  conventionalism.  It  was, 
therefore,  necessary  to  turn  on  the  lights,  to  prove  that  the  slums 
existed.  General  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  an  evil  is  the  first 
step  toward  its  abolition.  The  gravity  of  the  problem  presented  by 
the  social  cellar  is  now  no  longer  denied.  This  is  another  important 
advance.  .But  mere  intellectual  assent  is  not  enough.  Indeed,  if  we 
stop  here,  the  very  agitation  which  has  compelled  society  to  take  cog- 
nizance of  the  existence  of  the  evil  will  prove  a  curse,  as  it  will 
further  deaden  moral  susceptibilities.  The  next  step  is  to  act.  The 
conscience  of  society  must  be  aroused.  The  slums  of  our  great  cities 
must  be  abolished.  Positive  programmes  should  be  outlined,  while 
all  efTorts  which  will  act  as  feelers  in  abating  the  evil  should  be  en- 
couraged, provided  they  work  toward  the  abolition  instead  of  the 
perpetuation  of  the  social  cellar.  During  recent  years,  the  people 
have  been  acquainted,  at  least  in  a  measure,  with  the  nature  and  evil 
influence  of  the  slums  ;  the  conscience  of  many  has  been  awakened  ; 
and  now  it  is  of  paramount  importance  that  a  positive  programme  be 
laid  out  and  an  aggressive  campaign  be  carried  on,  looking  to  the 
abolition  of  the  slums. 

B.  O.  FLOWER. 

BOSTON,  February,  1894. 

FLOWER,  B.  O  CIVILIZATION'S  INFERNO  ;  OR,  STUDIES 
IN  THE  SOCIAL  CELLAR.  Arena  Pub.  Co.,  Boston, 
1893.  i2mo,  237  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

FORMAN,  A.  SLUMS  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY.  American 
Magazine  (Brooklyn),  9  :  46. 

NEW  YORK'S  INFERNO.  New  York,  1893.  Salvation 
Army  Headquarters.  Price  25c. 

THE  POOR  IN  GREAT  CITIES.  A  series  of  articles  run- 
ning through  Scribners  for  1892. 

PROBLEM  OF  THE  SLUMS.     Eclectic  Magazine,  116  :  260. 

THE  PROBLEM  OF  THE  SLUMS.  BlackwelFs  Magazine, 
149  :  123. 


98 
UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENTS. 

The  first  object  of  the  Universities'  Settlements  Association  is  thus 
stated  in  the  Articles  of  Association  : 

"  To  provide  education  and  the  means  of  recreation  and  enjoyment 
for  the  people  of  the  poorer  districts  of  London  and  other  great  cities  ; 
to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  poor,  and  to  consider  and  advance 
plans  calculated  to  promote  their  welfare." 

This  object,  with  the  provision  of  a  house  which  shall  be  a  home, 
or,  at  any  rate,  a  nucleus  of  the  workers,  enabling  them  to  share  the 
life  of  the  poor  as  neighbors,  and  to  form  friendships  as  living  in  the 
next  street,  is,  I  think,  a  fair  statement  of  the  main  objects  and  pur- 
poses of  University  Settlement. 

During  the  past  eight  or  nine  years  much  has  been  accomplished 
by  those  Settlements  that  have  been  formed,  but  it  would  not  be  easy 
to  say  to  what  extent  they  may  be  regarded  as  having  reached  their 
ideal.  It  is  probably  well  for  them  that  they  are  far  from  it. 

The  development  of  what  is  sometimes  called  the  "  Settlement 
Movement"  has  taken  place  on  some  unexpected  lines,  and  person- 
ally I  regret  the  tendency  frequently  manifested  to  form  University 
Settlements  on  bases  that  are  not  absolutely  non-political  and  non- 
sectarian  in  character.  The  freest  front  to  the  social  problems  with 
which  Settlements  will  have  to  grapple  will,  I  believe,  in  the  future 
constitute  their  greatest  strength. 

While  thankfully  recognizing  the  great  value  of  the  work  that 
Toynbee  Hall  and  the  other  University  Settlements,  both  at  home 
and  in  the  United  States,  have  been  able  to  accomplish,  I  think  that 
one  of  their  greatest  uses  has  been  to  suggest  to  a  wider  public  a  new 
sense,  and  often  a  higher  standard  of  social  duties,  and  especially  to 
emphasize  the  truth  that  neighborliness  is  of  the  essence  of  all  that  is 
best  in  social  effort. 

SAMUEL  A.  BARNETT. 
TOYNBEE  HALL,  September,  1893. 

ADDAMS,  JANE.  SUBJECTIVE  NECESSITY  FOR  SOCIAL 
SETTLEMENTS.  "  Philanthropy  and  Social  Prog- 
ress." Chapter  I. 

ADDAMS,  JANE.  THE  OBJECTIVE  VALUE  OF  A  SOCIAL 
SETTLEMENT.  "  Philanthropy  and  Social  Prog- 
ress." Chapter  II. 


99 

ANDOVER  HOUSE  ASSOCIATION.  Circular  No.  7.  July 
i,  1892.  A  report  of  the  work  of  the  house  at  the 
end  of  the  first  official  year.  "Apply  to  R.  A.  Woods 
9  Rollins  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

COIT'S  NEIGHBORHOOD  GUILD,  Saturday  Review,  72  :  395. 

COIT,  STANTON.  NEIGHBORHOOD  GUILDS.  New  York, 
Scribner's  Sons,  1892.  i2mo,  150  pp.  Price  $1.00. 

CUMMINGS,  EDWARD.  UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENTS.  Quar 
terly  journal  of  Economics,  Vol.  VI.,  1892. 

THE  RAST  SIDE  HOUSE.  Pamphlet,  n  pp.,  1891.  A 
Report  to  the  Church  Club  of  the  City  of  New 
York. 

Fox,  Miss  HANNAH.  THE  PHILADELPHIA  COLLEGE 
SETTLEMENT.  Lend  a  Hand,  July,  1893. 

FREFMAN,  H.  F.  UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT.  Lend  a 
Hand,  5  :  154. 

HOLCOMBE,  W.  B.  (Resident  Manager).  THE  EAST  SIDE 
HOUSE,  NEW  YORK  CITY.  New  York,  1892.  14  pp. 

KINGSLEY  HOUSE.  The  Kingdom  (Pittsburg,  Pa.),  Vol. 
I.,  No.  4,  1893.  Miss  Kate  A.  Everet,  Ph.D.,  Head 
of  the  House. 

LEARNED,  H.  B.  HULL  HOUSE.  Lend  a  Hand,  May, 
1893. 

MILLER,  ALICE.  HULL  HOUSE.  Charities  Review,  April, 
1892. 

MONTAGUE,  F.  C.  ARNOLD  TOYNBEE.  Baltimore,  N. 
Murray  :  Johns  Hopkins  University  Studies,  VII., 
i,  1889.  70  pp. 

It  is  the  highest  praise  that  can  be  given  to  the  memoir  to  say 
that  it  is  not  unworthy  of  its  subject.  .  .  .  Toynbee  is  impor- 
tant, not  so  much  as  a  philanthropist  or  as  an  example  of  unselfish- 
ness, still  less  as  a  '  church  reformer,'  but  as  an  economist,  as  an 
initiator  of  a  new  and  fertile  development  in  English  political 
economy. — W.  J.  ASHLEY. 


IOO 

SWIFT,  M.  I.-  THE  WORKING  POPULATION  OF  CITIES,  AND 
WHAT  THE  UNIVERSITIES  OWE  THEM.  Andover  Re- 
view, June,  1890.' 

TENTH  WARD  OF  NEW  YORK  CITY.  Lend  a  Hand,  July, 
1893. 

WOODS.     ENGLISH  SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS  (Chapter  III.). 

WOODS,  R.  A.  UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENTS.  Andover 
Review,  October,  1892. 

UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT  SOCIETY  BULLETINS.  Apply 
at  the  University  Settlement,  26  Delancey  Street, 
New  York  City. 

WHAT  is  THE  UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT  ?  Pamphlet,  7 
pp.,  1893.  Apply  at  the  Settlement,  26  Delancey 
Street,  New  York  City. 

CATALOGUE  OF  THE  FIRST  ANNUAL  FREE  LOAN  EXHI- 
BITION OF  PAINTINGS,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
University  Settlement  Society,  and  under  the  man- 
agement of  the  East  Side  Art  League,  in  the  large 
upper  rooms,  73  Allen  Street,  New  York  City, 
Summer  of  1892. 

The  exhibition  was  open  week  days  from  7  to  10.30  P.M.,  and  on 
Sundays  from  2  to  5  P.M. 

CATALOGUE  OF  THE  SECOND  ANNUAL  FREE  LOAN  EX- 
HIBITION OF  PAINTINGS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  SETTLE- 
MENT SOCIETY,  Summer  of  1893. 

This  exhibition  was  held  at  the  Settlement,  26 
Delancey  Street. 

Both  of  these  Catalogues  contain  popular  descriptions  of  the  paint- 
ings. Visitors  were  requested  to  vote  for  their  favorite  pictures.  As 
an  index  of  the  popular  taste,  see  New  York  daily  papers  for  the  first 
week  in  August,  1893. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT  OF  PHILADELPHIA,  626 
ALASKA  STREET.  Pamphlet,  4  pp.  Apply  at  Settle- 
ment. 


101 


ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  COLLEGE  SETTLEMENTS  AS- 
SOCIATION. First  Report,  1889.  Apply  to  Head 
Worker,  New  York  Settlement,  95  Rivington  Street. 
These  reports  contain  a  most  valuable  and  interesting  account  of 

the  work  accomplished. 

THE  ST.  MARY  STREET  COLLEGE  SETTLEMENT  AND  ST. 
MARY  STREET  LIBRARY.  Pamphlet,  48  pp.,  1892. 
Published  by  the  Settlement,  617  Carver  Street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

TENEMENT-HOUSE  WORK  IN  ST.  MARY  STREET,  PHILA- 
DELPHIA. Pamphlet,  8  pp.,  1892.  Published  by  the 
College  Settlement. 

The  Nazarene.  A  weekly  leaflet  published  by  Rev. 
Charles  S.  Daniel,  Minster  Street  University  Settle- 
ment, 618  Minster  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  500.  a 
year. 

WOMANHOOD. 

It  is  my  settled  conviction  that  the  civilization  of  any  country  can 
be  best  studied  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  position  held  by  women 
in  that  country.  On  the  other  hand,  without  knowing  what  that 
position  is,  I  should  consider  myself  capable  of  defining  it  quite  accu- 
rately from  a  knowledge  of  the  degree  of  civilization  at  which  men 
had  arrived.  For  instance,  when  I  know  that  there  are  twenty-one 
natives  in  India  for  every  Englishman,  and  that  England  rules  India, 
my  intelligence  is  perfectly  well  certified  that  the  East  India  man 
belongs  to  a  subject  race,  and  I  am  just  as  sure  that  he  holds  the 
woman  at  his  side  in  a  subjection  greater  still.  When  I  know  that 
the  American  is  free,  noble,  intelligent,  and  enterprising,  it  is  quite 
plain  to  me  that  here  is  a  man  who  shares  all  these  high  prerogatives 
with  the  woman  that  God  gave  to  be  with  him.  And  I  deduce  the  con- 
clusion that  if  the  East  Indian  treated  his  companion  better,  it  would 
result  in  the  greatest  possible  good  to  himself ;  and  that  if  the  Ameri- 
can, by  the  higher  degree  of  justice  and  common-sense  to  which  he 
has  attained,  treats  his  companion  infinitely  better  than  does  his  dark- 
skinned  brother,  it  would  be  the  very  best  possible  thing  for  said 
American  to  take  a  step  farther  and  place  his  companion  side  by  side 


with  him  in  church,  and  state,  and  everywhere,  on  terms  of  the  most 
perfect  equality.  This  I  am  confident  he  will  do  within  the  next 
half  century,  and  because  I  have  this  faith  America  has  inspired  me 
with  more  hope  for  humanity  than  any  other  land  that  I  have  ever 
seen. 

I  need  not  say,  after  this  "declaration  of  faith,"  that  I  believe 
woman  has  made  the  best  possible  use  that  she  could  under  the  cir- 
cumstances of  her  opportunity,  such  as  it  has  been,  in  all  the  ages 
past ;  for  I  believe  it  is  as  natural  for  a  human  being  to  aspire,  to 
grow,  to  progress,  as  it  is  to  breathe.  Just  as  the  air  rushes  in  to  fill 
a  vacuum,  so  the  natures  of  both  man  and  woman  rush  forward  to 
fill  any  new  opening  that  means  a  larger  opportunity  to  become  that 
which  God  has  made  them  capable  of  being.  It  is  stated  by  intelli- 
gent Japanese  men  that  young  women  in  their  country  have  been 
known  to  commit  suicide  because  the  education  that  was  given  their 
brothers  was  denied  to  them.  This  is  an  extreme  illustration  of  the 
hopelessness  sometimes  amounting  almost  to  desperation  that  I  be- 
lieve rankles  unknown,  unseen  by  the  careless  world,  in  the  soul  of 
every  man  and  woman  who  has  not — what  you  Americans  call  with 
so  much  point  and  clearness — ' '  a  fair  chance. " 

LADY  HENRY  SOMERSET. 
LONDON,  January,  1894. 

BAX,  E.  B.,  and  BESANT,  W.  WOMAN  QUESTION.  To- 
Day,  8  :  24. 

DIKE,  S  W.  SOCIOLOGY  IN  THE  HIGHER  EDUCATION  OF 
.WOMEN.  Publication  No.  i,  1893,  of  the  National 
Divorce  Reform  League. 

DODGE,  GRACE  H.  A  BUNDLE  OF  LETTERS  TO  BUSY 
GIRLS.  New  York,  Funk  &  Wagnalls,  1892.  i6mo, 
139  pp.  Price  5oc. 

FERNALD,  JAMES  C.  THE  NEW  WOMANHOOD.  Boston, 
D.  Lothrop  Co.,  1893.  8vo,  369  pp.  Price  $1.50. 

A  plea  for  what  is  practical  in  the  application  of  common-sense  to 
the  education  of  young  womanhood.  The  home  idea  is  the  solution 
of  the  problem,  and  the  young  woman  who  is  deficient  in  a  knowledge 
of  how  to  make  and  keep  a  home,  is  sadly  handicapped.  Chapters 


103 

on  The  Morality  of  the  Table,  Salvation  by  Cookery,  Housekeep- 
ing and  Divorce,  American  Help,  and  The  Rush  to  the  Cities, 
give  an  indication  of  the  scope  of  the  book,  which  deals  with  these 
problems  with  a  kindly  but  wholesome  frankness. 

GARDNER,  HELEN  H.     FACTS  AND  FICTIONS  OF  LIFE. 

Chicago,  Charles  H.  Kerr  &  Co.,  1893.     8vo,  269 

pp.     Price  5oc. 

A  series  of  essays  reprinted  from  the  leading  magazines.  Among 
the  titles  are :  Sex  in  Brain,  Woman  as  an  Annex,  The  Moral 
Responsibility  of  Woman  in  Heredity,  and  Heredity  in  its  Re- 
lations to  a  Double  Standard  of  Morals.  The  author  writes  on  these 
topics  after  a  close  scientific  study,  and  brings  out,  in  her  discussion, 
some  facts  which  are  hard  for  the  masculine  mind  to  accept,  but 
which,  nevertheless,  must  be  admitted.  The  world  is  slowly  assent- 
ing to  the  fact  that  there  are  "fallen  men"  as  well  as  "fallen 
women." 

GOULD,  E.  P.  THE  WOMAN  QUESTION.  Educational 
Review,  12  :  73. 

LIVERMORE,  M.  A.  CO-OPERATIVE  WOMANHOOD  IN  THE 
STATE.  North  American  Review,  153  :  283. 

NEWTON,  HEBER.  WOMANHOOD.  LECTURES  ON  WOMAN'S 
WORK  IN  THE  WORLD.  New  York,  G.  P.  Putnam's 
Sons.  i2tno,  315  pp.  Price  $1.25. 

OSTROGORSKI,  M.  WOMAN  SUFFRAGE  IN  LOCAL  GOV- 
ERNMENT. Political  Science  Quarterly,  December, 
1891. 

STUDLEY,  MARY  J.  WHAT  OUR  GIRLS  OUGHT  TO  KNOW. 
New  York.  Funk  &  Wagnalls.  1889.  i2mo,  261 
pp.  Price  $1.00. 

WARD,  L.  F.     OUR  BETTER  HALVES.    Forum,  6  :  266. 

WILLARD,  F.  E.  WOMAN'S  WORK  FOR  WOMEN.  Our 
Day.  2  :  477. 

The  Woman's  Herald.  Edited  by  Lady  H.  Somerset. 
A  weekly,  8s.  M.  per  annum.  First  number,  Febru- 
ary 23,  1893. 


SOCIOLOGICAL  JOURNALS  AND 
QUARTERLIES. 

Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science.  Address  Station  B,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  An- 
nual membership  fee  in  the  Academy,  including  the 
Annals,  $5. 

Publications  of  the  American  Economic  Association,  Ithaca, 
N.  Y.  Six  yearly  numbers.  $3.00  a  year  to  mem- 
bers. Address  Publication  Agent,  American  Eco- 
nomic Association,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Charities  Review.  A  Journal  of  Practical  Sociology. 
Published  for  the  Charity  Organization  Society  of 
the  City  of  New  York.  Yearly  subscription,  eight 
numbers,  $1.00. 

The  Charities  Record.  A  Journal  of  the  Progress  of  Bal- 
timore's Charities.  Published  by  Charity  Organiza- 
tion Society  of  Baltimore.  Vol.  I.,  No.  i,  May, 
1893. 

Johns  Hopkins  Studies  in  Historical  and  Political  Science. 
First  series,  1883.  Published  monthly  by  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Press,  Baltimore.  $3.00  a  year. 

The  Journal  of  Political  Economy.  Issued  quarterly,  in 
December,  March,  June,  and  September,  by  the 
Department  of  Political  Science,  in  the  University 
of  Chicago.  Vol.  I.,  No.  i,  December,  1892.  $3.00 
a  year. 

Journal  of  Social  Science.  Published  by  the  American 
Social  Science  Association,  F.  B.  Sanborn,  Secretary, 
Concord,  Mass.  Membership,  including  publica- 
tions, $5.00  a  year 

Political  Science  Quarterly.  Edited  by  the  Faculty  of 
Political  Science  of  Columbia  College.  A  Review 
devoted  to  the  Historical,  Statistical,  and  Compara- 
tive study  of  Politics,  Economics,  and  Public  Law. 
Vol.  I.,  1886.  Published  quarterly.  Annual  sub- 
scription $3  oo.  New  York,  Ginn  &  Co. 


Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics.  Published  for  Harvard 
University.  Vol.  I.,  1886-7.  Quarterly.  Annual 
subscription,  $3.00.  Boston,  George  H.  Ellis. 

The  Social  Economist.  A  monthly  magazine,  published 
by  the  College  of  Social  Economics,  Union  Square, 
New  York  City.  $2.00  a  year. 

Publications  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Political 
Economy  and  Public  Law  series. 

The  Yale  Review.  A  quarterly  journal  of  History  and 
Political  Science  Edited  by  members  of  the  Faculty 
of  Yale  University.  Vol.  L,  1892.  $3.00  a  year. 
Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 

The  City  Vigilant.  Published  by  the  City  Vigilance 
League,  105  East  22d  Street,  room  215,  New  York 
City.  Vol.  1.,  1894.  $1.00  a  year. 


PART  II. 


107 


APPLIED  SOCIOLOGY. 


THE    INTERNATIONAL     MEDICAL 
MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 

1 18  AND  121  EAST  45TH  STREET,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

This  Society  was  founded  in  April,  i88i,by  Dr.  George 
D.  Dowkontt,  in  company  with  some  leading  physicians 
and  others.  Its  work  began  by  the  opening  of  a  free 
dispensary  in  the  Fourth  Ward  of  New  York  City,  where 
thousands  of  the  sick  poor  have  since  been  treated.  It 
was  found  that  by  this  means  the  most  depraved  and  in- 
accessible classes  might  be  reached  and  influenced.  The 
"  doctor  "  was  always  welcomed,  especially  at  the  time 
of  sickness,  where  the  minister  or  missionary  could  not 
gain  an  entrance. 

Combined  with  the  physical  relief  afforded,  were 
efforts  for  the  moral  and  spiritual  elevation  of  the 
people,  so  that  criminals,  drunkards,  infidels,  and  harlots 
have  been  reclaimed  by  this  agency.  The  work  pro- 
gressed until  seven  such  missions  existed  in  New  York, 
and  two  in  Brooklyn.  In  these  places  more  than  150,000 
medical  attendances  have  been  given. 

109 


no 

In  1885  a  large  house  was  rented  for  students  in  train- 
ing for  the  foreign  field  ;  in  1887  a  second  was  rented 
for  female  students.  These  are  still  in  operation,  being 
filled  with  bright  and  earnest  young  people,  who  get  the 
best  practical  training  for  the  foreign  field  by  working 
in  the  slums  of  this  city.  Over  eighty  of  these  students 
have  been  appointed.  The  Society  is  interdenomina- 
tional and  evangelical  in  its  basis  and  operations,  as  well 
as  international. 

In  December,  1892,  the  Board  of  Regents  agreed  to 
grant  the  Society  a  charter  for  a  Missionary  School  of 
Medicine,  its  students  to  pursue  a  four-years'  course, 
and  be  examined  and  graduated  by  the  State  University. 
It  undertakes  to  make  it  as  easy  for  an  intending 
missionary  to  study  medicine  as  theology,  and  when 
it  obtains  its  charter,  will  board,  lodge,  and  educate 
students  at  a  very  low  cost  during  the  session  of  nine 
months. 

GEORGE  D.  DOWKONTT,  M.D., 

Medical  Director, 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY  OF 
THE  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK. 

105  EAST   220  STREET. 

The  term  "  Charity  Organization  "  does  not  denote  a 
new  scheme  for  dispensing  charity,  but  describes  the 
aim  of  this  Society.  It  seeks  to  organize  existing  charities  ; 
to  bring  into  harmony  all  the  humane  efforts  of  private 


HI 

benevolence,  societies,  institutions,  and  of  municipal  and 
State  authorities. 

In  1 88 1  the  State  Board  of  Charities  saw  that  an 
agency  was  needed  in  New  York  City  to  prevent  the 
waste  of  charitable  effort,  and  the  mischievous  results  of 
unwise  and  inexperienced  distribution  of  alms.  By  the 
official  action  of  that  Board  this  Society  was  in- 
augurated. 

It  was  then  estimated  that  there  were  in  this  city  about 
350  local  charitable  institutions,  disbursing  not  less  than 
$4,000,000  annually.  The  Commissioners  of  Charities 
and  Correction  were  expending  annually  $1,500,000  ; 
and  490  religious  bodies  at  least  $375,000  more.  Add- 
ing to  these  the  thousands  of  householders  and  in- 
dividuals daily  responding  to  appeals  for  relief,  the 
aggregate  was  computed  at  not  less  than  $8,000,000. 
All  these  distinct  agencies  were  to  be  brought,  as  far  as 
possible,  into  such  accord  that  their  own  efficiency 
should  be  enhanced,  the  woes  of  poverty  mitigated,  and 
the  dangers  of  pauperism  averted. 

The  avowed  aims  of  the  Society  are  : 

To  promote  co-operation  between  all  charitable  work- 
ers ;  to  keep  a  registration  of  the  dependent  classes 
available  to  all  who  have  a  legitimate  right  to  use  it  ;  to 
make  thorough  investigation  of  all  cases  referred  to  it 
by  other  societies,  or  by  individuals  ;  to  secure  the  most 
suitable  and  adequate  help  for  each,  drawn  from  the 
proper  sources,  and  to  follow  the  cases  up  till,  if  possible, 
a  permanent  cure  is  achieved  for  each  ;  to  aid  the  poor 
by  employment  and  such  other  means  as  will  make  ap- 
plicants self-supporting  in  the  shortest  possible  time  ;  to 
stop  the  trade  of  professional  begging  by  extending  a 
helping  hand,  or,  failing  in  this,  by  prosecutions  ;  to 
better  the  condition  of  the  poor  by  fostering  all  reforms 


112 

that  will  make  it  easier  to  lead  decent  lives  than  vicious 
ones  ;  and  to  collect  such  statistics  and  information  as 
will  help  to  formulate  a  science  of  Charity  and  make  it 
more  wise,  kind,  and  helpful. 

Incidentally  also  it  undertakes  to  keep  itself  informed 
concerning  the  character  of  all  the  charitable  under- 
takings of  the  city,  in  order  to  guard  members  against 
doubtful  enterprises,  and  to  commend  those  conscien- 
tiously and  efficiently  administered  ;  to  co-operate  in 
civic  or  national  measures  for  the  welfare  of  the  working 
and  dependent  classes  as  a  member  of  the  National  Con- 
ference of  Charities  and  Correction  ;  to  give  informa- 
tion to  persons  throughout  the  country  who  desire  to 
establish  similar  societies  in  their  own  cities  and  towns. 

Its  administration  comprises  a  Central  Council  to 
govern  and  guide  the  work,  and  a  Central  Office 
adequately  equipped  for  carrying  out  the  details  ;  Dis- 
trict Committees,  each  with  a  convenient  office  and  one 
or  two  paid  Agents,  in  charge  of  manageable  areas  all 
over  the  city,  to  take  up  the  case  of  every  dependent 
family  in  their  district  when  brought  to  their  notice,  and 
to  treat  each  with  a  view  to  its  emancipation  from  pre- 
ventable dependence  and  distress. 

About  35  to  40  paid,  and  150  volunteer,  officers  and 
employees  are  actively  engaged  in  the  details  of  the 
work. 

In  eleven  years  it  has  accumulated  more  or  less  in- 
formation concerning  upwards  of  175,000  families  and 
persons,  equivalent  to  at  least  500,000  individuals,  who 
have  applied  for  or  received  relief.  It  deals  with  7000 
or  8000  cases  of  alleged  destitution  yearly,  sends  4000 
to  5000  reports  to  societies,  churches,  and  private  donors. 
It  also  maintains  a  Laundry  to  employ  and  educate  poor 
women,  a  Woodyard  to  test  and  aid  men,  chiefly  the 


homeless,  and  a  Penny  Provident  Fund  to  promote  thrift 
and  saving  among  the  poor.  The  organ  of  the  Society 
is  the  Charities  Review  (monthly),  which  gathers  up  the 
best  thought,  and  increases  the  popular  interest  in  sociolo- 
gical studies. 

CHARLES  D.  KELLOGG, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


THE    NEW    YORK    ASSOCIATION    FOR 

IMPROVING  THE  CONDITION  OF 

THE  POOR. 

105  EAST  22D  STREET. 

This  Association  was  organized  in  the  winter  of  1843, 
to  improve  the  condition  of  the  working  people  in  their 
homes  by  kindly  direction,  advice,  and  moral  suasion, 
and  to  relieve  them,  when  necessary,  in  sickness  and  dis- 
tress. Its  design  is  the  elevation  of  the  moral  and  physi- 
cal condition  of  the  laboring  poor,  and,  so  far  as 
compatible  with  this,  the  relief  of  their  necessities.  Its 
dominant  idea  is  to  draw  around  the  indigent,  the 
neglected,  and  the  evil,  a  circle  of  intelligent  thought, 
sympathy,  and  resolute  will.  Every  department  does  a 
different  work,  but  all  unite  in  a  common  effort  to 
strengthen  that  which  is  weak  and  uplift  that  which  is 
fallen. 

It  was  formally  incorporated  in  December,  1848.  It 
is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Managers,  consisting  of  thirty 
members,  chosen  annually  by  ballot,  from  which  num- 
ber, a  President,  five  Vice-Presidents,  a  Secretary,  and  a 


Treasurer  are  chosen,  and  a  Counsel  to  the  Board  and  a 
General  Agent  elected. 

The  work  of  the  Association  is  divided  into  six  de- 
partments, namely  :  Finance,  Temporary  Relief,  Dwel- 
lings, Food  Supply,  Schools  and  Institutions,  Hygiene. 

To  the  department  of  Finance  is  intrusted  the  man- 
agement of  the  funds  of  the  Association. 

The  department  of  Temporary  Relief  deals  with  all 
applications  for  assistance,  from  whatever  source  they 
come.  Its  work  includes  relief  to  the  worthy  poor  in 
their  dwellings,  the  improvement  and  elevation  of  their 
home  life,  the  furnishing  of  meals  and  lodgings  to  the 
indigent,  and  the  finding  and  supplying  of  employment. 
The  administration  of  this  branch  of  the  work  is  directed 
by  Mrs.  M.  Fullerton,  the  Superintendent  of  Relief.  She 
is  assisted  by  a  corps  of  visitors,  who  make  their  daily 
returns  to  her,  and  she  reports  to  the  department  and  the 
General  Agent. 

To  the  department  of  Dwellings  is  committed  the 
whole  question  of  improved  tenements,  how  to  build 
them  and  how  to  administer  them  when  built.  It  also 
deals  with  the  internal  condition  of  the  dwellings  of  the 
working  people,  and  the  inspection  of  their  habitations, 
with  the  view  of  promoting  cleanliness,  abating  nuisances, 
and  introducing  sanitary  reforms. 

The  department  of  Food  Supply  endeavors  to  inform 
the  people  with  respect  to  the  selection,  purchase,  and 
preparation  of  food.  It  aims  at  the  founding  of  cook- 
ing-schools and  diet  kitchens. 

The  department  of  Schools  and  Institutions  gives  at- 
tention to  the  education  of  children  and  young  people. 
It  is  interested  in  the  establishment  of  free  kindergartens 
and  sewing-schools,  or  co-operates  actively  with  such 
institutions  established  by  others. 


The  department  of  Hygiene  concerns  itself  with  the 
bearing  of  light,  air,  and  water  upon  the  health  of  the 
poor.  Its  primary  design  is  to  spread  a  knowledge  of 
sound  hygienic  principles  among  the  people  at  large. 
The  "  People's  Baths,"  instituted  in  August,  1891,  and 
the  "  Ocean  Parties  "  and  "  Fresh-Air  "  work  of  the 
Association,  come  under  this  head. 

A  Harlem  branch  is  maintained,  and  the  entire  city 
covered  from  the  Battery  to  22d  Street. 

F.  S.  LONGWORTH, 

General  Agent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


STATE    CHARITIES    AID   ASSOCIATION 
OF   NEW  YORK. 

105  EAST  22D  STREET. 

This  Association  was  organized  in  1872,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  bringing  about  much-needed  reforms  in  the  poor- 
houses,  almshouses,andotherpubliccharitableinstitutions 
of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  of  securing  improved 
methods  in  the  administration  of  poor  relief.  Its  work 
is  carried  on  primarily  by  County  Visiting  Committees 
invested  by  an  act  of  the  Legislature,  with  power  of  visi- 
tation and  inspection  of  county  poorhouses,  city  and 
town  almshouses,  and  State  charitable  institutions. 

The  Association  has  forty-eight  such  committees  in  as 
many  of  the  sixty  counties  of  the  State.  They  report  to 
the  Central  Association  in  New  York  City.  It  is  the 
province  of  this  latter  body  to  give  careful  study  to  the 
subject  of  poor  relief,  to  collect  and  circulate  informa- 


n6 

tion,  to 'devise  remedies  for  evils  and  abuses  reported, 
and  secure  their  adoption  by  legislation  or  otherwise. 

Among  the  results  of  the  work  are  the  following  :  The 
establishment  of  the  Bellevue  Hospital  Training-School 
for  Nurses  ;  the  passage  of  the  "  Tramp  Act,"  1880  ; 
the  formation  of  the  Society  for  Instruction  in  First  Aid 
to  the  Injured,  1882  ;  the  passage  of  the  Act  Restricting 
the  Imprisonment  of  Witnesses,  1883  ;  the  establishment 
of  the  first  Working  Girls'  Clubs  in  this  city  ;  the  pas- 
sage of  an  act  authorizing  the  establishment  of  Municipal 
Lodging-Houses  in  New  York  City,  1886  ;  the  recent 
Lunacy  Legislation  (State-Care  Act  of  1890,  and  State- 
Care  Appropriation  Act  of  1891),  whereby  the  system 
of  caring  for  the  insane  in  poorhouses  has  been  abolished 
and  the  State  has  assumed  the  entire  charge  and  main- 
tenance of  her  insane. 

The  work  of  the  State  Charities  Aid  Association  is 
carried  on  by  a  large  body  of  volunteers,  and  by  a  Sec- 
retary, Assistant  Secretary,  and  Clerk.  The  Association 
is  supported  entirely  by  voluntary  contributions,  and 
needs  an  income  of  $12,000  to  do  its  work  efficiently. 

HOMER  FOLKS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE  UNITED  HEBREW  CHARITIES  OF 
THE  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK. 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICE,  No.  128  SECOND  AVENUE. 

The  United  Hebrew  Charities  was  organized  nineteen 
years  ago,  and  is  composed  of  a  union  of  the  Hebrew 
Benevolent  Orphan  Asylum  Society,  Hebrew  Benevolent 
Fuel  Association,  Ladies'  Lying-in  Relief  Society,  and 


the  Free  Burial  Fund  Society  of  the  Congregation 
Darech  Amuno.  As  soon  as  it  was  formed,  the  benevo- 
lent work  performed  by  these  various  societies  was  given 
to  the  United  Hebrew  Charities,  and  the  constituent 
societies  contented  themselves  simply  with  donating,  to 
their  successor,  funds  that  they  had  been  in  the  habit  of 
expending  in  benevolent  work. 

The  United  Hebrew  Charities  is  governed  by  a  Board 
of  Relief,  consisting  of  representatives  from  the  various 
constituent  societies,  and  of  members  specially  elected 
at  the  annual  meeting. 

The  work  of  the  United  Hebrew  Charities  comes 
strictly  under  what  is  known  as  Out-door  Relief.  It  is 
divided  into  two  distinct  branches,  the  Relief  Depart- 
ment, and  the  Employment.  The  Employment  Depart- 
ment devotes  itself  to  securing  employment  both  in  the 
city  and  in  neighboring  manufacturing  towns  for  the 
unemployed.  The  Relief  Department  furnishes  the 
following  kinds  of  relief  : 

(i)  Maternity  Relief,  including  midwives  and  physi- 
cians, infants'  clothing,  medicines,  nourishing  food, 
nurses,  wines,  and  other  stimulants  ;  (2)  Medical  Relief, 
including  physicians,  nurses,  nourishing  food,  and  medi- 
cines ;  (3)  Relief  in  Old  Age,  consisting  of  regular 
monthly  stipends  of  greater  or  less  amount,  according  to 
the  needs  of  the  family  ;  (4)  Intermittent  Relief,  to  all 
classes  of  the  Hebrew  needy,  including  money,  coal, 
furniture,  shoes,  and  clothing  ;  (5)  Transportation,  in- 
cluding free  and  partially  free  railway  and  steamship 
tickets  practically  to  all  points  of  America  and  Europe, 
when  the  applicant  is  able  to  convince  us  that 
his  condition  will  be  bettered  by  a  removal  from 
the  city ;  (6)  Board  and  Lodging  for  single  men  ; 
(7)  Tools  for  mechanics  who  have  lost  or  pawned  their 


nS 

own,  and  are  therefore  unable  to  gain  a  livelihood  ;  (8) 
Surgical  Appliances,  such  as  artificial  limbs,  crutches, 
trusses,  and  spectacles  ;  (9)  Stocks  of  Merchandise  for 
those  who  are  unable  to  gain  a  livelihood  except  in  trade  ; 
(10)  Burials  for  the  Dead,  including  coffin,  hearse,  one 
carriage,  and  grave. 

The  Society  also  maintains  an  Industrial  School  at  58 
St.  Mark's  Place,  where  young  girls  are  taught  all  sorts 

of  needle  work. 

NATHANIEL  S.  ROSENAU, 

Manager. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

SOCIETY  FOR  ETHICAL  CULTURE. 

109  WEST  54TH  STREET. 

The  United  Relief  Works  of  the  Society  for  Ethical 
Culture  consist  of  two  branches — one  educational,  the 
other  charitable.  The  educational  work  is  carried  on  in 
a  day  school  and  kindergarten  situated  at  109  West  54th 
Street.  The  special  feature  of  this  school  is  an  attempt 
to  carry  the  underlying  principle  of  the  kindergarten  up 
through  the  higher  stages  of  instruction  and  training. 
With  this  in  view,  manual  training,  art  instruction,  ele- 
mentary laboratory  work  in  science,  and  regular  moral 
instruction  have  been  introduced  in  addition  to  the 
ordinary  English  branches.  The  school  at  present  has 
350  pupils,  ranging  from  three  to  fifteen  years  of  age. 
It  is  hoped  to  develop  the  system  further  so  as  to  extend 
it  up  to  the  twenty-first  year. 

While  the  object  of  this  institution  is  educational,  and 
the  methods  pursued  applicable  to  children  of  all  classes, 
it  is  a  special  aim  of  the  school  to  aid  by  educational  means 
in  the  solution  of  what  is  called  the  "  Labor  question." 


The  charitable  work  of  the  Society  consists  chiefly  in 
sending  trained  nurses  into  the  homes  of  the  sick  poor. 
The  so-called  district  nursing  system,  first  adopted  in 
New  York  by  the  United  Relief  Works,  has  since  been 

introduced  in  many  other  cities. 

FELIX  ADLER. 
NEW  YORK, 

December,  1893. 

PENNY   PROVIDENT   FUND. 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICE,  105  EAST  220  STREET. 

The  Penny  Provident  Fund  in  New  York  City  was 
established  by  the  Charity  Organization  Society  in  1888, 
as  a  convenient  method  of  taking  care  of  small  sums  of 
money  for  the  poor  people  and  children  with  whom  it 
came  in  contact. 

Only  one  savings  bank  in  the  city  received  amounts 
less  than  one  dollar,  and  that  bank  seemed  to  discourage 
such  small  deposits.  The  Penny  Provident  Fund  under- 
took to  do  what  it  seemed  that  the  savings  banks  should 
do.  The  banks  insisted  that  the  expense  of  doing  busi- 
ness was  too  great.  The  Fund  has  answered  that 
objection  by  a  system  of  stamp  cards,  under  which  no 
book-keeping  is  necessitated.  A  special  stamp  repre- 
sents the  amount  of  the  deposit  and  serves  as  a  receipt 
when  affixed  to  one  of  the  little  squares  on  a  card. 
Deposits  are  withdrawn  by  presenting  the  stamped  card 
for  cancellation.  If  the  card  is  lost,  the  depositor  loses 
his  money,  but  such  cases  are  rare.  The  plan  in  use  is 
a  combination  of  the  English  postal  savings  system  and 
the  Baltimore  plan,  but  adapted  to  the  needs  of  New  York. 

Already  there  are  30,000  depositors,  $15,000  to  $20,000 
on  deposit,  and  more  than  200  places  where  these  stamps 


120 

are  sold.  The  money  is  deposited  in  the  Continental 
Trust  Company,  and  can  be  withdrawn  at  will.  No  in- 
terest is  allowed  to  depositors,  and  there  is  no  request 
for  it.  What  they  desire  is  safe  keeping  on  quick  call. 

Many  out-of-town  stations  for  the  sale  of  stamps  have 
been  opened.  Cancelled  cards  are  redeemed  when  re- 
ceived. The  American  Bank  Note  Company  makes  the 
stamps  in  denominations  of  one  cent,  three  cents,  five 
cents,  ten  cents,  twenty-five  cents,  fifty  cents,  and  one 
dollar,  in  bright  colors,  each  in  a  different  color. 

It  is  believed  that  little  of  this  money  would  have 
been  saved  except  for  the  Penny  Provident  Fund. 

When  a  depositor  has  saved  five  dollars  he  is  advised 
to  take  his  money  to  a  savings  bank,  where  it  may  earn 
interest.  Some  of  the  younger  savings  banks  are  selling 
these  stamps  in  order  to  encourage  regular  depositors 
from  Penny  Provident  beginners. 

OTTO  T.  BANNARD. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE  BARTHOLDI  CRECHE. 

WARD'S  ISLAND,  EAST  RIVER,  NEW  YORK. 

To  meet  the  needs  of  poor  children  and  their  mothers 
who  cannot  leave  their  homes  to  stay  over  night,  or  even 
all  day,  at  any  of  the  more  distant  fresh-air  resorts,  we 
erected  in  1886  a  large  tent  on  Bedloe's  Island,  and  each 
year  since  1887,  a  cottage  and  tent,  where  such  persons 
could  go  for  a  few  hours,  and  breathe  an  air  far  different 
from  that  which  prevails  in  the  tenement-house  districts. 

Since  1886,  about  20,000  mothers  and  children  have 
enjoyed  and  been  greatly  benefited  by  the  delightful  sail 
and  cool  breezes  of  the  island.  So  much  good  has  been  ac- 


121 

complished  during  the  last  five  years  that  the  institution 
has  been  incorporated  and  put  upon  a  permanent  basis. 

Permission  could  not  be  obtained  from  the  War  De- 
partment to  occupy  space  on  Bedloe's  Island  in  1891, 
but  more  spacious  accommodations  were  granted  in  that 
year  by  the  Commissioners  of  Emigration,  upon  Ward's 
Island,  and  in  1892  and  1893  by  the  Commissioners  of 
Charities  and  Correction  upon  Randall's  Island,  where 
abundant  shelter  and  shade  are  to  be  found,  and  where 
special  provision  is  made  for  the  care  and  comfort  of 
the  little  ones  and  their  mothers.  A  mother  may  take 
her  drooping  babe  at  an  hour's  notice,  and  reach  at  once 
the  shady  fields  and  pure  air,  when  the  delay  necessary 
to  reach  a  more  distant  point  might  be  fatal.  Excursion 
tickets  are  provided  to  Societies,  Churches,  etc.,  in- 
terested in  Fresh-Air  Charity,  and  by  them  issued  to 
mothers  and  others  who  are  proper  subjects  for  the  ben- 
efits of  the  Creche.  Tickets  are  also  to  be  had  at  any 
of  the  offices  of  the  Charity  Organization  Society. 

A  trained  nurse  and  helpers  are  in  constant  attend- 
ance ;  and  tea  and  pure  milk  are  for  sale  at  three  cents 
per  cup  or  glass,  or  tickets  therefor  are  sold  to  Churches 
and  Societies  at  $3  per  hundred.  Cots  and  hammocks 
are  also  supplied. 

CHARLES  D.  KELLOGG, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

TRIBUNE  FRESH-AIR  FUND. 

In  the  summer  of  1876,  the  Rev.  Willard  Parsons,  of 
Sherman,  Pa.,  conceived  the  idea  of  bringing  some  of 
the  poor  and  sick  city  children  to  the  country  for  the  en- 
joyment of  its  fresh  air  and  wholesome  food.  Early  in 


122 


June  of  the  following  year,  he  presented  the  matter  to 
his  people  in  Sherman,  and  found  them  quick  to  respond. 
On  July  19,  1877,  he  started  with  the  first  company  of 
poor  city  children — nine  boys  and  girls — for  a  two  weeks' 
stay  in  the  country  as  invited  guests, — not  as  boarders. 
This  party  was  followed  by  two  others,  sixty  in  all,  and 
thus  the  Fresh- Air  Enterprise  was  fairly  launched. 

The  following  year  (1878),  Mr.  Parsons  gave  up  his 
charge  in  Sherman,  and  has  ever  since  devoted  his  time 
exclusively  to  this  work  for  the  poor  city  children. 

The  TV.  K.  Evening  Post  took  up  the  work  and  carried 
it  on  for  four  years  under  his  management,  until,  in  1882, 
it  was  transferred  to  the  Tribune.  Under  the  auspices 
of  the  Tribune,  it  has  grown  rapidly,  and  far  beyond 
all  expectations. 

The  following  table  shows  the  remarkable  growth  of 
the  work  : 


Number  of 

Number  sent 

Total   number 

Average 

Year 

children  sent 

out  for  one 

of 

Expenditures. 

cost  per 

for  two  weeks. 

day. 

beneficiaries. 

capita. 

1877 

60 

60 

$187.62 

3-12 

1878 

1,077 

1,077 

2,980.29 

2.77 

1879 

2,400 

2,400 

6,5".54 

2.71 

1880 

2,5OO 

600 

3,100 

8,5I9-7I 

3-35 

1881 

3,2O3 

I,OOO 

4,203 

8,217.64 

2-54 

1882 

5,500 

5,5oo 

21,325.06 

2.85 

1883 

4,250 

5,700 

9,950 

14,908.67 

3-36 

1884 

6,253 

I,OOO 

7,253 

18,756.14 

3.00 

1885 

6,650 

6,073 

12,723 

19,863.95 

2.98 

1886 

8,336 

1,  600 

9,936 

24,092.09 

2.89 

1887 

7,748 

7,748 

22,783.85 

2.94 

1888 

IO,92O 

10,920 

25,636.64 

2.35 

1889 

10,352 

10,352 

24,978.29 

2.42 

1890 

11,193 

18,029 

29,222 

23,804.11 

2.12 

1891 

13.568 

22,088 

35,656 

28,068.28 

2.O7 

1892 

15,236 

25,560 

40,796 

27,925.51 

1.83 

1893 

13,846 

26,329 

40,175 

26,620.75 

1.92 

Totals. 

123,092 

107,979 

231,071 

305,180.14 

2.48 

I23 

During  the  seventeen  years  of  the  Fresh-Air  work, 
more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-three  thousand  chil- 
dren and  adults  have  been  sent  into  the  country  for  a 
fortnight's  vacation  at  a  cost  of  a  little  more  than 
$305.000.00, — an  average  cost  per  capita  of  $2.48. 

WILLARD  PARSONS. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE    WORKING    GIRLS'   VACATION 
SOCIETY. 

222  WEST  38TH  STREET. 

Up  to  1883,  when  this  Society  was  formed,  much  fresh- 
air  work  had  been  done  for  little  children  and  mothers, 
but  nothing  for  working  girls.  During  the  following 
summer  223  girls  were  boarded  in  six  farm-houses  in 
Connecticut  and  New  York.  Travelling  expenses  were 
paid  for  78  girls  who  could  not  otherwise  have  visited 
friends  in  the  country.  Several  hundred  day-excursion 
tickets  were  also  distributed. 

In  1885  the  Society  was  incorporated  that  it  might 
receive  a  cottage  at  Green's  Farms. 

The  work  of  the  Society  is  steadily  increasing,  accom- 
plishing this  past  summer  more  than  three  times  the 
work  of  the  first  year. 

The  Society  is  absolutely  unsectarian.  Its  purpose  is 
to  give  a  fortnight's  rest  in  the  country  to  any  worthy 
working  girl  who  shall  need  the  vacation  for  her  health. 
Four  women  physicians  give  their  time  on  certain  even- 
ings in  the  summer  to  meeting  the  girls  and  signing  their 
certificates.  Each  girl,  if  possible,  pays  the  nominal 
board  of  $1.50  a  week. 


124 

The  Society  is  supported  by  annual  fairs,  voluntary 
contributions,  membership  fees,  and  also  through  the 
help  of  many  girls'  schools  throughout  the  country. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

CHILDREN'S  AID  SOCIETY. 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

The  Children's  Aid  Society  was  organized  in  1853  by 
the  late  Charles  Loring  Brace  and  a  few  other  gentlemen, 
who  had  been  engaged  in  teaching  some  of  the  little 
Arabs  of  the  streets.  The  Society  was  incorporated  in 
1854,  "  for  the  education  of  the  poor,  by  gathering  chil- 
dren who  attend  no  school  into  its  Industrial  Schools, 
caring  and  providing  for  children  in  Lodging  Houses,  and 
procuring  homes  for  them  in  the  rural  districts  and  in 
the  West."  In  1892  35,659  children  were  cared  for,  of 
whom  nearly  3000  were  provided  with  homes.  As 
supplementary  to  its  work  it  maintains  :  The  East  Side 
Mission,  whose  work  is  to  distribute  flowers  daily  during 
the  summer  months  among  the  sick  and  poor  ;  Free 
Reading  Rooms  for  Young  Men,  at  219  Sullivan  Street 
and  in  each  of  the  Boys'  Lodging  Houses  ;  the  Health 
Home  at  West  Coney  Island,  comprising  cottages  and 
dormitories  where  mothers  with  sick  children  are  given 
an  outing  ;  the  Sick  Children's  Mission,  at  287  East 
Broadway,  with  a  staff  of  fourteen  physicians  and  four 
nurses,  who  visit  the  sick  poor  at  their  homes  and  supply 
free  medical  attendance,  medicine,  and  food  for  sick 
children,  of  whom  1500  are  treated  yearly  ;  a  Summer 
Home  at  Bath  Beach,  L.  I.,  where  over  4000  tenement- 
house  children  are  given  a  week's  outing  at  the  seaside 


'25 

each  year  ;  six  Lodging  Houses,  five  for  boys  and  one  for 
girls,  in  which,  during  1892,  over  6000  boys  and  girls 
were  fed  and  sheltered  ;  and  twenty-one  Industrial 
Schools  with  Kindergartens,  and  eleven  Night-Schools, 
in  which  12,000  children  were  taught  and  partly  fed  and 
clothed  during  1892.  One  of  the  Industrial  Schools  is 
located  in  each  of  the  Lodging  Houses  for  Boys,  and 
the  two  branches  of  the  work  are  very  closely  in- 
terwoven. The  Lodging  House  for  Girls  is  at  307 
East  1 2th  Street,  near  Second  Avenue.  Those  for  boys 
are  at  9  Duane  Street,  295  East  8th  Street,  287  East 
Broadway,  247  East  44th  Street,  and  at  201  West 
32d  Street.  Special  features  of  the  Girls'  Lodging 
House,  now  called  "  The  Elizabeth  Home  for  Girls," 
are  its  Dressmaking  Department,  Sewing-Machine  and 
Type-Writing  Schools,  and  Laundry.  The  instruction 
in  all  branches  is  free.  The  Children's  Aid  Society  has 
found  homes  and  employment  and  sent  to  friends  85,000 
poor  children,  many  of  whom  are  now  educated  and  in- 
fluential men  and  women.  They  become  adopted  chil- 
dren of  the  farmers,  and  are  loved  and  cared  for  and 
educated.  The  latest  adjunct  to  the  Society  is  a  125- 
acre  farm  located  at  Kensico,  Westchester  County,  New 
York  (a  point  on  the  New  York  and  Harlem  Railroad 
about  thirty  miles  from  the  city),  where  it  is  proposed  to 
operate  a  "  Farm  Training  School  "  for  the  primary  and 
brief  education  of  the  large  street  boys  in  agriculture, 
preparatory  to  their  being  provided  with  places  in  the 
country.  All  the  different  branches  of  the  Society's 
work  are  dependent  upon  the  contributions  of  the  pub- 
lic. The  Industrial  Schools  need  volunteer  teachers, 
and  ladies  desiring  to  visit  and  aid  these  excellent 
branches  of  the  Society  will  find  their  names  and  ad- 
dresses as  follows  : 


126 


INDUSTRIAL    SCHOOLS. 


SCHOOL. 

ASTOR  MEMORIAL, 
AVENUE  B, 
DUANE  STREET, 
EAST  RIVER, 
EAST  SIDE, 
BEACH  STREET, 
520  STREET, 
GERMAN, 
HENRIETTA, 
ITALIAN, 

JONES  MEMORIAL, 
LORD  MEMORIAL, 
PHELPS, 
PIKE  STREET, 
RHINELANDER, 
SIXTH  STREET, 
SIXTY-FOURTH  ST., 
SULLIVAN  ST., 
TOMPKINS  SQUARE, 
WEST  SIDE, 
WEST  SIDE  ITALIAN, 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 


RESIDENCE. 

256  Mott  St. 
533  East  i6th  St. 
9  Duane  St. 
247  East  44th  St. 


PklNCIPAL. 

Miss  H.  E.  STEVENS. 
Miss  J.  A.  ANDREWS. 
Mrs.  S.  A.  SEYMOUR. 
Mrs.  1..  B.  BRIANT.  ' 


287  East  Broadway.  Miss  A.  M.  HILL. 
36  Beach  St.  Miss  M.  G.  SATTERIE. 

573  West  52d  St.      Miss  E.  R.  BISHOP. 
272  Second  St.          Miss  E.  ROBERTSON, 
215  East  2ist  St.      Miss  A.  W.  STRATHKRN. 
156  Leonard  St.       Mrs.  A.  VAN  RHYN. 
407  East  73d  St.        Miss  E.  WELLS. 
173  Rivington  St.     Miss  A.  JOHNSON. 
314  East  35th  St.      Miss  B.  M.  SCHLEGEL. 
28  Pike  St.  Miss  I.  K.  HOOK. 

350  East  88th  St.      Miss  M.  P.  PASCAL. 
630  Sixth  St.  Miss  K.  A.  HOOK. 

207  West  64th  St.     Mrs.  E.  O.  MEEKER. 
219  Sullivan  St.         Mrs.  C.  A.  FORMAN. 
295  Eighth  St.          Miss  I.  ALBURTUS. 
201  West  32d  St.      Miss  E.  HAIGHT. 
24  Sullivan  St.         Mrs.  E.  T.  ALLEYN, 
CHARLES  LORING  BRACE, 

Secretary. 


February,  1894. 

FIVE  POINTS  HOUSE  OF  INDUSTRY. 

T55  WORTH  STREET. 

The  Five  Points  House  of  Industry  was  founded  in 
1850,  by  the  Rev.  L.  M.  Pease,  with  the  design  of  pro- 
viding shelter  and  employment  for  the  poor  at  the  Five 
Points. 

At  first  its  labors  were  among  the  adult  population, 
furnishing  work  and  a  home  to  such  of  the  wretched 
women  as  really  desired  to  abandon  their  lives  of  guilt. 
There  were  soon  added  to  it  the  features  of  a  day-school 


127 

and  asylum  for  the  shelter  of  children.  From  a  little 
household  of  thirty  to  forty  women  in  1850  the  House 
o'f  Industry  has  grown  to  its  present  proportions,  little 
by  little,  as  a  necessity  for  its  enlargement  has  seemed  to 
demand,  until,  at  the  present  time,  there  are  gathered 
under  .its  roof  more  than  four  hundred  adults  and  chil- 
dren daily.  It  receives  women  who  desire  situations  as 
servants,  giving  them  shelter  until  employment  is  found, 
they,  meanwhile,  doing  the  work  of  the  institution.  It 
provides  a  temporary  home  for  children  who  are  orphans 
or  whose  parents  are  unable  to  care  for  them.  It  offers 
a  cheap  boarding-place  for  the  children  of  such  as  are 
able  to  partially  support  their  children  but  who  must 
break  up  their  home,  living  at  service,  to  earn  the  money 
to  pay  their  way.  It  admits  children  whose  parents  are 
sick  and  must  go  to  hospital,  and  keeps  such  until  the 
patients  have  recovered.  It  offers  the  advantages  of  the 
day-school  to  all  the  children  of  the  neighborhood,  and 
gives  such  as  are  needy  food  and  clothing.  It  maintains, 
in  a  building  newly  erected  for  the  purpose,  an  Infirmary 
and  Free  Dispensary  for  the  benefit  of  children  and 
adults  of  the  Five  Points.  Visitors  are  welcomed  on 
any  day. 

The  average  cost  of  maintaining  the  Institution  is 
about  one  hundred  dollars  per  day,  and  for  this  sum  the 
House  is  partly  dependent  upon  voluntary  contributions. 

During  its  existence  more  than  forty-three  thousand 
children  have  been  in  its  school,  and  there  have  been 
twenty-eight  thousand  inmates. 

WM.  BARNARD, 

Superintendent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


128 

SISTER   IRENE'S   HOME,  OR  THE  NEW 
YORK   FOUNDLING   HOSPITAL. 

SIXTY-EIGHTH  STREET,  BETWEEN  THIRD  AND  LEXING- 
TON AVENUES. 

The  need  of  a  New  York  Foundling  Asylum  was  de- 
veloped in  the  experience  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity,  who, 
for  a  period  of  years  prior  to  its  foundation,  had  pene- 
trated the  deplorable  misery  of  this  great  city's  depraved, 
and  had  come  in  daily,  personal  contact  with  the  pitiable 
members  of  suffering  humanity.  The  untold  wretched- 
ness of  the  new-born  babe  being  ushered  into  this  cold 
world  of  sin  to  depart  from  it  as  soon  as  born,  having 
been  brought  very  frequently  to  the  Sisters'  notice,  led 
to  the  foundation  and  incorporation  of  "  The  Foundling 
Asylum  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity  in  the  City  of  New 
York."  Its  purpose  was  to  receive  and  care  for  de- 
serted children  and  foundlings.  At  present  there  are 
five  departments — the  reception  and  care  of  the  infant, 
the  reception  and  care  of  homeless  and  needy  mothers, 
the  maternity  department,  the  out-door  department,  the 
indenturing  or  adoption  of  the  children. 

During  the  twenty-four  years  of  its  existence,  it  has 
received  and  provided  for  24,331  infants,  upwards  of 
8000  needy  and  homeless  mothers,  with  their  children, 
and  2150  mothers  during  their  confinement.  About 
8000  little  ones  were  placed  in  permanent  homes  before 
being  of  an  age  to  understand  their  origin,  and  hundreds 
of  mothers  provided  with  respectable  positions  in  esti- 
mable families.  An  out-door  department  gives  occupa- 
tion to  1 100  respectable  married  women  annually.  A 
day  nursery,  with  an  average  attendance  of  60  children, 
is  also  an  outgrowth  of  this  great  work. 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  SISTER  M.  IRENE, 

December,  1893.  Directress, 


129 
VIRGINIA  DAY  NURSERY. 

632  EAST  STH  STREET. 


Virginia  Day  Nursery,  which  is  under  the  auspices  of 
the  City  Mission,  was  organized  in  February,  1879,  and 
started  in  a  few  rooms  at  251  East  Houston  Street. 

The  idea  was  the  same  as  that  of  the  Creche  in  France, 
viz.,  the  care  of  children  of  women  obliged  to  work,  for 
the  nominal  sum  of  five  cents  a  day. 

Virginia  Day  Nursery  stands  now  in  most  respects  as 
the  model  for  nursery  work.  It  takes  care  of  a  larger 
number  of  children  at  a  smaller  cost  per  capita  (less  than 
twenty-five  cents)  than  any  other  similar  institution  in 
the  city.  The  number  of  infants  admitted  is  limited 
only  by  the  lack  of  room,  as  they  are  kept  separate  from 
the  older  children.  The  great  need  at  present  is  a  larger 
building,  exclusively  for  the  care  of  young  babies. 

In  the  kindergarten  department,  the  experiment  of 
having  a  resident  kindergartener  has  been  tried  with 
gratifying  results. 

Virginia  Day  Nursery  undertook  to  represent  Day 
Nursery  methods  during  the  second  half  of  the  Creche 
exhibit  at  the  World's  Fair.  The  total  number  of  chil- 
dren cared  for  in  the  three  months  was  seven  thousand, 
and  among  that  large  number  no  accident  of  any  kind 
occurred,  and  only  one  child  was  left  unclaimed.  The 
checking  system,  of  which  so  much  has  been  said,  was 
only  adopted  there  because  necessary  with  transient 
children,  but  it  is  not  recommended  for  use  in  ordinary 
day  nursery  work. 

MRS.  A.  M.  DODGE. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,   1894. 


130 
THE   DAY  NURSERIES   IN   NEW  YORK. 

Ahawath  Chesed  Sisterhood  of  Personal  Service. . .  .71  East  3d  Street 

Bethany  Day  Nursery 447  East  57th  Street 

Beth- El  Society  of  Personal  Service 355  East  62d  Street 

Bethlehem  Day  Nursery  of  the  Church  of  the  Incarnation, 

249  East  soth  Street 

Children's  Charitable  Union 70  Avenue  D 

Ecole  Fran9aise  Gratuite  et  Salle  d'Asile, 

69  South  Washington  Square 

Emanu-El  Sisterhood  for  Personal  Service 159  East  74th  Street 

Grace  House  Day  Nursery  and  Creche 94  Fourth  Avenue 

Neighborhood  Guild 146  Forsyth  Street 

New  York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society,  Jewell  Day  Nursery, 

20  Macdougal  Street 
New  York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society,  Memorial  Day  Nursery, 

275  East  Broadway 
New  York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society,  Virginia  Day  Nursery, 

632  East  5th  Street 

Riverside 121  West  63d  Street 

St.  Agnes'  Day  Nursery  of  the  Church  of  the  Ascension, 

7  Charles  Street 

St.  Barnabas'  House 304  Mulberry  Street 

St.  John's  Day  Nursery 223  East  6?th  Street 

St.  John's  P.  E.  Church  Day  Nursery Varick,  near  Beach  Street 

St.  Joseph's  Day  Nursery  of  the  City  of  New  York, 

473  West  57th  Street 

St.  Patrick's  Day  Nursery Mott  and  Prince  Streets 

St.  Thomas'   "         "         231  East  57th  Street 

Salle  d'Asile  et  Ecole  Primaire  des  Societies  Fran9aises, 

2  South  Fifth  Avenue 

Silver  Cross  Day  Nursery 2249  Second  Avenue 

Sunnyside  Day  Nursery,  51  Prospect  Place,   between  42d  and  43d 
Streets,  First  and  Second  Avenues. 

Wayside  Day  Nursery 216  East  2Oth  Street 

West  Side  Day  Nursery 266  West  4oth  Street 

Wilson  Industrial  School  and  Day  Nursery 125  St.  Mark's  Place 


ST.  JOHN'S  GUILD. 

501  FIFTH  AVENUE. 

St.  John's  Guild,  incorporated  in  1877,  is  a  non- 
sectarian  society  for  the  care,  treatment,  and  relief  of 
sick  children. 

The  equipment  owned  by  St.  John's  Guild  for  this 
special  feature  of  charitable  work  consists  of  the  "  Float- 
ing Hospital,"  carrying  1400  children  and  mothers,  and 
the  "  Sea-Side  Hospital  "  for  children  at  New  Dorp, 
Staten  Island,  where  three  hundred  patients  have  been 
under  care  at  one  time  ;  in  addition  to  which  a  "  Chil- 
dren's City  Hospital  "  is  operated  in  two  hired  buildings 
at  Nos.  155  and  157  West  6ist  Street,  and  "Special 
Relief  to  Sick  Children  "  in  their  homes  is  administered 
through  the  daily  labors  of  a  Visiting  Nurse. 

The  "  Floating  "  and  "  Sea-Side  Hospitals  "  are  in 
operation  only  during  the  summer  months,  and  thou- 
sands of  lives  are  saved  by  their  ministrations. 

The  Health  Department,  all  hospitals,  dispensaries, 
and  charitable  societies,  and  every  physician  whose  ad- 
dress can  be  obtained  are  freely  supplied  with  tickets  of 
admission,  which,  being  signed  by  a  physician,  will  admit 
any  sick  child  (irrespective  of  race,  creed,  or  color), 
provided  only  that  the  ailment  is  non-contagious.  More 
than  three  hundred  channels  of  distribution  of  these 
tickets  were  used  during  the  summer  of  1893. 

Six  trips  per  week  of  the  "  Floating  Hospital "  are 
made  from  piers  nearest  adjacent  to  the  most  thickly 
populated  portions  of  the  city,  each  trip  comprising 
twenty-six  miles  of  sail  in  the  salt  air  of  New  York 
Harbor.  Two  doctors,  a  corps  of  trained  nurses,  a 
matron,  and  assistants  accompany  each  trip,  and  skilful 
treatment  and  kindly  care  are  extended  to  all.  Special 


wards  are  equipped  for  the  extremely  sick,  a  warm  mid- 
day meal  is  provided  for  all,  and  a  salt-water  bath-room, 
supervised  by  two  trained  nurses  and  two  assistants,  ar- 
ranged with  thirty-one  tub-  and  spray-baths,  was  used  in 
the  summer  of  1893  by  10,177  women  and  children. 

The  "  Sea-Side  Hospital  "  receives  the  most  severe 
cases,  needing  longer  continuous  care  than  is  pos- 
sible on  the  "  Floating  Hospital."  Resident  physicians 
and  nurses,  with  matron  and  needed  staff,  furnish  all 
possible  care  to  patients  until  cured  ;  the  average  stay 
being  about  nine  days.  Good  food,  salt  air,  and  surf- 
bathing  join  with  skilful  treatment  to  save  lives  by 
hundreds. 

The  "  Children's  City  Hospital  "  is  open  the  entire 
year,  and  always  gladly  receives  any  sick  child,  between 
the  ages  of  three  and  fifteen,  for  medical  or  surgical  care 
and  treatment.  Any  society,  doctor,  or  charitable 
agency  knowing  of  a  child  needing  the  care  of  this  hos- 
pital is  requested  to  so  inform  the  Guild. 

A  new  department,  known  as  the  "  Relief  for  Sick 
Children,"  has  been  inaugurated  during  the  past  six 
months.  Any  person  or  society  knowing  of  the  illness 
or  injury  of  a  child  needing  care  is  requested  to  inform 
the  Guild  ;  a  "  Visiting  Nurse  "  will  promptly  visit  the 
family,  and  either  minister  to  the  child  at  home  or  arrange 
for  admission  to  the  "  City  Hospital." 

The  scope  of  this  work  is  on  the  broadest  possible 
lines  of  beneficent  and  uplifting  thought  for  the  sick, 
ignorant,  and  unfortunate  of  the  city's  population.  The 
Guild  has  no  endowments,  and  is  supported  entirely 
by  the  contributions  of  a  sympathetic  public. 

JOHN  P.  FAURE, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


133 

A  COLLEGE  COURSE  IN  APPLIED 
CHRISTIANITY. 

A  new  department  of  Applied  Christianity  has  been 
introduced  at  Iowa  College  under  the  direction  of  Dr. 
George  D.  Herron. 

The  work  for  the  current  year  will  be  as  follows  : 
Thirty  lectures  on  the  Philosophy  of  Christianity  ;  sixty 
lectures  on  the  Literature  and  Organization  of  Christian- 
ity ;  one  hundred  lectures  on  Christian  Sociology.  In 
addition  there  will  be  carried  on  carefully  prepared 
courses  of  reading,  and  Dr.  Herron  will  set  apart  an 
hour  a  day  for  special  conference  with  individual 
students. 

Any  ministers  of  any  denomination  who  desire  to 
avail  themselves  of  any  part  of  this  work  will  be  welcome 
without  charge  of  tuition  to  any  service  which  the  col- 
lege can  render.  Special  facilities  for  conference  and 
suggestion  of  reading  with  Dr.  Herron  will  be  granted. 

If  any  desire  to  do  additional  work  along  lines  of 
Political  Economy,  History,  Literature,  or  any  science, 
any  department  of  the  college  is  open  to  such  without 
charge. 

GEORGE  A.  GATES, 

President. 
GRINNELL,  IOWA, 
September,  1893. 

DEPARTMENT    OF    CHRISTIAN 
SOCIOLOGY. 

The  Chicago  Theological  Seminary  of  the  Congrega- 
tional churches  is  the  first  institution  of  its  kind  to  es- 
tablish an  entire  department  exclusively  devoted  to 
Sociological  teaching  and  training.  In  1890  an  instructor 


134 

was  appointed  and  practical  work  begun,  and  in  1892 
the  full  professorship  of  Christian  Sociology  was  created 
and  filled  by  the  election  of  Professor  Graham  Taylor  to 
its  chair.  The  course  is  conducted  largely  on  the  induc- 
tive method  and  the  Seminar  plan,  requiring  of  the  stu- 
dents original  observation  and  research  among  first 
sources  of  information,  both  in  life  and  literature.  The 
courses  in  Social  Economics  include  such  branches  as 
the  economics  of  labor,  of  municipal  administration  and 
reform,  of  public  relief  and  private  charity,  of  penal, 
reformatory,  and  restorative  agencies  and  institutions  ; 
of  the  family,  and  of  the  pedagogical,  evangelistic,  and 
social  work  of  the  Church.  The  instruction  in  these 
topics  involves  personal  observation  of  or  co-operation 
with  the  practical  efforts  being  made  along  such  specific 
lines  in  and  about  Chicago. 

Under  General  Sociology  are  treated  the  province, 
relations,  and  psychological  basis  of  the  Science,  its  his- 
torical and  Biblical  development,  the  genesis  and  inter- 
relationship of  the  social  structures  in  the  kingdom  of 
God,  and  the  practical  application  of  Sociological  prin- 
ciples in  Christian  life  and  work. 

GRAHAM  TAYLOR. 

CHICAGO, 

February,  1894. 

THE  AMITY  COFFEE-ROOM. 

725  ELEVENTH  AVENUE. 

This  room  was  opened  in  March,  1893,  in  connection 
with  the  Amity  Baptist  Church,  with  the  object  of  pro- 
viding a  pleasant  place  where  girls  working  in  the 
neighboring  factories  might  take  their  lunch  and  breathe, 
at  least  during  their  noon  hour,  a  different  physical, 


mental,  and  moral  atmosphere  from  that  of  the  places 
where  they  are  employed  or  in  their  homes.  The  coffee- 
room  is  open  from  twelve  to  one  o'clock.  After  the 
girls  gather,  a  ten-minute  Gospel  meeting  is  held,  after 
which  luncheon  is  served,  a  nominal  price  being  charged 
for  coffee,  tea,  sandwiches,  and  rolls.  The  remainder 
of  the  hour  is  occupied  in  singing,  talking  to  the  girls  on 
various  practical  subjects,  or  in  any  way  deemed  advisa- 
ble by  the  worker  in  charge  for  the  day.  Those  working 
in  connection  with  the  coffee-room  are  anxious  to  win  the 
confidence  of  the  gi.rls  by  coming  into  personal  contact 
with  them.  This  end  has  been  gained  in  a  number  of  in- 
stances in  a  very  gratifying  manner.  Through  the  sum- 
mer short  excursions  were  taken  with  the  girls,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  arrangements  can  be  made  to  have  several 
illustrated  lectures  given  at  the  Coffee-Room  for  them 
during  the  winter  months. 

MRS.  MORNAY  WILLIAMS. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE    AMERICAN    INSTITUTE    OF 
CHRISTIAN  SOCIOLOGY. 

The  American  Institute  c-:  Christian  Sociology  was 
founded  at  Chautauqua,  July  20,  1893.  Its  purpose  is 
twofold  :  First,  to  endeavor  to  ascertain  the  truth  in 
regard  to  the  social  questions  of  the  time,  and  second, 
to  endeavor  to  apply  the  truth  practically.  The  Institute 
hopes  directly  and  indirectly  to  promote  the  pursuit  of 
knowledge,  and  thus  to  add  to  the  sum  total  of  our 
knowledge,  and  it  desires  to  bring  our  social  life,  as  well 
as  our  individual  life,  into  harmony  with  the  teachings 
of  Christ. 


136 

This  may  seem  a  very  simple  matter  to  those  who 
have  not  given  it  serious  attention  ;  but  it  is  in  reality 
extremely  difficult.  Christianity,  it  has  been  well  said, 
does  not  make  a  hard  problem  an  easy  one,  and  the  social 
problems  of  our  day  are  most  complicated.  Doubtless 
it  is  intended  that  we  shall  bring  all  the  powers  which 
we  have  to  bear  upon  the  social  problems  of  our  own 
time.  Have  not  all  our  mental  and  physical  gifts  been 
bestowed  upon  us  for  use  ?  Can  we  complain  if,  failing 
to  use  these  powers,  we  do  not  make  the  progress  which 
we  desire  ?  It  is  no  use  to  say  that  C,  hrist  is  the  solution 
of  the  labor  problem,  or  any  other  social  problem,  if  we 
do  not  endeavor  to  ascertain  exactly  what  that  means  in 
all  its  details.  Such  vague  assertions  are  often  used  as 
excuses  for  indolence  and  unwillingness  to  concern  one's 
self  seriously  with  the  welfare  of  our  fellow-men. 

Thoughts  like  these  animated  those  who  established 
the  American  Institute  of  Christian  Sociology.  It  is 
planned  to  carry  out  the  objects  of  the  Institute  by  pub- 
lications, by  lectures  and  addresses,  by  the  establishment 
of  libraries,  professorships,  etc.,  and  especially  by  the 
formation  of  local  institutes  following  prescribed  courses 
of  study.  It  is  proposed  to  hold  at  least  one  general 
meeting  in  each  year,  and  the  annual  meeting  in  1894 
will  be  held  in  Chautauqua.  There  will  be  a  gathering 
of  the  Society  also  at  Grinnell,  Iowa,  in  the  same  summer. 
The  objects  of  the  Society,  as  stated  in  the  constitution, 
are  : 

1.  To  claim  for  the  Christian  law  the  ultimate  authority 
to  rule  social  practice. 

2.  To  study  in  common  how  to  apply  the  principles  of 
Christianity  to  the  social  and  economic  difficulties  of  the 
present  time. 

3.  To  present  Christ  as  the  Living  Master  and  King 


137 

of  Men,  and  his  kingdom  as  the  complete  ideal  of  human 
society,  to  be  realized  on  earth. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Institute  is  Prof.  John  R.  Com- 
mons, University  of  Indiana,  Bloomington,  Ind.,  to  whom 
all  inquiries  should  be  sent. 

RICHARD  T.  ELY, 

President. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  WISCONSIN, 
November,  1893. 

THE  BROTHERHOOD  OF  ANDREW  AND 
PHILIP. 

The  Brotherhood  of  Andrew  and  Philip  is  a  young 
men's  organization  in  the  local  church  or  congregation. 
May  4,  1888,  the  first  chapter  was  organized  by  the  Rev. 
Rufus  W.  Miller,  then  one  of  the  pastors  of  the  Second 
Reformed  Church,  Reading,  Pa. 

The  Brotherhood  is  both  denominational  and  inter- 
denominational. Six  denominations  are  already  repre- 
sented in  its  list  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  regularly 
enrolled  chapters,  namely,  the  two  branches  of  the 
Reformed  Church,  the  Northern  and  Southern  Presby- 
terian, the  Congregational,  and  the  Methodist  Protestant. 
Chapters  are  also  found  in  the  Baptist  and  Methodist 
churches.  Each  denomination  has  its  own  Brother- 
hood made  up  of  the  chapters  within  its  own  body.  It 
is  intended  that  these  shall  meet  in  convention  every 
second  year.  There  is  also  a  union  of  all  the  chapters 
of  the  Brotherhood  which  holds  a  convention  each  alter- 
nate year,  and  is  represented  between  the  conventions  by 
a  Federal  Council,  whose  members  are  drawn  from  all 
the  denominations  which  have  chapters.  No  chapter  can 
be  organized  without  the  consent  of  the  pastors  or 
officials  in  charge  of  a  congregation. 


'38 

The  Brotherhood  is  flexible  in  its  working.  In  one 
congregation  the  most  of  its  energy  is  expended  upon  a 
young  men's  Bible  class  ;  in  another,  on  a  Mission 
Sunday-school  or  rescue  work  ;  in  a  third,  on  a  men's 
prayer-meeting,  and  in  a  fourth,  it  takes  charge  of  the 
ushering  of  the  church. 

The  sole  object  of  the  Brotherhood  of  Andrew  and 
Philip  is  the  spread  of  Christ's  kingdom  among  young 
men. 

The  rules  of  the  Brotherhood  are  two — the  Rule  of 
Prayer  and  the  Rule  of  Service.  The  Brotherhood  Star 
is  the  organ  of  the  order. 

RUFUS  W.  MILLER, 

President. 

HUMMELSTOWN,  PA.,  February,  1894. 


THE  LOCAL  UNION  OF  THE  BROTHER- 
HOOD FOR  NEW  YORK  CITY. 

29TH  STREET  AND  FIFTH  AVENUE. 

The  Local  Union  of  the  Brotherhood  of  Andrew  and 
Philip  of  New  York  and  vicinity  consists  of  some  fifteen 
chapters,  in  New  York,  Newark,  Brooklyn,  Newtown, 
Weehawken,  and  Rutherford.  The  president  is  the  Rev. 
Edward  B.  Coe,  D.D.  ;  the  secretary,  Rev.  Alfred  E. 
Myers  (3  West  2pth  Street)  ;  assistant  secretary,  Mr.  E. 
D.  Reed  ;  treasurer,  Mr.  W.  J.  Johnston.  Under  the 
auspices  of  the  Union  the  first  Federal  Convention  was 
held  at  the  Collegiate  Reformed  (Dutch)  Church,  Fifth 
Avenue  and  291)1  Street,  November  2  and  3,  1893.  The 
Union  holds  occasional  public  meetings  for  mutual  sug- 
gestion and  quickening,  and  for  the  extension  of  the 
Brotherhood.  The  chapters  constituting  the  Union  are 


139 

represented  in  a  Local  Council,  which  is  the  governing 
body,  and  meets  about  six  times  each  year. 

ALFRED  E.  MYERS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 


THE   BROTHERHOOD  OF  THE 
KINGDOM. 

312  WEST  54TH  STREET. 

The  Spirit  of  God  is  moving  men  in  our  generation 
toward  a  better  understanding  of  the  Kingdom  of  God 
on  earth.  To  make  a  first-hand  study  of  the  Gospel  of 
the  Kingdom,  to  study  our  age  and  its  needs,  to  apply 
the  principles  of  the  Gospel  to  the  thought  and  life  of 
to-day,  and  thus  to  re-establish  the  idea  of  the  Kingdom 
of  God  in  the  thought  of  Christians,  and  to  assist  in  its 
practical  realization  in  the  world,  are  the  basic  ideas  of 
the  Brotherhood  of  the  Kingdom. 

Among  the  aims  of  the  Brotherhood  and  the  duties  of 
members  may  be  mentioned  these  : 

Each  member  shall  lay  special  stress  on  the  social 
aims  of  Christianity,  and  shall  endeavor  to  make  Christ's 
teachings  concerning  wealth,  operative  in  the  church. 

He  shall,  on  the  other  hand,  take  pains  to  keep  in 
touch  with  the  common  people,  and  to  infuse  the  re- 
ligious spirit  into  efforts  for  social  amelioration. 

In  the  idea  of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  it  is  believed,  are 
embraced  in  one  great  synthesis  the  regeneration  of  the 
spirit,  the  reform  of  the  political  and  social  life  of  the 
world,  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  church  unity, — in 
fact,  all  that  concerns  the  redemption  of  humanity  and 
the  renewal  of  the  world  in  holiness. 


140 

No  sectarian  or  theological  tests  are  required  of  mem- 
bers. The  only  qualifications  for  membership  are  :  The 
aim  to  exemplify  in  one's  personal  life  obedience  to  the 
ethics  of  Jesus,  and  general  harmony  with  the  aims  of 
the  Brotherhood.  The  Brotherhood  invites  to  member- 
ship all  who  are  in  sympathy  with  these  aims  and  en- 
deavors. 

The  Brotherhood  has  an  Executive  Committee  of  five, 
with  power  to  manage  all  ordinary  business.  The  only 
officer  is  the  secretary,  who  is  also  the  treasurer.  The 
annual  dues  are  $2,  and  all  funds  remaining  over  and 
above  the  necessary  expenses  are  to  be  employed  in  the 
publication  and  distribution  of  literature. 

SAMUEL  Z.  BATTEN, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

BROTHERHOOD  OF  ST.  ANDREW. 

The  first  Chapter  of  the  Brotherhood  of  St.  Andrew 
was  organized  November  30,  1883,  in  St.  James'  Church, 
Chicago.  The  success  of  its  work  led  other  parishes  to 
take  it  up,  and  presently  there  were  organizations  work- 
ing on  its  lines  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  These  feder- 
ated in  1886  under  a  very  simple  constitution,  and  the 
Brotherhood  as  an  order  in  the  Episcopal  Church  came 
into  being.  Since  that  time  the  growth  of  the  order  has 
been  steady  and  rapid,  and  there  are  now  nearly  one 
thousand  chapters  and  eleven  thousand  members  in  the 
United  States.  Meanwhile,  the  young  men  of  the  Epis- 
copal Church  in  Canada,  Scotland,  Australia,  and 
England  have  taken  the  matter  up,  and  there  are  now 
about  two  hundred  chapters,  and  perhaps  two  thousand 
members  federated  under  National  Councils  in  those 


lands.  A  few  chapters  also  exist  in  the  American  and 
English  missions  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  in  South 
America,  and  elsewhere,  so  that  it  may  be  said  that  the 
Brotherhood  circles  the  world. 

The  sole  object  of  the  Brotherhood  of  St.  Andrew  is 
the  spread  of  Christ's  Kingdom  among  young  men  by 
procuring  their  enlistment  one  by  one  in  that  Kingdom. 
Its  method  is  by  the  personal  influence  of  one  man  upon 
another  to  bring  him  to  hear  and  consider  the  calling  of 
Christ  as  set  forth  by  the  Church  in  the  preaching  of 
Christ's  message  and  teaching  of  God's  Word. 

In  carrying  out  this  plan  the  Brotherhood  has  been 
obliged  to  face  two  conditions  :  The  condition  of  young 
men,  and  the  condition  of  the  Church  which  calls  them. 

The  first  consideration,  the  condition  of  young  men, 
has  led  the  Brotherhood  to  develop  many  kinds  of  work 
to  help  them  to  get  out  of  bad  habits  and  surroundings  ; 
to  antidote  the  spirit  of  covetousness,  of  lust  and  of 
worldliness  which  rules  almost  supreme  among  them,  and 
to  bring  them  to  the  Church.  To  these  ends  the  Brother- 
hood has  sent  its  men  out  to  visit  and  make  friends  with 
young  men  at  their  homes,  at  hotels,  and  elsewhere,  seek- 
ing to  establish  friendships  which  shall  give  the  chance 
for  personal  influence  for  good.  Reading-rooms, 
gymnasiums,  Bible  classes,  and  meetings  of  various  sorts 
have  been  established  ;  the  study  of  social  questions  has 
been  encouraged  ;  experiments  in  the  way  of  social  set- 
tlements have  been  tried  in  a  quiet  way,  and  we  are 
looking  to  the  establishment  of  "  Brotherhood  Houses" 
for  men  who  live  in  community  and  give  their  spare  time 
to  the  uplifting  of  their  fellow-men.  The  Boys'  Depart- 
ment is  taking  hold  of  our  Church  boys,  to  hold  them 
steady  in  faith  and  helpfulness,  and  it,  together  with  con- 
certed work  among  college  students,  will  fill  out  the 


142 

period  between  childhood  and  the  beginning  of  a  man's 
work  in  the  world.  All  these  expedients  have  been 
deemed  secondary  to  the  Brotherhood  man's  first  duty, 
which  is  to  live  a  life  which  shall  witness  to  Christ  and 
His  Kingdom  to  every  man  who  comes  in  contact  with  it. 
The  development  of  a  sturdy  type  of  Christian  manhood 
has  been  the  most  encouraging  mark  of  the  decade. 

A  consideration  of  the  condition  of  the  Church  has  led 
the  Brotherhood  to  welcome  strangers  to  the  Church 
services.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  ten  years  ago 
the  Episcopal  Church  had  the  reputation  of  being  cold, 
formal,  and  inhospitable,  and  that  now  its  reputation  is 
exactly  the  reverse. 

The  Brotherhood  has  come,  during  the  past  ten  years, 
to  stand  for  the  abolition  of  caste  and  privilege  in  the 
Church  ;  for  Church  doors  open  every  day  in  the  year  ; 
for  free  pews,  multiplied  services,  frequent  celebrations 
of  the  Holy  Communion,  and  the  preaching  of  the  Gos- 
pel of  Jesus  Christ  to  every  one. 

JAMES  S.  HOUGHTELING. 
CHICAGO,  January,  1894. 

THE  CHURCH  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE 
ADVANCEMENT  OF  THE  INTER- 
ESTS OF  LABOR. 

481    HUDSON   STREET. 

This  Society,  commonly  known  as  "  C.  A.  I.  L.,"  was 
founded,  in  1887,  by  priests  and  laymen,  when  the 
Right  Rev.  Frederick  Dan  Huntington,  S.T.D.,  Bishop 
of  Central  New  York,  was  elected  president.  It  was 
felt  that  the  Church  should  take  active  measures  to  show 
her  sympathy  with  the  laboring  classes  in  their  struggle 
for  justice,  and  C.  A.  I.  L.  grew  out  of  a  desire  to  carry 


143 

this  sympathy  into  effect.  Its  object  is  "  the  advance- 
ment of  the  interests  of  labor  by  the  application  of  the 
principles  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,"  and  its  five 
principles  follow  : 

1.  It   is   of  the   essence   of    the   teachings  of    Jesus 
Christ,   that   GOD   is  the   Father    of  all  men,  and  that 
all  men  are  brothers. 

2.  GOD  is  the  sole  possessor  of  the  earth  and  its  ful- 
ness ;  man  is  but  the  steward  of  GOD'S  bounties. 

3.  Labor  being  the  exercise  of  body,  mind,  and  spirit 
in  the  broadening  and  elevating  of  human  life,  it  is  the 
duty  of  every  man  to  labor  diligently. 

4.  Labor,  as  thus  defined,  should  be  the  standard  of 
social  worth. 

5.  When  the  divinely  intended  opportunity  to  labor  is 
given  to  all  men,  one  great  cause  of  the  present  wide- 
spread suffering  and  destitution  will  be  removed. 

The  Association  works  by  sermons,  prayer,  corporate 
communion,  lectures,  distribution  of  literature,  political 
action,  and  co-operation  with  other  societies.  It  is  con- 
fined in  membership  to  communicants  of  the  Anglo- 
Catholic  Church,  and  has  among  its  members  thirty-eight 
Bishops  of  the  American  Church  and  four  Bishops  of 
the  Canadian  Church.  Charters  are  issued  to  local 
branches,  but  the  executive  offices  are  in  New  York. 
WM.  HARMAN  VAN  ALLEN, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  February,  1894. 

THE  DAUGHTERS  OF  THE  KING. 

The  Daughters  of  the  King  started  in  a  Bible-class, 
bearing  the  name  "  Daughters  of  the  King."  Being  de- 
sirous of  stimulating  the  members  to  more  earnest  zeal 
for  Christ  and  the  Church,  their  teacher,  Mrs.  M.  J. 


144 

Franklin,  called  a  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  arousing 
their  interest  and  urging  their  working  as  a  class  in  some 
definite  work  and  object  for  the  parish.  The  result  of 
the  meeting  was  so  encouraging  and  the  members  so 
earnest,  that,  after  obtaining  the  consent  of  the  rector, 
they  formed  an  association  and  selected  the  present 
badge  and  motto.  Very  quietly,  but  with  steadfast  pur- 
pose, the  Daughters'  influence  was  soon  recognized  in 
the  parish,  and  then  from  other  fields  came  the  request 
to  wear  the  badge  and  join  in  the  work.  It  was  decided 
to  establish  the  order  on  a  permanent  basis.  Accord- 
ingly the  present  Constitution  was  adopted,  seeking  by 
its  twofold  Rule  of  Prayer  and  Service  to  inspire  within 
the  heart  of  every  woman,  who  became  a  member,  the 
spirit  of  forgetfulness  of  self  and  working  for  Christ. 
Members  are  always  prepared  to  come  to  the  assistance 
of  the  rector  of  the  church  in  any  and  every  way  to 
which  woman's  skill  and  powers  may  be  equal,  taking 
the  place  of  district  or  parish  visitors  and  in  time  as 
Deaconesses,  having  orphanages,  hospitals,  and  other 
church  institutions  intrusted  to  their  care. 

THE  EPWORTH  LEAGUE. 

The  Epworth  League  is  the  outgrowth  of  the  desire 
on  the  part  of  the  ministry  and  laity  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  to  organize  their  young  people  into  a 
denominational  society  for  training  and  work.  The 
League  was  organized  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  May  15,  1889, 
by  a  union  of  five  of  the  young  people's  societies  then 
existing  in  the  church.  It  was  formally  adopted  by  the 
General  Conference  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
in  May,  1892.  In  the  four  and  a  half  years  of  its  history 
it  has  grown  to  11,400  chapters,  with  a  membership  of 


MS 

700,000.  It  has  local  chapters  in  every  State  and  Terri- 
tory of  the  Union,  and  several  in  the  mission  fields  of 
the  church. 

The  object  of  the  League  is  "  to  promote  intelligent 
and  vital  piety  in  the  young  members  and  friends  of  the 
church  ;  to  aid  them  in  the  attainment  of  purity  of  heart, 
and  in  constant  growth  in  grace  ;  and  to  train  them  in 
work  of  mercy  and  help."  To  carry  out  this  object,  each 
local  chapter  is  divided  into  six  departments,  as  follows  : 
Spiritual  Work,  Mercy  and  Help,  Literary,  Social,  Cor- 
respondence, and  Finances.  The  chairmen  of  the  de- 
partments are  the  vice-presidents  of  the  chapter,  and, 
together  with  the  president,  the  pastor,  and  the  Junior 
League  Superintendent,  constitute  the  Cabinet.  The 
Junior  League  for  young  people  under  fourteen  years  of 
age  is  auxiliary  to  the  Epworth  League.  It  now  has  a 
membership  of  80,000,  with  2100  chapters.  The  Ep- 
worth Guards,  a  military  division  for  boys  has  recently 
been  organized,  with  promise  of  great  success.  The 
central  office  of  the  Epworth  League  is  located  at  57 
Washington  Street,  Chicago,  111. 

EDWIN  A.  SCHELL, 

General  Secretary. 
CHICAGO,  February,  1894. 

THE  GIRLS'  FRIENDLY  SOCIETY. 

The  Girls'  Friendly  Society  exists  for  the  purpose  of 
protecting  the  purity  of  girls.  It  was  organized  in  Eng- 
land in  May,  1875,  with  its  originator,  Mrs.  Townsend,  as 
president.  It  now  (1893)  exists  in  England,  Wales, 
Scotland,  Ireland,  America,  Australia,  New  Zealand, 
India,-  Southern  Africa,  and  has  special  arrangements  for 
the  care  of  its  members  when  passing  from  one  country 


146 

to  another,  and  their  successful  settlement  and  protection 
in  their  new  homes. 

The  Society  is  a  church  society  and  its  associates — 
the  workers  among  the  girls — must  be  churchwomen ; 
but  its  members  may  be  of  any  belief  or  none,  its  mem- 
bership embracing,  in  fact,  Roman  Catholics  and  Jews 
as  well  as  Protestants  of  all  sects.  There  are  about 
1,000,000  members,  of  whom  nearly  9000  are  in  the 
United  States.  Being  a  church  organization  it  naturally 
works  within  church  limits ;  /.  £.,  it  is  divided  into 
diocesan  organizations,  which  in  turn  divide  into  parish 
organizations  called  branches,  which  resolve  themselves 
into  the  units  of  secretary,  associates,  and  members. 
The  meetings  of  the  diocesan  organizations  are  held 
quarterly  and  are  composed  of  the  branch  secretaries  of 
the  diocese.  The  president  and  secretary  of  each  diocesan 
organization  are  ex  officio  members  of  the  Central  Coun- 
cil whose  meetings  are  held  annually.  The  Central 
Council  controls  the  Society  on  all  questions  which  affect 
the  whole  body,  but  each  diocese  and  branch  is  left  free 
to  form  its  own  rules,  provided  they  do  not  conflict  with 
the  Central  rules.  The  Society  in  the  United  States  has 
its  own  Central  organization,  and  is  called  The  Girls' 
Friendly  Society  of  America. 

The  first  "  object,"  as  stated  in  the  constitution,  shows 
the  breadth  of  the  work.  "To  band  together  in  one 
society,  churchwomen  as  associates,  and  girls  and  young 
women  as  members,  for  mutual  help  (religious  and  secu- 
lar), for  sympathy  and  prayer."  The  Society  thus  recog- 
nizes three  important  facts,  ist.  That  humanity,  like  all 
nature  is  divided  by  natural,  and  therefore  divine,  laws 
into  "  classes  "  ;  that  we  not  only  differ,  but  through  that 
difference  comes  our  power  to  help.  zd.  That  the 
help  given  must  be  mutual — the  rich  learning  through  the 


U7 

poor,  the  ignorant  instructed  through  the  cultured.  3d. 
That  our  natures  are  twofold,  spiritual  and  physical,  and 
need  two  kinds  of  help — religious  and  secular  ;  that,  as, 
if  a  plant  is  to  thrive,  great  care  must  be  given  to  the 
earth  which  nourishes  it,  so  we  must  carefully  cultivate 
our  minds  and  bodies  for  the  sake  of  the  education  of 
the  souls  which  God  has  placed  there.  Once  imbued 
with  this  idea,  girls  are  safe. 

In  the  various  branches  of  the  Society  this  idea  is  more 
or  less  carried  out  in  practical  classes,  /.  ^.,  cooking, 
housekeeping,  dressmaking,  gymnasium  ;  in  practical  talks 
on  hygiene  and  the  care  of  the  body  ;  and  in  reli- 
gious instruction  given  in  classes  or  by  the  associates 
individually.  The  work  of  the  associate  with  her  girls 
must  be  thoughtful,  every  effort  being  made  to  keep  the 
work  "  mutual,"  as  the  "  object "  states. 

CORNELIA  E.  MARSHALL. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1 894. 

THE     INDUSTRIAL    CHRISTIAN    ALLI- 
ANCE. 

170  BLEECKER  STREET. 

The  Alliance  was  organized  to  do  Christian  industrial 
and  educational  rescue  work  among  the  most  neglected 
classes  of  New  York  City.  It  began  its  work  with  a 
"  Home  for  Fallen  and  Destitute  Men,"  to  which  extreme 
need,  ability  and  willingness  to  work,  and  a  desire  to 
lead  a  better  life  are  the  qualifications  for  admission. 

In  the  two  years  ending  December  i,  1893,  the  Alli- 
ance gave  30,121  lodgings,  93,902  meals,  and  a  tempo- 
rary home,  temporary  employment,  and  clothing  to  more 


148 

than  1090  homeless,  friendless  men,  for  many  of  whom 
it  found  situations.  "  Helping  Men  to  Help  Them- 
selves "  is  the  motto  and  working  principle  of  the  Alli- 
ance. All  the  work  of  the  house,  office,  kitchen,  laun- 
dry, broom-factory,  addressing  and  mailing  department, 
boot  and  shoe,  tailors',  carpenters'  shops,  furniture  repair- 
ing, all  of  the  painting,  carpentering,  and  repairs  to  the 
building  is  done  by  men  who  have  applied  to  it  for  aid. 

The  Alliance  manufactures  and  sells  brooms  and 
whisks  of  superior  quality,  which  are  delivered  in  New 
York  City  without  extra  charge. 

PEOPLE'S  RESTAURANTS  AND  HOTELS. 

At  a  meeting  of  representative  business  men  and 
clergymen  of  this  city,  held  December  21,  1893,  a  Peo- 
ple's Restaurant  and  Hotel  Committee  of  the  Industrial 
Christian  Alliance  was  formed.  The  following  officers 
were  elected  :  President,  Donald  Mackay,  of  Vermilye 
&  Co.  ;  Vice- Presidents,  the  Hon.  Roswell  P.  Flower,  J. 
Pierpont  Morgan,  the  Hon.  Whitelaw  Reid,  W.  L. 
Strong,  and  E.  L.  Godkin  ;  Secretary,  Henry  H.  Pike, 
and  Treasurer,  John  P.  Townsend,  President  of  the 
Knickerbocker  Trust  Company. 

The  committee  quickly  opened  "  People's  Restau- 
rants "  in  destitute  centres  of  the  city,  where  a  substan- 
tial, hot  meal  may  be  had  for  five  cents,  and  which  may 
be  eaten  on  the  premises,  or  taken  away  for  home  con- 
sumption. This  plan  will  place  it  in  the  power  of 
churches,  charitable  organizations  and  charitable  people 
to  effectually  relieve  the  hunger  of  the  worthy  poor, 
especially  that  of  helpless  women  and  children,  and  the 
sick. 

The  first  of  these  People's  Restaurants  has  a  capacity 


149 

for  serving  6000  meals  a  day,  and  is  in  successful  oper- 
ation at  No  1 70  Bleecker  street,  which  is  the  headquarters 
of  the  committee  for  this  work.  Meal  tickets,  good  at 
any  People's  Restaurant  that  may  be  opened,  may  be 
obtained  there,  either  personally  or  by  letter,  at  the  rate 
of  $5.00  per  hundred. 

It  is  intended  also  to  open  one  or  more  People's 
Hotels,  where  a  man  may  have  supper,  bath,  bed, 
breakfast,  and  have  his  clothing  cleansed  by  steam  at  a 
nominal  cost. 

The  committee  suggests  to  charitable  organizations, 
churches,  and  individuals  acting  in  co-operation,  that  it 
will  be  glad  to  act  as  their  agents  upon  their  providing 
the  necessary  funds  in  establishing  the  People's  Restau- 
rants or  Hotels,  or  both,  in  such  specified  localities  as 
may  be  designated. 

A.  W.  MILBURY, 

Superintendent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  ORDER  OF  THE 
KING'S  DAUGHTERS  AND  SONS. 

158  WEST  230  STREET. 

This  Order  is  a  Society  whose  object,  as  given  in  its 
constitution,  is  "  the  development  of  spiritual  life  and 
the  stimulation  of  Christian  activities."  It  is  a  religious 
but  interdenominational  Order.  Among  its  prominent 
theories  is  this  :  that  the  development  of  a  high  type  of 
character  comes  only  by  the  constant  use  of  one's  own 
higher  faculties  ;  its  members  must  therefore  aim  to  keep 
these  faculties  in  active  exercise. 


Its  second  principle  binds  every  one  of  its  members 
to  actual  service  for  humanity.  This  service  may  be 
much,  or  it  may  be  little,  but  there  is  no  escape  from  the 
obligation  to  undertake  some  work  for  others,  for  which 
there  can  be  expected  no  return.  As  the  organization 
includes  members  of  all  ages,  no  one  line  of  work  can  be 
adopted  by  all,  and  the  members  shall  be  free  as  to  their 
choice  of  a  field  of  labor. 

The  Order  advises  first,  the  doing  of  whatever  in  one's 
own  home  will  make  that  home  better  and  happier ; 
second,  it  recommends  always  as  an  outside  field  of  labor, 
one's  own  church.  After  the  home  and  the  church  are 
rightly  cared  for,  the  next  field  of  labor  may  be  sought 
in  the  world. 

The  Order  has  never  urged  the  founding  of  new  insti- 
tutions. Its  aim  is  to  turn  intelligent  workers  to  the  aid 
of  institutions  already  established.  To  this  end  it  urges 
the  study  of  existing  institutions  and  agencies  of  help- 
fulness so  that  work  may  be  undertaken,  for  which  the 
workers  are  really  adapted  and  about  which  they  have 
accurate  knowledge. 

The  Order  was  founded  in  New  York  City  in  1886  by 
a  little  company  of  women,  who  felt  that  by  such  an  organ- 
ization they  might  arouse,  and  bring  into  activity,  many 
idle  and  unused  forces  in  womanhood.  That  they  have 
succeeded  to  such  an  extent  is  due  largely  to  the  freedom 
of  the  Order,  and  the  great  simplicity  of  the  organiza- 
tion. 

The  Order  has  been  a  strong  feature  in  the  develop- 
ment of  Christian  unity,  many  of  its  Circles  belonging  to 
several  denominations.  It  has  also  been  to  a  great 
extent  an  educational  Order  ;  many  of  its  members  have 
outgrown  the  sentimental  and  impulsive  methods  of 
indiscriminating  helpfulness,  and  have  become  earnest 


students  of  the  highest  and  best  developed  systems  of 
practical  and  discriminating  relief. 

Its  original  Circle,  composed  of  the  founders  of  the 
Orders  with  some  additions,  is  now  the  Central  Council, 
or  Executive  Advisory  Board,  for  the  entire  Order.  The 
organizations  in  each  State  are  presided  over  by  State 
secretaries,  and  the  work  in  other  countries  is  organized 
under  the  head  of  a  National  Department,  which  elect 
their  own  officers,  and  all  of  which  organizations  are 
branches  of  the  International  Order  and  in  constant 
communication  with  the  Central  Council.  Its  organ  is 
the  Silver  Cross. 

MRS.  MARY  LOWE  DICKINSON, 

General  Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE  NEW  YORK  DEACONESS  HOME 
AND  TRAINING  SCHOOL. 

241  WEST  i4TH  STREET. 

This  was  organized  in  1889  under  the  auspices  of  the 
New  York  City  Church  Extension  and  Missionary 
Society. 

During  the  first  summer  seven  ladies  were  engaged  in 
house-to-house  visitation.  In  1893  the  family  has  num- 
bered twenty-eight  deaconesses  and  students  distributed 
in  eighteen  Methodist  churches,  and  one  Baptist. 

The  object  of  the  Training  School  in  connection  with 
the  Home  is  to  increase,  by  practical  and  theoretical 
instruction,  the  efficiency  of  women  preparing  for  dea- 
coness or  other  Christian  work.  At  the  end  of  the 
second  year  of  study  a  license  is  given  the  candidate  by 
the  Conference  Board  of  Deaconesses. 


152 

The  duties  of  the  deaconesses  are  :  To  minister  to  the 
poor,  visit  the  sick,  pray  with  the  dying,  care  for  the 
orphan,  seek  the  wandering,  comfort  the  sorrowing,  save 
the  sinning,  and,  relinquishing  wholly  all  other  pursuits, 
devote  themselves  in  a  general  way  to  such  forms  of 
Christian  labor  as  may  be  suited  to  their  ability. 

The  record  of  the  past  year  shows  15,500  calls  made, 
15,000  tracts  distributed,  200  Bibles  and  Testaments 
placed  in  as  many  homes,  5000  garments  given  to  the 
poor.  Visits  have  been  made  to  prisons  and  hospitals, 
classes  in  industrial  Sunday-schools  have  been  taught, 
300  children  were  sent  into  the  country  during  the  sum- 
mer, and  permanent  homes  secured  for  a  number  of 
them.  Employment  has  been  found  for  many,  young 
and  old,  and  over  $500  spent  for  the  relief  of  the  sick 
and  poor. 

The  work  of  the  deaconesses  is  done  on  the  basis  of 
self-sacrifice  "  for  Jesus'  sake."  The  service  is  a  vol- 
untary one  ;  no  vow  is  exacted  from  any  deaconess,  and 
any  one  is  at  liberty  to  relinquish  her  position  as 
deaconess  at  any  time. 

ISABELLE  A.  REEVES, 

Superintendent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

THE  NEW  YORK  TRAINING  SCHOOL 
FOR  DEACONESSES. 

GRACE  HOUSE,  802  BROADWAY. 

For  several  years  there  has  existed  in  the  minds  of 
devout  and  thoughtful  Bishops  and  Ministers  of  the 
Protestant  Episcopal  Church  a  desire  to  restore  in  their 
communion  the  ancient  order  of  Deaconesses  estab- 


153 

lished  in  the  primitive  church,  adapting  this  reinstated 
deaconate  to  the  needs  and  surroundings  of  modern 
times.  Practical  methods — especially  that  at  Kaisers- 
werth — were  studied,  and  a  plan  presented  to  The  Gen- 
eral Convention  of  1889  ;  this  resulted  in  the  Canon  on 
Deaconesses,  which  provides  "  that  every  candidate  for 
the  office,  before  she  is  set  apart,  shall  have  had  an  ade- 
quate preparation  for  her  work  both  technical  and  re- 
ligious, which  preparation  shall  have  covered  the  period 
of  two  years." 

In  virtue  of  this  Canon,  training  schools  have  been 
established  in  several  dioceses.  The  aim  of  the  New 
York  Training  School  is  to  send  out  graduates  thoroughly 
equipped  to  be  the  helpers  of  the  parochial  clergy  in  their 
missionary  and  charitable  work.  Careful  instruction  is 
given  with  special  reference  to  the  higher  grades  of  Sun- 
day-school teaching.  Instruction  is  given  also  in  cook- 
ing for  the  sick  poor,  and  in  nursing  them  in  their  own 
homes.  Special  efforts  are  made  to  familiarize  the  stu- 
dents with  the  actual  work  done  in  the  hospitals,  homes, 
missions,  and  reformatories  of  the  city  of  New  York  ; 
and  three  months  of  each  of  the  two  years  are  devoted, 
under  competent  guidance,  to  the  daily  care  of  the  sick. 

MARY  R.  PRIME 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


THE  ST.  VINCENT  DE   PAUL  SOCIETY. 

308  EAST  37TH  STREET. 

This  Society,  which  in  the  city  of  New  York  has  an 
active  membership  of  i  TOO  men,  has  been  in  existence 
since  the  year  1833.  It  was  founded  in  Paris  by  Frederic 


154 

Ozanam,  a  student  of  twenty,  as  a  practical  answer  to  the 
sneering  charge  of  his  infidel  fellows  that  Christianity 
could  no  longer  originate  and  sustain  a  great  movement 
for  the  welfare  of  men.  Its  object,  as  stated  in  the  rules 
of  membership,  is  "  to  sustain  its  members  by  mutual 
example  in  the  practice  of  a  Christian  life  ;  to  visit  the 
poor  in  their  dwellings,  carry  them  succor  in  kind,  and  to 
afford  them  religious  consolation  ;  to  assist  in  the  ele- 
mentary and  Christian  instruction  of  poor  children,  both 
free  and  imprisoned  ;  to  distribute  moral  and  religious 
books  ;  and  to  undertake  any  other  sort  of  charitable 
work  for  which  the  Society  may  have  resources,  provided 
such  work  does  not  oppose  the  chief  end  of  the  Society." 
The  work  thus  begun  by  a  young  but  brilliant  student 
won  extraordinary  success  even  in  his  lifetime.  Its 
world  membership  at  the  present  moment  is  85,000 
active  and  100,000  honorary  members.  These  are 
divided  into  nearly  5000  Conferences,  as  the  separate 
organizations  are  called.  The  work  accomplished  by 
the  51  Conferences  of  New  York  City  in  1892  is  a  fair 
sample  of  the  work  done  over  the  world  by  the  Society. 
The  needy  families  assisted  numbered  5270  ;  40,866 
visits  were  made  to  the  poor,  and  $38,558  were  expended 
in  charity.  No  salaries  are  paid  except  to  one  clerk, 
who  is  not  a  member  of  the  Society.  In  addition  to  the 
purely  charitable  work  whose  figures  are  here  given,  the 
members  are  devoted  to  the  public  and  private  perform- 
ance of  their  religious  duties  as  a  help  to  their  neighbors 
no  less  than  themselves.  Ozanam,  the  founder,  died  in 
his  youth  after  attaining  high  honors  as  a  litterateur  and 
an  interpreter  of  Dante. 

JNO.  M.  FARLEY. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


YOUNG  MEN'S  INSTITUTE. 

222  BOWERY. 

The  Young  Men's  Institute  at  222  and  224  Bowery, 
a  branch  of  the  New  York  City  Y.M.C.A.,  was  built  in 
1885  at  a  cost  of  $150,000.  It  is  a  handsome  five-story 
structure.  In  the  basement  are  bowling  alleys,  gymna- 
sium, baths,  and  dressing-rooms  ;  on  the  first  floor, 
reception,  wash,  and  bicycle  rooms,  Secretary's  office,  and 
gymnasium  gallery  ;  on  the  second  floor,  reading  and 
camera  rooms,  library  and  entertainment  hall ;  on  the 
third,  fourth,  and  fifth  floors  are  class-rooms  where 
arithmetic,  penmanship  and  bookkeeping,  shorthand  and 
typewriting,  free-hand  drawing,  mechanical  and  archi- 
tectural drawing,  carriage  drafting,  steam  engineering, 
electricity,  English  grammar,  vocal  music,  and  first  aid  to 
the  injured  are  taught.  On  the  roof  is  a  summer  garden 
with  electric  lights,  piano,  and  games.  The  membership  of 
the  institute  is  700,  of  the  gymnasium  350,  of  the  evening 
educational  classes  425.  The  library  has  a  circulation  of 
200  volumes  a  month,  with  an  average  daily  attendance  at 
the  rooms  of  350.  Concerts  and  illustrated  lectures  are 
given  each  year.  The  members  deposited  $8185.95  in 
the  savings  fund  in  1893.  A  medical  benefit  club  is  one 
of  the  special  privileges  of  members.  There  is  a  bowling 
and  summer  outing,  baseball,  bicycle,  rowing,  rambling, 
and  camera  clubs.  The  religious  meetings,  at  which  at- 
tendance is  optional,  are  Bible  class,  a  mid-week  prayer 
meeting,  and  a  Sunday  Gospel  meeting.  The  work  is 
carried  on  by  a  force  of  125  committee  men  from  the 
membership  of  the  institute,  a  committee  of  management, 
secretary  and  assistant,  physical  director  and  assistant^ 
librarian,  and  eleven  teachers.  The  total  of  current 
expenses  each  year  is  about  $12,000,  two  thirds  of  which 


156 

has  to  be  raised  by  voluntary  donations  from  friends. 
The  growth  in  membership  and  development  of  all 
departments  has  been  steady  and  most  encouraging  from 
the  first. 

D.  E.  YARNELL,  M.  D., 

Secretary, 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

THE    YOUNG    PEOPLE'S    SOCIETY    OF 
CHRISTIAN  ENDEAVOR. 

This  organization  originated  thirteen  years  ago  in 
Williston  Church,  Portland,  Maine.  The  pastor  of  the 
church,  Rev.  F.  E.  Clark,  began  the  organization  simply 
for  the  sake  of  helping  his  own  young  people,  without 
any  thought  that  the  movement  would  spread  into  other 
churches.  But  there  seemed  to  be  in  it  a  vitality  and  in- 
herent force  which  fitted  it  not  only  for  the  original 
church  where  it  first  found  its  home,  but  for  every  other 
which  has  since  adopted  it.  At  first  the  growth  was 
comparatively  slow,  but  as  the  years  went  by  it  increased 
more  rapidly  and  constantly  gained  in  volume  and 
strength  and  spiritual  power,  until  now  there  are  nearly 
28,000  societies  recorded  upon  the  rolls,  with  about 
1,700,000  members,  while  the  weekly  addition  to  the 
ranks  is  scarcely  less  than  100  new  societies  with  5000 
new  members.  Moreover,  the  movement  has  spread  not 
only  throughout  America  among  all  evangelical  de- 
nominations, but  into  England,  where  it  has  been  very 
largely  adopted,  as  well  as  into  Australia,  where  in  all  the 
colonies  the  Society  is  quite  as  vigorous  as  in  the  land  of 
its  birth.  The  Society  has  been  adopted  or  endorsed  by 
many  evangelical  denominations  as  their  own  distinctive 
young  people's  organization,  while  in  many  others  which 


have 'not  formally  adopted  it,  it  has  practically  taken  its 
place  as  the  only  young  people's  society  that  exists.  Or- 
ganized opposition  to  the  movement  is  confined  very 
largely  to  one  denomination  in  the  United  States.  Local 
unions  of  Christian  Endeavor,  as  they  are  called,  exist  in 
all  parts  of  the  world,  whose  object  is  to  combine  the 
young  people  in  any  service  of  which  their  churches 
approve.  The  motto  of  the  Society  is  "  For  Christ  and 
the  Church,"  and  under  this  wide  charter  the  work 
that  is  undertaken  is  as  varied  as  the  societies  which 
undertake  it.  Of  late  the  societies  have  been  turning 
their  attention  especially  to  matters  of  good  citizenship, 
and  the  growing  sentiment  prevails  in  all  quarters  that  it 
is  the  duty  of  every  young  Christian  to  support  only  good 
men  and  good  measures.  While  these  young  people  be- 
long to  all  political  parties,  and  will  continue  thus  to 
belong,  on  this  platform  of  supporting  the  good  and 
defeating  the  bad  all  can  unite.  Much  has  been  done  in 
some  Unions  to  destroy  the  power  of  the  saloon,  to  close 
Sunday  theatres  and  baseball  games,  and  in  other  ways 
the  power  of  these  young  disciples  has  already  been  felt. 
Special  efforts  are  also  made  in  the  lines  of  systematic 
beneficence,  especially  in  the  matter  of  missionary  work, 
since  the  missionary  spirit  is  largely  developed  among 
them.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  bases  of  this 
Society  are  "the  prayer-meeting  pledge";  "  the  consecra- 
tion service,"  which  is  held  once  a  month  and  at  which 
every  member  responds  to  his  name  when  the  roll  is 
called  ;  and  the  "  Lookout  "  and  other  committees  which 
make  these  plans  effective.  The  prayer-meeting  pledge  is 
as  follows  : 

"  Trusting  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  for  strength,  I 
promise  Him  that  I  will  strive  to  do  whatever  He  would 
like  to  have  me  do  ;  that  I  will  make  it  the  rule  of  my 


life  to  pray  and  to  read  the  Bible  every  day,  and  to  sup- 
port my  own  church  in  every  way,  especially  by  attend- 
ing all  her  regular  Sunday  and  mid-week  services,  unless 
prevented  by  some  reason  which  I  can  conscientiously 
give  to  my  Saviour  ;  and  that,  just  so  far  as  I  know  how, 
throughout  my  whole  life,  I  will  endeavor  to  lead  a 
Christian  life. 

"  As  an  active  member,  I  promise  to  be  true  to  all  my 
duties,  to  be  present  at  and  to  take  some  part,  aside  from 
singing,  in  every  Christian  Endeavor  prayer-meeting, 
unless  hindered  by  some  reason  which  I  can  consci- 
entiously give  to  my  Lord  and  Master.  If  obliged  to  be 
absent  from  the  monthly  consecration  meeting  of  the 
Society,  I  will,  if  possible,  send  at  least  a  verse  of  Scrip- 
ture to  be  read  in  response  to  my  name  at  the  roll-call." 

Adherence  to  this  more  largely  than  anything  else 
accounts  for  the  growth  and  the  staying  power  of  the 
societies.  For  the  most  part  the  older  ones  are  the  most 
prosperous  and  efficient.  The  strength  and  inspiration 
which  are  gained  from  these  spiritual  exercises  are  used 
in  a  thousand  different  ways,  but  at  the  root  and  base  of 
all  is  the  vow,  "  Trusting  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  for 
strength,  I  promise  that  I  will  do  whatever  He  would  like 
to  have  me  do" 

F.  E.  CLARK. 

BOSTON,  February,  1894. 

THE  LOCAL  COUNCIL  FOR  NEW  YORK 
CITY,  OF  THE  Y.  P.  S.  C.  E. 

361  MADISON  AVENUE. 

The  Local  Union  of  the  Young  People's  Societies  of 
Christian  Endeavor  in  New  York  City  was  organized 
May  24,  1888.  The  Union  is  divided  into  six  districts; 


1st — South  of  34th  Street  and  east  of  Fifth  Avenue 
to  South  Washington  Square,  then  east  of  Broadway. 

zd — West  of  the  east  district. 

3d — North  of  34th  Street  to  u6th  Street  east  of  Sixth 
Avenue,  Central  Park  W7est  and  Lenox  Avenue. 

4th — West  of  third  district. 

5th — North  of  n6th  Street  to  Harlem  River. 

6th — North  of  Harlem  River  to  city  limits. 

Each  district  has  its  corps  of  officers,  who,  together 
with  the  officers  of  the  Local  Union,  form  the  Executive 
Committee.  This  committee  meets  bi-monthly  for  the 
transaction  of  business  and  the  discussion  of  methods  of 
extending  Christian  Endeavor  work. 

There  are  at  present  160  societies  and  5500  members 

in  this  city 

W.  F.  STEVENS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 

N.  Y.  POLICE   SOCIETY  OF   CHRISTIAN 
ENDEAVOR. 

235  WEST  3<DTH  STREET. 

The  New  York  Christian  Police  Association  was 
started  in  March,  1892. 

In  December  of  the  same  year  it  opened  the  rooms  at 
No.  235  West  3oth  Street,  occupying  the  entire  first  floor 
for  meetings  and  reading-rooms. 

Special  religious  services  are  held  every  Sunday  at 
2.30  P.M.,  and  daily  at  3  o'clock. 

Saturday  morning  at  10.30  is  a  meeting  for  Christian 
workers,  Bible  study,  prayer,  and  praise. 

Meetings  for  Policemen's  Children  are  held  every 
Friday  afternoon  at  3.30. 


i6o 

The  Police  Society  of  Christian  Endeavor  was  started 
in  March,  1893.  It  is  held  every  Wednesday  afternoon 
at  3  o'clock,  preceded  by  a  half  hour's  singing  of  patri- 
otic songs. 

The  New  York  Veteran  Police  Association  holds  its 
meetings  here  the  first  Wednesday  of  each  month. 

The  Police  Band  of  Prayer  comprises  all  persons  who 
will  pledge  themselves  to  pray  daily  for  Policemen,  and 
now  numbers  about  200  members. 

J.  L.  SPICER, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE  Y.  M.  C.  A. 

TWENTY-THIRD  STREET  AND  FOURTH  AVENUE. 

The  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  of  this  city 
was  organized  July  16,  1852,  and  incorporated  May  3, 
1866. 

The  object  is  "  the  improvement  of  the  spiritual, 
mental,  social,  and  physical  condition  of  young  men." 
The  means  used  are  as  follows  : 

First,  Spiritual. — Evangelistic  and  devotional  meet- 
ings, classes  for  the  practical  study  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures as  their  teachings  affect  daily  life,  and  personal 
Christian  effort. 

Second,  Mental. — Libraries  containing  60,266  well 
selected  works,  and  reading-rooms  in  which  1306  re- 
views, magazines,  and  newspapers  are  kept  on  file,  are 
accessible  to  members.  Fifty- nine  educational  classes 
in  18  lines  of  study,  with  a  total  enrollment  of  3168 
young  men  in  the  following  branches  of  study:  free- 
hand, mechanical  and  architectural  drawing;  carriage 
drafting,  steam  engineering,  electricity,  penmanship, 
arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  phonography  an'd  typewriting, 


English  grammar,  vocal  music,  German,  French,  Span- 
ish, and  English  to  German  and  French  speaking  young 
men. 

Third,  Social. — In  addition  to  the  social  fellowship 
awakened  through  the  spiritual,  educational,  and  physi- 
cal work,  receptions  are  given  to  apprentices  in  the 
various  trade  schools,  to  students  in  the  medical  and 
other  colleges,  and  to  the  members  generally  on  New 
Year's  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day,  Christmas,  and  other 
holidays.  In  some  Branches  informal  social  tea  is 
served  on  Sunday  evening.  Young  men  are  in  attend- 
ance at  the  Branches  every  evening  and  on  Sundays  to 
welcome  strangers.  In  these  ways  our  rooms  are  made 
attractive  social  centres  for  young  men  during  their 
leisure  hours.  In  four  of  our  Branches  savings  funds 
are  established.  Such  deposits  during  the  year  amounted 
to  over  $8700.  During  the  past  year  over  15,500  differ- 
ent young  men  received  friendly  advice  in  their  efforts 
to  secure  employment,  more  than  3500  of  whom  secured 
employment  directly  through  our  efforts. 

In  our  Bowery  Branch  the  dormitories  contain  92 
beds.  Beginning  with  December  the  number  of  de- 
serving men  who  had  no  other  place  to  sleep  became  so 
large  that  the  reading-room  was  provided  with  chairs 
and  kept  open  throughout  the  night.  More  men  sought 
entrance  than  could  be  admitted.  In  these  two  ways  we 
furnished  shelter  for  more  than  450  men  a  night.  During 
the  year  1893  we  provided  32,881  free  lodgings  and 
109,541  free  meals,  and  supplied  985  garments.  In  the 
relief  work  $3370  was  expended  for  food  at  this  Branch. 

Fourth,  Physical. — In  seven  of  our  Branches  thor- 
oughly equipped  and  well  managed  gymnasiums  are 
maintained.  Young  men  before  exercising  are  required 
to  submit  to  an  examination  by  the  physician  in  charge 


162 

of  the  gymnasium,  or  to  bring  a  certificate  from  their 
family  physician  as  to  their  condition.  Addresses  are 
also  given  on  personal  purity,  hygiene,  anatomy,  physi- 
ology, first  aid  to  the  injured,  and  on  the  theory  of 
physical  training.  During  the  summer  months  oppor- 
tunities for  open-air  exercise  at  our  athletic  grounds  and 
boat  house  are  placed  within  reach  of  our  young  men. 
In  addition  to  this  there  are  a  variety  of  clubs,  such  as 
outing,  harrier,  bicycle,  and  bowling. 

The  whole  work  is  maintained  by  the  dues  of  the 
members  and  voluntary  contributions.  As  the  members 
generally  are  beginning  business  life  and  receive  but 
small  salaries,  the  dues  of  the  members  have  to  be  kept 
at  a  comparatively  low  rate. 

R.  R.  McBuRNEY, 

General  Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


THE  YOUNG  WOMEN'S   CHRISTIAN 

ASSOCIATION   OF  THE   CITY  OF 

NEW  YORK. 

7  EAST  I5TH  STREET. 

This  was  incorporated  in  1873  for  "the  improvement 
of  the  temporal,  social,  mental,  moral,  and  religious  con- 
dition of  the  young  women  of  the  City  of  New  York, 
particularly  of  those  dependent  upon  their  own  exertions 
for  support." 

At  the  main  building  of  the  Association,  7  East  i5th 
Street,  the  following  advantages  are  provided  for  self- 
supporting  women  and  those  preparing  for  self-support : 
Free  classes  in  art,  book-keeping,  business  training, 


commercial  arithmetic,  choir  music,  hand  and  machine 
sewing,  physical  culture,  stenography,  and  type-writing. 
There  are  also  classes  in  dressmaking  and  millinery, 
with  moderate  fees.  Bible  classes  for  women  are  held 
every  Sunday  at  3  P.M.,  and  devotional  meeting  every 
Tuesday  evening.  It  has  a  Free  Circulating  Library  of 
more  than  20,000  volumes,  and  a  reading-room.  An 
Employment  Bureau  is  maintained  for  women  of  all 
employments  except  household  service.  There  is  a 
Needlework  Department,  which  executes  orders  for 
sewing  of  all  kinds,  and  has  a  salesroom  for  work  of 
consignors.  A  Board  Directory,  furnishes  respectable 
boarding  places  at  all  prices.  The  Association  Parlor  is 
open  every  evening  for  the  use  of  women.  Free  enter- 
tainments for  women  are  given  once  a  month  in  the 
hall. 

The  Margaret  Louisa  Home  of  the  Y.  W.  C.  A.  of  the 
City  of  New  York,  14  East  i6th  Street,  is  a  temporary 
home,  with  moderate  rates,  for  Protestant  self-supporting 
women,  except  those  in  household  service.  The  Res- 
taurant, 16  East  i6th  Street,  is  for  all  self-supporting 
women. 

The  Association's  only  Branch,  1509  Broadway,  has 
lodgings  for  a  few  women,  a  reading-room,  Penny  Provi- 
dent Fund,  service  of  song  on  Sundays  at  4  P.M.,  and 
free  classes  in  cooking,  dressmaking,  and  millinery. 
Also  occasional  free  evening  entertainments. 

The  Association's  summer  home  at  Asbury  Park, 
N.  J.,  known  as  Grace  Hall,  is  for  Protestant  self- 
supporting  women,  except  those  in  household  service. 

MRS.  B.  F.  WATSON, 

Secretary, 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


164 
THE    PARISH    HOUSE    IDEA. 

I  am  asked  briefly  to  state  the  advantages  of  a  Parish 
House  in  connection  with  an  institutional  church.  It 
seems  to  me,  any  church  seeking  to  deal  with  the  prob- 
lems of  our  modern  city  must  be  institutional,  and  any 
institutional  church  must  have  its  "  plant."  A  Parish 
House  supplies  this,  and  concentrates  under  its  roof 
the  various  organizations  of  a  church,  thus  lending 
unity  to  them,  and  of  course  economizing  immensely  the 
force  necessary  to  run  them.  A  Parish  House  will,  in  no 
instance,  make  institutions  successful.  If  they  have  life 
and  vigor  enough  to  succeed,  it  will  cheapen  their  cost, 
and  of  course  help  to  make  them  mutually  beneficial. 
It  should,  in  my  judgment,  be  a  sort  of  receiving  estab- 
lishment for  the  church,  the  one  helping  and  feeding 
the  other. 

W.  S.  RAINSFORD, 

St.  George's  Rectory, 

209  East  1 6th  Street. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
December,  1893. 


ST.  GEORGE'S. 

Eleven  years  ago  I  took  charge  of  St.  George's  Church. 
It  would  not  be  well  for  me  now  to  enter  into  details  as 
to  the  state  of  collapse  in  which  it  then  was.  It  is 
sufficient  for  my  purpose  to  say  that,  in  my  judgment,  it 
is  easier  to  work  successfully  in  a  church  that  has  abso- 
lutely collapsed  than  in  one  in  a  semi-collapsing  condi- 
tion, because  all  opposition  to  new  methods  is  then 
impossible.  The  Church  was  made  absolutely  free.  It 
is  open  every  day  and  all  day.  All  were  invited  to 


'65 

attend,  and  no  distinction  whatever  was  made  in  seat- 
ing people  between  rich  and  poor,  my  theory  being 
that  the  tendency  to-day  is  to  accent  those  things  that 
differentiate  man  from  his  fellow,  and  not  lay  sufficient 
stress  on  those  altogether  vital  and  permanent  things 
which  he  has  in  common  with  his  fellow-man.  The  un- 
derlying unities  of  human  nature,  revealed  arfd  declared 
by  Je"sus  Christ,  are  the  true  foundation  on  which  men's 
practical  conceptions  and  concrete  illustrations  of  social 
unity  must  depend. 

All  who  came  were  invited  to  give,  regularly  and 
methodically.  A  systematic  plan  of  envelopes  was  put 
into  operation,  and  now  all  the  gifts  of  St.  George's 
people  come  in  this  way.  Foreign  and  Domestic  Mis- 
sions and  all  the  various  works  of  the  Church  in  the 
neighborhood  and  abroad  are  supported  through  offer- 
ings made  by  poor  and  rich,  given  at  stated  times  in  the 
year,  and  placed  in  envelopes  which  are  sent  to  them.  I 
wish  it  understood  that  I  do  not  believe  any  portion  of 
New  York  presents  greater  difficulties  to  the  working  of 
this  plan  than  the  tenement-house  and  boarding-house 
region  in  which  St.  George's  Church  is  situated.  Many 
of  the  communicants  of  St.  George's  change  their  ad- 
dress more  than  once  in  the  year  ;  yet  by  thoroughly 
systematizing  this  plan,  and  by  keeping  up  through  vol- 
unteer and  paid  secretaries  a  steady  communication  with 
all  the  poorer  members  of  the  Church,  a  large  sum  of 
money  is  willingly  given,  and  the  people  are  taught 
that  giving  is  part  of  the  worship  of  Almighty  God. 

Our  whole  idea  has  been  to  make  the  people  feel  that 
the  Church  was  meant  to  supplement  their  life,  by 
making  their  sky  more  blue  and  their  work  less  dreary. 
All  our  organizations  have  for  their  object  the  bringing 
of  the  classes  living  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  into 


1 66 

touch  with  each  other.  We  have  Industrial  Schools  for 
the  boys  and  girls  ;  Drill  and  Gymnastics  for  the  boys 
past  fourteen  ;  Dancing  and  Gymnastics  for  the  girls. 
There  are  the  usual  sewing,  cooking,  dressmaking 
classes,  and  a  kitchen-garden.  The  King's  Daughters 
and  the  Girls'  Friendly  number  more  than  700  young 
working-women,  and  the  help  these  girls  give  and  the 
aid  and  the  money  they  bring  to  the  Church  are  most 
surprising.  We  have  a  large  building  next  the  Church, 
which  is  the  headquarters  of  our  parish  organizations, 
and  in  addition  we  have  active  centres  of  mission  work 
in  Avenue  A  and  in  Stanton  Street. 

Perhaps  before  anything  else  we  are  anxious  to  begin 
with  those  we  reach  while  they  are  very  young.  All  ex- 
perience leads  me  to  believe  that  once  manhood  or 
womanhood  has  been  attained,  you  can  do  very  little 
for  your  neighbors.  The  thing  is  to  reach  them  while 
little  children.  Ten  years  ago  I  started  one  of  the  first 
Kindergartens,  I  think  the  first  on  the  East  side  of 
New  York.  All  the  little  children — we  have  over  2000 
in  the  Sunday-schools — are,  so  far  as  possible,  taught 
from  the  black-board  and  after  Kindergarten  methods. 

Looking  to  the  future,  I  am  very  sure  that  the  com- 
mon-sense of  the  Christian  community  will  soon  univer- 
sally recognize  the  fact,  that  it  is  among  the  people 
whose  homes  are  mean  and  sordid,  and  on  whose 
already  burdened  shoulders  the  weight  of  life  wearily 
hangs,  that  we  shall  place  the  large,  beautiful,  and  well- 
served  churches,  the  best  preaching,  the  best  music, 
and  the  best  care.  This  is  nothing  less  than  an  ab- 
solute reversal  of  the  present  church  polity  in  this  or 
any  other  city. 

W.  S.  RAINSFORD. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

December,  1893. 


167 
MADISON  SQUARE  CHURCH  HOUSE. 

430  THIRD  AVENUE. 

The  institution  known  by  this  name  originated  as  a 
mission  established  by  the  Madison  Square  Church  on 
Third  Avenue,  between  Thirty-second  and  Thirty-third 
Streets,  in  the  autumn  of  1886.  At  its  inception  this  en- 
terprise was  confined  to  the  distinctively  religious  work 
centring  in  the  daily  Gospel  meetings  and  to  the  main- 
tenance of  a  small  lodging-house  in  the  upper  stories  of 
the  building  occupied.  The  gradual  expansion  of  the 
work  soon  made  it  evident  that  larger  quarters  were 
desirable,  and  in  May,  1891,  the  mission  was  transferred 
to  the  present  "  Church  House,"  a  five-story  building  at 
the  corner  of  Third  Avenue  and  Thirtieth  Street,  which 
is  rented  by  the  church.  In  the  audience  room  on  the 
lower  floor  are  held  the  Gospel  services,  the  Bible  classes, 
and  the  weekly  mothers'  meetings.  On  the  second  floor 
there  are  accommodations  for  Kindergarten  and  Kitchen 
Garden  classes  and  for  a  Boys'  Club.  The  three  upper 
stories  are  devoted  to  lodging-house  purposes.  There 
has  also  been  successfully  maintained  in  connection  with 
the  mission  a  Bureau  of  Information,  designed  to  aid 
those  in  search  of  employment  in  securing  positions. 
The  Bureau  has  been  conducted  entirely  by  the  ladies  of 
the  Madison  Square  Church,  and,  in  general,  the  ready 
co-operation  of  members  of  the  supporting  church 
in  all  that  has  been  done,  whether  in  the  capacity  of 
speakers  at  the  Gospel  meetings  or  directors  of  the 
various  classes  or  assistants  of  the  Missionary  in  her 
work  of  visitation  among  the  families  of  the  neighbor- 
hood, has  been  a  marked  feature  of  this  undertaking. 
With  the  opening  of  new  lines  of  philanthropic  endeavor 
the  emphasis  has  not  been  withdrawn  from  the  Gospel 


i68 

services,  which  remain  the  central  feature  of  the  work, 
giving  tone  to  all  the  other  interests  which  have  clustered 

about  them. 

CHAUNCEY  W.  GOODRICH. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


THE  COLLEGIATE  REFORMED 
CHURCH. 

POPULARLY     KNOWN    AS    THE    MARBLE    COLLEGIATE 
CHURCH,  FIFTH   AVENUE  AND  TWENTY- 
NINTH    STREET. 

This  Church  is  a  part  of  the  Collegiate  Church,  the 
proper  title  of  which  is  "  The  Reformed  Protestant 
Dutch  Church  of  the  City  of  New  York."  It  is  the 
Church  of  the  Reformation  in  Holland,  Presbyterian  in  its 
government,  Calvinistic  in  doctrine,  and  was  transplanted 
to  this  country  with  the  earliest  Holland  settlers  on 
Manhattan  Island.  In  its  definite  organization,  with  an 
ordained  minister  and  the  use  of  the  sacraments,  it  is 
the  most  ancient  Protestant  Church  on  this  continent. 
Domine  Jonas  Michaelius  was  the  first  minister,  begin- 
ning his  pastorate  in  1628. 

The  Collegiate  Church  has  an  endowment,  which  en- 
ables it  to  continue  and  extend  its  work,  even  where  the 
immediate  environment  of  a  congregation  is  unfavorable 
to  the  support  of  churches.  There  are  four  churches 
and  four  missions,  served  by  twelve  ordained  ministers, 
besides  a  parochial  school,  the  most  ancient  in  the 
country. 

The  Marble  Collegiate  Church  resists  the  tendency  to  the 
migration  of  churches  to  the  upper  part  of  Manhattan 


169 

Island.  In  the  part  of  the  city  between  Fourteenth  Street 
and  Fortieth  Street  the  population  steadily  increases 
and  the  number  of  churches  decreases.  The  up-town 
district,  to  which  the  churches  are  removing,  has  less 
people,  and  these  are,  on  the  average,  more  intelligent 
and  religious  than  the  population  which  these  churches 
are  forsaking. 

A  corps  of  ministers,  large  enough  to  care  for  and  ex- 
tend the  work,  is  actively  engaged  in  preaching,  teach- 
ing, visiting,  and  fostering  every  beneficent  activity. 
Three  pastors  have  their  hands  full  of  work — David 
James  Burrell,  D.D.,  Palmer  S.  Hulbert,  and  Alfred  E. 
Myers.  Each  of  these  has  his  own  department  of  labor. 

The  public  is  systematically  and  extensively  invited. 
Several  thousands  of  Calendars,  containing  notices  of  all 
services,  and  subjects  of  sermons,  addresses,  and  meet- 
ings, and  always  including  warm  words  of  invitation, 
are  distributed  weekly  with  discriminating  care  to  the 
hotels,  apartment  and  boarding-houses,  schools  of  medi- 
cine, dentistry,  law,  and  art.  Across  the  top  of  the  front 
page  of  each  is  the  legend,  "  Free  Seats  for  Guests  of 
this  House." 

A  welcome  is  extended  to  all  who  come.  Strangers  are  not 
kept  waiting.  One  of  the  pastors  is  always  at  the  main 
entrance  as  the  people  enter,  to  welcome  and  seek  ac- 
quaintance with  new-comers.  The  pastors  tarry  in  the 
auditory  at  the  close  of  each  service,  to  speak  with  all 
who  desire. 

There  is  a  combination  of  pew  rentals  with  hospitality. 
Pew-holders  regard  their  occupancy  of  pews  as  subject 
to  the  claims  of  hospitality.  Many  notify  the  ushers  of 
available  sittings  in  their  pews.  The  spectacle  of  an 
armed  guard  over  a  nearly  empty  pew  is  not  seen. 

There  is  a  free  use  of  literature.     The  weekly  Calendar 


170 

is  given  by  an  usher  to  each  person  entering  the  Church. 
At  the  evening  service  a  sermon  recently  preached  by 
Dr.  Burrell  is  attached  to  the  Calendar.  People  in  this 
way  receive  and  carry  home  with  them  religious  reading, 
many  of  whom  would  reject  a  tract  containing  the  same 
truths. 

There  are  many  organizations  at  work,  and  one  Mis- 
sion Sunday-school,  organized  by  the  Marble  Collegiate 
Chapter  of  the  Brotherhood  of  Andrew  and  Philip,  and 
by  these  young  men  conducted  and  taught  in  co-opera- 
tion with  members  of  the  Christian  Endeavor  Society  of 
this  Church.  ALFRED  E.  MYERS. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

GRACE   CHURCH. 

BROADWAY. 

Grace  Church  employs  five  clergymen,  three  deacon- 
esses, two  other  women  helpers,  and  a  trained  nurse.  Its 
practical  activities  are  centred  for  the  most  part  in  four 
separate  buildings — Grace  House,  Grace  Chapel,  Grace 
Mission,  and  Grace  Memorial  House — and  are  grouped 
in  twelve  departments.  I.  The  Religious  Instruction  of 
the  Young,  effected  in  two  Sunday-schools,  having  more 
than  one  thousand  scholars.  II.  Missions  at  Home  and 
Abroad.  The  city  committee  is  specially  interested  in 
almshouses,  hospitals,  and  other  public  institutions.  III. 
Industrial  Education.  The  Industrial  School  teaches 
five  hundred  girls  and  fifty  boys  plain  sewing.  Advanced 
pupils  are  taught  by  expert  teachers  the  Kirkwood  sys- 
tem of  cutting  out  and  the  use  of  the  sewing-machine. 
Boys  learn  the  elements  of  carpentry,  and  also  model- 
ling and  free-hand  drawing.  St.  Agnes'  Guild  instructs 
older  girls  in  embroidery,  dressmaking,  and  millinery. 


IV.  Industrial  Employment.  The  Benevolent  Society 
employs  needy  women  to  make  garments  for  asylums 
and  charities.  It  also  sells  coal  at  cost.  Grace  Parish 
Laundry,  which  is  self-supporting,  supplements  this 
work.  V.  Care  of  the  Sick  and  Needy.  St.  Luke's  Asso- 
ciation cares  for  the  sick  poor,  and  when  necessary  pro- 
vides decent  burial.  Its  physician  makes  visits  and 
holds  a  clinic  twice  each  week.  The  Association  man- 
ages a  diet  kitchen.  The  Clothing  Depository  sells,  at  a 
small  price,  new  or  worn  garments  given  by  parishioners. 
VI.  Care  of  Little  Children.  The  Day  Nursery  is  one  of 
the  oldest  and  has  the  largest  membership  in  the  coun- 
try. It  inhabits  a  commodious  house,  built  for  its  use, 
and  provides  a  Kindergarten.  There  is  a  second  Kin- 
dergarten at  Grace  Mission.  VII.  Visitation  of  Neigh- 
borhoods. VIII.  Visitation  of  Prisoners.  IX.  Promotion 
of  Temperance,  carried  on  in  branches  of  the  Church 
Temperance  Society  among  boys,  women,  and  girls. 
X.  Friendly  Societies.  There  are  two  men's  clubs  for 
social  intercourse  and  sick  benefits  ;  a  boys'  club,  with 
classes  in  joinery  and  gymnastics  ;  various  women's 
meetings,  and  a  branch  of  the  Girls'  Friendly  Society. 
The  Penny  Provident  Fund  has  more  than  four  hundred 
depositors.  XI.  Libraries  and  Reading- Rooms,  contain- 
ing over  twenty-five  hundred  books  and  about  fifty  cur- 
rent periodicals.  XII.  Fresh-Air  Work.  During  the 
summer  the  work  of  the  Day  Nursery  is  transferred  to 
Grace-House-by-the-Sea,  Far  Rockaway,  and  hundreds 
of  beneficiaries  are  sent  there  and  into  the  country  for 
periods  varying  from  three  months  to  one  day.  For  fur- 
ther information  see  the  Parish  Year-Book. 

WM.  R.  HUNTINGTON, 

Grace  Church  Rectory. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

December,  1893. 


172 

THE  NEW  YORK  BAPTIST  MISSION. 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

This  Mission  was  organized  October  20,  1892,  and 
incorporated  April  17,  1893.  It  i.s  doing  religious  and 
philanthropic  work  in  New  York  City  among  Americans 
at  nine  points,  Germans  at  four  points,  Italians  at  three 
points,  Jews  at  two  points,  Swedes  at  one,  Chinese  at  one. 
Its  largest  work  is  at  the  Mariners'  Temple  Church, 
corner  of  Oliver  and  Henry  Streets ;  here  it  has  a 
Church  which  is  open  every  night  in  the  week,  where 
preaching  services  are  held  in  the  English,  Jewish, 
German,  and  Italian  languages.  A  well  organized  Dis- 
pensary is  conducted  by  three  physicians  ;  a  Kinder- 
garten is  held  mornings  and  afternoons  of  week  days. 
There  is  a  Boys'  Reading-Room  and  Brigade  Company  ;  a 
Mothers'  Meeting  and  Industrial  School  for  Gentile 
girls  ;  another  for  Jewish  gfrls  ;  flower  and  fruit  mis- 
sions ;  a  large  ice  fountain  in  the  summer  time  and 
coffee  stand  in  the  winter  time,  at  which  coffee  is  sold 
with  a  piece  of  bread  at  one  cent  a  cup  ;  and  other 
forms  of  benevolence.  The  Society  maintains  during 
the  summer  months  Gospel  carriage  meetings  in  different 
parts  of  the  city.  M.  B.  DENNING, 

Secretary, 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

THE    NEW    YORK    CITY    MISSION   AND 
TRACT    SOCIETY. 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

This  Society  was  organized  under  its  present  name, 
December  14,  1864.  It  is  the  outgrowth  of  the  New 
York  City  Tract  Society,  which  began  its  work  in  1825, 


with  its  field,  New  York  south  of  Fourteenth  Street. 
Its  object  is  to  work  on  evangelical,  but  undenomina- 
tional, lines  among  the  poor  of  all  races  and  creeds,  and 
to  establish  and  maintain  churches  for  the  people. 

It  maintains  Sunday-school  work  and  preaching  ser- 
vices in  several  languages.  Its  churches  are  :  Olivet 
Memorial,  63  Second  Street ;  De  Witt  Memorial,  280 
Rivington  Street  ;  Broome  Street  Tabernacle,  395 
Broome  Street ;  and  the  Italian  Church,  155  Worth 
Street.  Along  sociological,  philanthropic,  educational, 
and  religious  lines,  its  trained  and  experienced  workers 
labor  for  the  welfare  of  mankind. 

In  close  co-operation  with  its  work  is  the  Woman's 
Branch  of  the  New  York  City  Mission,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Mrs.  Lucy  Bainbridge,  who  sends  into  the  homes 
of  the  people  more  than  forty  missionaries  and  trained 
nurses,  who  in  a  multitude  of  ways  are  laboring  to 
alleviate  suffering  and  to  uplift  humanity. 

The  New  York  City  Mission  Monthly  is  published 
monthly  at  105  East  226.  Street,  New  York.  $1.00  per 
annum.  A.  H.  McKiNNEY. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


THE    NEW   YORK   PROTESTANT   EPIS- 
COPAL CITY  MISSION  SOCIETY. 

OFFICE,  38  BLEECKER  STREET. 

The  New  York  Protestant  Episcopal  City  Mission 
Society  has  a  staff  of  eleven  clergymen  and  several 
laymen  ;  these  clergy  are  each  in  charge  of  some  mission 
chapel  or  public  institution,  hospital,  asylum,  or  prison, 
where  they  devote  their  time  to  the  spiritual  wants  of 


174 

their  cure.  There  is  in  connection  with  prison  work 
a  lady  who  devotes  her  time  to  investigating  cases  of 
women  and  girls  who  are  arrested  for  a  first  offence. 
The  result  is  that  she  is  often  enabled  to  present  such 
ameliorating  facts  that  the  sentence  is  lightened,  or  such 
positive  facts  as  entirely  relieve  the  prisoner  from  the 
accusation.  And  then  her  work  begins.  Every  girl 
needs  clothes,  a  home,  work,  and  these  are  furnished 
from  a  special  fund.  Advance  rent  is  paid  ;  fare,  if  the 
girl  lives  away  from  the  city.  The  "  St.  Barnabas  Home  " 
is  a  branch  of  the  work  and  provides  a  shelter  for  home- 
less women  and  children  during  the  time  a  permanent 
home  is  being  procured.  The  Mission  Chapel  of  the 
Messiah  in  Ninety-fifth  Street,  of  St.  Ambrose  in  Thomp- 
son Street,  and  the  God's  Providence  Mission  in  Broome 
Street,  are  doing  a  work  amongst  the  poor  in  the  upper 
and  lower  parts  of  the  city,  where  great  need  of  such 
chapels  exists.  At  the  Alms  House  on  Blackwell's  Island 
and  at  Bellevue  are  beautiful  chapels  owned  by  the 
Society  and  ministering  to  God's  poor. 

JOHN  H.  BOYNTON, 

General  Agent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

THE   BROTHERHOOD   OF   CHRISTIAN 
UNITY. 

194  CHURCH  STREET. 

The  object  of  this  Society  is  not  to  work  directly  for 
organic  unity  among  the  churches,  but  to  promote  the 
spirit  of  unity  out  of  which  alone  a  true  and  permanent 
union  can  grow.  It  has  no  constitution,  but  only  a  Form 
of  Enrollment,  as  follows  : 


For  the  purpose  of  uniting  with  all  who  desire  to  serve 
God  and  their  fellow-men  under  the  inspiration  of  the  life 
and  teachings  of  Jesus  Christ,  I  hereby  enroll  myself  as  a 
member  of  the  Brotherhood  of  Christian  Unity. 

The  motto  of  the  Society  is  "  Love  your  neighbor  and 
respect  his  beliefs."  The  Brotherhood  originated  from 
a  suggestion  made  by  a  layman,  Mr.  Theodore  F. 
Seward,  at  a  union  meeting  held  at  Orange,  N.  J.,  in 
April,  1891.  It  has  two  aims,  and  leads  to  two  results  : 
(i)  It  supplies  through  its  form  of  enrollment  a  basis 
upon  which  all  who  desire  to  follow  Christ  in  serving 
God  and  their  fellow-men  will  constitute  a  recognized 
Brotherhood  in  any  part  of  the  world.  The  enrollment 
was  accepted  at  the  Parliament  of  Religions  as  "  a  suit- 
able bond  with  which  to  begin  the  federation  of  the 
world  upon  a  Christian  basis."  (2)  The  formula  is  a 
Board  of  Union  for  practical  work  in  any  city,  town,  or 
community.  When  more  fully  developed  the  Brother- 
hood will  undoubtedly  become  the  medium  through 
which  the  best  elements  of  every  community  will  be 
organized  for  every  form  of  general  usefulness, — for 
solving  the  saloon  problem,  for  the  purification  of  politics, 
the  sustaining  of  hospitals,  orphan  asylums,  etc.  For 
information  address  194  Church  Street,  New  York. 
THEODORE  F.  SEWARD, 

President. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

EVANGELICAL  ALLIANCE. 

105  EAST    220  STREET. 

The  Evangelical  Alliance  is  a  world  organization, 
which  was  formed  in  London  in  1846.  Its  principal  ob- 
jects are  to  cultivate  Christian  union  and  co-operation, 


i76 

and  to  promote  religious  liberty.  It  has  intervened  for 
the  relief  of  Protestants,  Roman  Catholics,  and  Jews, 
who  were  being  persecuted  for  conscience'  sake. 

The  United  States  branch  of  the  Alliance  was  organ- 
ized in  1867.  While  it  is  in  full  sympathy  with  the 
European  branches  and  heartily  co-operates  with  them 
in  all  efforts  to  arrest  religious  persecution,  it  lays  special 
emphasis  on  the  duty  of  the  churches  to  co-operate  in 
solving  the  great  social  problems  of  the  times.  It  holds 
that  the  principles  of  Christ's  Gospel  contain  the  only 
solution  of  those  problems,  and  that  the  churches  must 
find  that  solution  by  applying  those  principles  to  the  en- 
tire life  of  the  community. 

In  his  first  great  commandment  Christ  pointed  out  the 
way  of  salvation  for  the  individual.  In  His  second  great 
commandment  He  pointed  out  the  way  of  salvation  for 
society. 

The  churches  have  failed  to  see  that  it  is  as  truly  a 
part  of  their  mission  to  bring  men  into  right  relations 
with  each  other  by  inculcating  and  exemplifying  the 
second  law,  as  it  is  to  bring  individuals  into  right  rela- 
tions with  God  by  inculcating  and  exemplifying  the 
first.  The  churches  have  therefore  failed  to  accomplish 
their  social  mission.  It  is  the  chief  aim  of  the  Evan- 
gelical Alliance  for  the  United  States  to  aid  the  churches 
to  see  their  social  mission  and  to  enlist  their  co-opera- 
tion with  each  other  in  its  accomplishment. 

JOSIAH  STRONG, 

Secretary. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


177 

THE  CITY  VIGILANCE  LEAGUE. 

105  EAST   220  STREET. 

The  League  is  an  attempt  to  give  organic  expression 
to  the  truth  of  the  motto  that  Eternal  Vigilance  is  the 
price  of  liberty.  Its  origin  dates  primarily  from  the 
condition  of  public  feeling  excited  by  the  presentment  o. 
the  March  Grand  Jury  of  1892.  There  evinced  itself  at 
that  time  a  widespread  conviction,  particularly  among 
our  young  men  of  more  earnest  temper,  that  there  is  a 
great  deal  in  our  city  needing  to  be  done  for  its  purifi- 
cation, and  a  great  deal  in  which  it  is  incumbent  upon 
our  young  men  to  have  an  active  share.  The  feeling  was 
one  that  showed  itself  without  distinction  of  political  or 
religious  affiliation,  and  the  movement  has  been,  from 
the  start,  purely  unsectarian  and  non-partisan.  Protes- 
tants, Catholics,  and  Hebrews,  Republicans,  Democrats, 
and  Prohibitionists,  mingle  harmoniously  in  its  councils 
and  co-operate  in  its  work.  In  the  inception  of  the  en- 
terprise there  was  more  sense  of  the  need  of  effort  than 
clear  perception  as  to  the  precise  line  along  which  effort 
required  to  be  put  forth.  If  at  the  outset  the  governing 
aim  was  to  ferret  out  official  delinquency,  that  has,  to  a 
considerable  degree,  given  place  to  the  more  substantial 
purpose  of  coming  into  touch  with  all  that  our  municipal 
government  and  our  municipal  life  represent,  and  of 
making  a  study  of  the  special  conditions,  moral,  social, 
political,  and  industrial,  as  they  are  variously  evinced  in 
the  different  quarters  of  the  town.  To  this  end  we  have 
divided  the  city  into  thirty  sections  on  the  lines  upon 
which  it  is  distributed  into  its  thirty  assembly  districts, 
and  have  further  subdivided  it  into  small  portions  iden- 
tical with  the  existing  election  districts.  Each  of  the 
former  has  its  leader,  and  thirty  leaders,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  a  president  and  secretary,  compose  the  execu- 


178 

tive  board  ;  the  entire  League  being  made  of  these  and 
the  1137  men  that  severally  represent  the  same  number 
of  election  districts.  This  is  the  scheme  of  organization 
which  by  slow  and  careful  process  is  being  converted 
into  accomplished  fact.  Our  supreme  object  is  to  bring 
upon  the  shoulders  of  each  member  a  pressure  of  civic 
responsibility  in  order  to  develop  in  each  an  impulse  of 
civic  loyalty  ;  well  aware  that  a  man's  interest  is  enlisted 
only  in  the  cause  to  which  he  gives  his  hand  and  his 
thought.  Pursuant  to  this  end  the  executive  board  is 
making  it  its  constant  study  to  give  each  member  of  the 
League  something  to  do,  some  aspect  of  municipal  life 
to  observe,  some  problem  to  solve,  some  instance  of  offi- 
cial competency  or  incompetency,  fidelity  or  criminality, 
with  which  to  make  himself  acquainted.  One  of  the 
most  earnest  and  positive  features  of  the  movement  has 
to  do  with  coming  into  close  and  personal  relations  with 
elements  of  our  population  that  have  as  yet  scarcely 
been  reached  save  by  the  saloon-keeper  and  the  ward 
politician.  Even  in  what  are  considered  to  be  the  more 
degraded  districts  of  the  city  there  is  a  large  number  of 
people  who  believe  in  and  desire  better  municipal  con- 
ditions, but  who  hardly  suspect  one  another's  existence, 
and  so  have  no  adequate  conception  of  their  own  possi- 
ble strength.  A  monthly  journal,  The  City  Vigilant,  is 
issued,  whose  object  is  to  draw  still  more  closely  the 
bonds  of  federation  which  subsist  among  the  Leaguers, 
to  acquaint  the  members  of  the  several  districts  with 
what  is  being  accomplished  in  other  portions  of  the 
town,  and  to  serve  as  an  avenue  of  impulse  and  instruc- 
tion to  the  membership  of  the  League  and  to  all  who 
sympathize  with  the  League's  spirit  and  aim. 

C,  H,  PARKHURST, 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  President, 

April,  1894. 


179 

THE  NATIONAL  CIVIL-SERVICE 
REFORM  LEAGUE. 

The  rapid  growth  in  the  Civil  Service  of  the  National 
Government  and  of  the  governments  of  the  several 
States,  long  ago  attracted  the  serious  attention  of 
thoughtful  observers,  accompanied  as  it  was  by  an  in- 
creasing tendency  to  regard  all  appointments  as  natu- 
rally political  and  the  perquisite  of  the  party,  faction,  or 
individual  in  the  ascendant.  This  resulted  in  two  seri- 
ous evils  :  first,  selection  for  positions  of  those  who  had 
no  special  fitness  for  them,  and  who  often  were  con- 
spicuously unfit  ;  second,  combinations  of  office-holders 
to  control  nominating  conventions  and  electoral  bodies, 
thus  precluding  an  adequate  expression  of  public  opinion 
in  regard  to  candidates  and  policies. 

Following  a  successful  English  precedent,  the  Hon. 
Thomas  A.  Jenckes,  of  Rhode  Island,  in  1867,  intro- 
duced into  Congress  a  bill  providing  for  a  system  of 
selection  and  appointment  according  to  merit.  The  de- 
bate thus  opened,  in  which  the  Hon.  George  William 
Curtis  took  the  leading  part,  resulted  a  few  years  later  in 
the  appointment  of  a  Civil  Service  Commission,  of  which 
Mr.  Curtis  was  the  chairman.  This  Commission  pre- 
pared rules,  which  were  put  into  practice  in  certain  lead- 
ing offices,  and  also  made  two  valuable  reports.  The 
most  important  demonstrative  work  of  this  period  was 
performed  under  the  direction  of  Silas  W.  Burt,  in  the 
New  York  Custom  House,  and  Thomas  L.  James  and  the 
late  Henry  G.  Pearson,  in  the  New  York  Post  Office. 

But  Congress  failed  to  give  the  Commission  the  requi- 
site support,  and  General  Grant  formally  abandoned  the 
work.  The  evils  previously  complained  of  increased 
until,  in  response  to  the  need  of  the  time,  a  reform  asso- 
ciation was  started  in  New  York,  about  1876.  After  a 


i8o 

few  meetings  this  association  became  wholly  somnolent. 
In  1880,  however,  it  was  revived  as  an  active  organiza- 
tion under  the  presidency  of  Mr.  Curtis.  Other  associa- 
tions were  formed  in  Brooklyn,  Boston,  Philadelphia, 
Buffalo,  and  elsewhere,  and  in  August,  1881,  delegates 
from  these  various  associations  met  in  Newport,  R.  I., 
and  organized  the  "  National  Civil-Service  Reform 
League,"  which  has  since  continued  as  a  militant  body, 
first  under  the  presidency  of  Mr.  Curtis,  and  now  under 
that  of  the  Hon.  Carl  Schurz. 

Public  discussion  was  aroused  and  stimulated  ;  a 
reform  bill  prepared  by  the  New  York  Association  and 
advocated  by  the  League,  became  a  law  in  1883.  This 
was  followed  by  a  law  in  New  York  State  and  one  in 
Massachusetts,  and  other  minor  enactments. 

The  places  in  the  national  service  covered  by  the 
rules  (which  provided  for  a  system  of  competitive  exam- 
inations, selection  from  among  the  highest,  and  appoint- 
ment on  probation  to  test  practical  fitness),  at  first 
numbering  about  13,000,  have  been  gradually  increased 
to  more  than  three  times  that  number,  and  are  growing 
from  year  to  year.  In  Massachusetts  the  new  system  has 
become  firmly  established,  but  in  New  York  it  is  in  a 
very  unsatisfactory  condition. 

The  work  of  the  League  has  only  been  begun,  and  its 
members  look  forward  to  a  long  period  of  active  warfare 
before  it  shall  be  completed. 

WILLIAM  POTTS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK, 

January,  1894. 


CENTRAL  COMMITTEE  OF  THE  BARON 
DE   HIRSCH   FUND. 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICE,  No.  45  BROADWAY,  ROOM  89. 

Our  Mechanical  Schools  are  located  at  No.  225-227 
East  pth  Street.  We  teach  carpentry,  joining,  turning 
and  carving,  in  wood  ;  plumbing  and  gas-fitting,  house, 
sign,  and  ornamental  painting,  and  machine  and  other 
work  in  metal.  Our  course,  which  is  an  entirely  free  one, 
is  for  six  months,  which  enables  the  graduates  to  be- 
come assistants  or  helpers  in  the  various  branches,  from 
which  they  can  become  self-supporting.  The  day  and 
night  school  average  about  sixty  pupils  each.  The  hours 
for  tuition  are  :  day  school,  from  9  A.M.  to  4  P.M.  ;  night 
school,  from  7.30  to  10.  The  school  is  open  five  days 
each  week. 

We  have  English  day  classes,  located  corner  of  East 
Broadway  and  Jefferson  Street,  for  children  of  school 
age,  whom  we  prepare  for  the  public  schools.  The 
teachers  are  all  Normal  College  graduates,  and  the 
teaching  is  based  upon  the  same  lines  as  are  employed 
in  the  public  schools.  We  transfer  about  1000  of  our 
pupils  to  the  public  schools  each  year. 

The  children  all  come  to  us  without  any  knowledge  of 
the  English  language,  and  in  an  extraordinarily  short 
space  of  time  are  made  fairly  familiar  with  it,  and 
always  to  the  extent  of  enabling  them  to  enter  the  higher 
classes  of  the  primary  department.  The  present  attend- 
ance of  this  school  is  585,  and  we  have  five  sessions  a 
week. 

In  our  evening  English  classes  we  teach  about  the 
same  number  of  pupils,  men  and  women  who  work  dur- 
ing the  day  in  shops.  These  classes  are  for  the  accom- 
modation of  those  who  are  not  able  to  enter  the  public 


i82 

evening  schools,  whose  sessions  last  but  a  few  months, 
while  our  schools  continue  open  throughout  the  year, 
except  one  month  during  the  summer.  The  teachers  of 
these  evening  classes  have  licenses  to  teach  from  the 
Board  of  Education  of  this  city. 

We  also  have  a  class  of  about  30  gentlemen,  who  are 
teachers  of  Hebrew,  and  who  have  hitherto  taught  their 
scholars  to  translate  from  the  Hebrew  into  "  Jargon  " 
(Jewish-German),  but  with  the  knowledge  of  English 
they  have  attained  in  our  class,  they  are  now  able  to  teach 
their  pupils  to  translate  in  good  English,  and  thereby 
Americanize  them  to  the  fullest  extent  in  their  power. 
All  the  pupils  in  our  several  schools  are  exclusively 
Russians  and  Roumanians  who  have  recently  arrived  in 
this  country.  We  use  as  a  text-book  in  these  schools 
the  Declaration  of  Independence  and  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States,  translated  in  parallel  columns  into 
Hebrew,  German,  and  "  Jargon,"  to  enable  them  to 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  exact  meaning  of  every 
word,  and  which  they  comprehend  thoroughly. 

The  English  school  opens  each  day  with  the  Saluta- 
tion to  the  Flag,  wherein  in  the  most  solemn  manner 
they  "  pledge  allegiance  to  my  Flag  and  the  Republic 
for  which  it  stands — one  Nation,  indivisible,  with  liberty 
and  justice  for  all  ;  we  give  our  hands  and  our  hearts  to 
our  Country — one  country,  one  language,  one  flag." 

A.  S.  SOLOMONS, 

General  Agent. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


HEBREW  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE. 

36  STUYVESANT  ST. 

The  Hebrew  Technical  Institute  prepares  poor  Jewish 
boys  for  productive  pursuits  involving  manual  labor. 
Regular  trades  are  not  taught,  but  the  three  years'  course 
furnishes  a  thorough  training  in  all  the  work  essential  to  a 
successful  career  as  a  mechanic,  draughtsman,  or 
machinist.  Experience  has  shown  that  the  graduates 
are  able  to  acquire  the  special  manipulations  of  their 
regular  trades  all  the  more  successfully  when  their  pre- 
liminary training  has  not  been  too  highly  specialized. 
In  beginning,  shop  instruction  alone  was  given  to  boys  in 
regular  attendance  at  public  schools.  Since  this  so  limited 
the  hours  of  instruction  that  the  apparatus  could  only 
be  half  utilized,  the  curriculum  was  extended  to  include 
regular  grammar-school  subjects,  and  the  literary  and 
practical  classes  were  so  dovetailed  that  the  shops 
could  be  used  continuously.  Average  grade  of  admis- 
sion, spring  term  of  the  Fourth  Grammar-School  grade  ; 
average  age  at  entrance,  thirteen  years  ;  at  graduation, 
sixteen  years.  The  institution  is  exclusively  secular. 
Branches  taught :  English  reading  and  writing,  arithme- 
tic, algebra,  elementary  geometry,  geography  and  nat- 
ural history,  physics,  drawing,  draughting,  electrical 
measurement  and  construction,  wood-working,  (joinery, 
carving,  pattern-making),  metal-working  (at  bench  and 
lathe),  die-sinking. 

The  course  extends  over  three  years,  forty-six  weeks 
of  instruction  per  year,  thirty-nine  hours  per  week. 
There  are  nine  teachers  and  165  pupils  at  present. 
During  ten  years  797  boys  were  admitted,  including 
those  now  at  school ;  143  of  these  graduated  after  com- 
pleting full  course.  About  70  per  cent,  of  the  graduates 


1 84 

are  now  in  lucrative  technical  employment,  but  this  per- 
centage was  higher  before  the  present  commercial  depres- 
sion :  some  of  these  graduates  are  occupying  responsible 
positions  as  foremen,  or  are  running  their  own  shops. 

The  instruction  is  virtually  free,  and  warm  lunches 
are  furnished  at  a  nominal  charge,  but  pecuniary  assist- 
ance has  only  been  afforded  in  isolated  cases  of  extreme 
need.  The  cost  of  maintenance  averages  $20,000  per 
annum,  which  sum  is  obtained  by  the  voluntary  contri- 
butions of  "  patrons  and  members "  and  of  certain 
Hebrew  Charitable  Societies. 

MORRIS  LOEB 
NEW  YORK  CITY. 
January,  1894. 

INDUSTRIAL   SCHOOLS   OF  THE    CHIL- 
DREN'S AID  SOCIETY. 

As  a  simple,  practical  measure,  to  save  from  vice  the 
children  of  the  poor,  nothing  equals  the  Industrial 
Schools. 

Though  the  public  schools  are  open  to  all,  experience 
has  taught  that  vast  numbers  of  children  are  so  ill- 
clothed  and  destitute  that  they  are  ashamed  to  attend 
those  places  of  instruction  ;  or,  their  mothers  are  obliged 
to  employ  them  during  parts  of  the  day  ;  or,  they  are 
begging  ;  or,  engaged  in  street  occupations,  and  will  not 
attend  ;  or,  if  they  do,  attend  very  irregularly.  Very 
many  are  playing  about  the  docks  or  idling  in  the 
streets.  The  children  of  the  ignorant  and  helpless  for- 
eigners who  crowd  into  the  tenements  in  the  Russian, 
Polish,  Bohemian,  and  Italian  quarters  of  our  city  must 
be  taught  our  language  ;  they  must  be  trained  to  be 
clean,  obedient  to  authority,  industrious  and  truthful, 
and  must  be  instructed  in  the  elements  of  an  English 


education.  The  ignorance,  dirt,  and  poverty  of  thou- 
sands of  these  children  prevent  their  attendance  at  the 
public  schools  of  the  city  ;  and  but  for  our  industrial 
schools  and  others  similar,  they  would  be  left  neglected. 
At  the  present  time  the  Children's  Aid  Society  has 
under  its  charge  twenty-one  industrial  schools  and  twelve 
night  schools.  The  daily  average  attendance  is  6100, 
and  during  the  year  over  11,000  children  were  brought 
under  these  reforming  influences  In  addition  to  the 
primary-school  work  required  by  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion of  the  city,  much  attention  is  given  to  industrial 
training  adapted  to  the  needs  of  these  children.  Classes 
in  carpentry,  wood-carving,  type-setting,  clay-modelling 
and  drawing  have  been  taught,  and  in  nearly  all  the 
schools  are  kindergartens,  kitchen-training  and  cooking 
classes,  besides  sewing  and  dress-making  classes.  The 
salaries  of  the  instructors  in  these  manual-training 
classes,  and  the  cost  of  the  school  meals,  so  necessary  to 
these  half-starved  children,  are  paid  through  the  contri- 
butions of  some  of  the  prominent  men  and  women  of  our 
city  who  are  interested  in  the  work.  Several  of  the 
schools  are  greatly  in  need  of  such 'help,  and  of  the 
friendly  interest  of  volunteers  and  visitors. 

C.  LORING  BRACE, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE   NEW  YORK  TRADE   SCHOOL. 

FIRST  AVE.,  BET.  67TH.  &  68TH.  STS. 

This  school  was  founded  in  1881,  by  the  late  Col. 
Richard  T.  Auchmuty.  The  purpose  of  the  school  is  to 
afford  instruction  to  young  men  in  certain  trades  ;  also 
to  give  to  young  men  already  in  those  trades  an  oppor- 
tunity to  improve  themselves.  The  instruction  is  both 


1 86 

practical  and  scientific.  The  students  acquire  manual 
skill  as  well  as  explanations  why  work  should  be  done 
in  a  certain  way.  Skilled  mechanics  are  employed  as 
instructors  and  each  student  receives  individual 
instruction. 

At  present  the  trades  taught  are  plumbing,  bricklaying, 
plastering,  carpentry,  blacksmith's  work,  stone-cutting  ; 
house,  sign,  and  fresco  painting ;  and  printing.  The 
classes  are  limited  to  young  men  between  sixteen  and 
twenty-three  years  of  age. 

The  school  session  extends  over  a  period  of  six 
months,  beginning  each  year  in  October.  Evening  in- 
struction is  given  on  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday, 
from  7  to  9.30  o'clock,  and  day  instruction  on  every 
week  day  from  8  A.M.  to  4  P.M.  The  attendance  is  not 
only  local,  but  national.  While  the  evening  classes  are 
attended  principally  by  young  men  who  reside  in  New 
York,  the  students  of  the  day  classes  come  from  all  parts 
of  the  United  States  and  from  Canada.  The  first  year 
the  attendance  was  30.  The  past  four  years  the  average 
yearly  attendance  has  been  more  than  500.  Since  the 
school  was  established,  there  has  been  a  total  attendance 
of  4600  students. 

The  school  is  not  a  money-making  institution.  While 
a  moderate  fee  is  charged  for  tuition,  the  receipts  from 
students  do  not  equal  the  expenses  by  a  large  amount. 
The  deficiency  is  met  by  an  income  from  endowments 
that  have  been  given  to  the  school  by  its  founder,  and 
by  J.  Pierpont  Morgan.  The  school  was  incorporated 
in  1892,  and  is  managed  by  a  board  of  seven  trustees. 
A  descriptive  prospectus  is  issued  yearly,  and  visitors  are 
always  welcome  to  inspect  the  school. 

H.  V.  BRILL. 

Manager. 
NEW  YORK  CITY. 
January  i,  1894. 


i87 
TEACHERS   COLLEGE. 

9    UNIVERSITY    PLACE. 

The  Teachers  College,  although  a  purely  educational 
institution,  chartered  under  the  Regents  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  affiliated  with  the 
university  system  of  Columbia,  may  be  reckoned  as 
among  the  influences  making  towards  the  sociological 
betterment  of  the  city.  Founded  at  first  merely  as  a 
philanthropic  enterprise,  it  attempted  only  the  solution 
of  the  problem  of  industrial  education, — a  problem  that 
formulated  itself  in  the  words  of  Dr.  Washington 
Gladden,  "  There  is  too  much  training  of  men  to  get  a 
living  by  their  wits  and  not  enough  to  get  a  living  by 
their  hands."  This  end  the  promoters  of  the  College 
have  never  lost  sight  of  ;  but  the  means  to  this  end  have 
widened  with  experience.  It  was  found  that  to  train  a 
hundred  teachers  was  of  more  value  to  the  cause  than  to 
teach  ten  thousand  children.  To  train  teachers,  there- 
fore, able  to  introduce  manual  training  and  all  that 
manual  training  means,  as  an  integral  part  of  school 
work,  the  College  holds  to  be  one  of  the  shortest  and 
surest  roads  to  social  reform.  Teachers  trained  by  the 
College  are  now  found  not  only  in  the  public  and  private 
schools  throughout  the  country,  but  in  the  mission 
schools,  free  kindergartens,  industrial  schools,  boys'  and 
girls'  clubs  of  New  York  City.  The  budget  of  the 
College  for  1893-1894  was  $69,000  ;  of  this  $37,000  was 
earned,  and  the  remainder  supplied  by  the  donations  of 
the  people  of  Greater  New  York  who  believe  in  the 
College  as  a  live  force  in  the  field  of  enlightened  philan- 
thropy. In  October,  1894,  the  College  will  remove  to 
its  new  building  on  i2oth  Street  near  the  Boulevard. 

WALTER  L.  HERVEY, 

NEW  YORK  CITY.  President. 

December,  1893. 


1 88 

NEW  YORK  KINDERGARTEN  ASSOCIA- 
TION. 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

The  New  York  Kindergarten  Association  was  started 
(at  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Daniel  S.  Remsen)  at  a  con- 
ference held  on  the  i4th  of  May,  1889,  in  response  to  a 
call  signed  by  David  G.  Wylie,  Leighton  Williams,  Rich- 
ard Watson  Gilder,  E.  Winchester  Donald,  Angeline 
Brooks,  and  Daniel  S.  Remsen.  The  Association  opened 
its  first  kindergarten  in  March,  1890,  and  now — in  Jan- 
uary, 1894 — has  charge  of  fourteen  kindergartens,  sup- 
ported by  various  associations  and  private  individuals, 
and  by  the  general  funds  of  the  Society  obtained  by  an- 
nual dues,  life  memberships,  special  donations,  and  the 
proceeds  of  entertainments.  The  Association,  also,  has 
been  an  important  factor  in  the  adoption  of  the  kinder- 
garten system  by  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  City  of 
New  York,  and  at  its  recent  annual  meeting,  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Board  stated  that  "  the  Board  now  maintains, 
successfully,  kindergartens  in  seven  of  the  schools  under 
its  jurisdiction,"  and  expects  to  add  eight  more,  in  the 
course  of  next  spring,  making  fifteen  in  all  during  the 
present  school  year. 

R.  W.  GILDER. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 

NEW  YORK  KINDERGARTENS. 

Abigail  School  and  Kindergarten,  242  Spring  Street. 

Beth-El  Society  of  Personal  Service,  355  East  6ad 
Street. 

Kindergarten  of  the  Children's  Aid  Society,  156  Leon- 
ard Street,  and  several  others. 


Cherry  Street  Kindergarten,  340  Cherry  Street. 

Children's  Charitable  Union,  70  Avenue  D. 

Ecole  Francaise  Gratuite,  69  South  Washington  Sq. 

Emanu-El  Sisterhood  for  Personal  Service,  159  East 
74th  Street. 

Free  German  School,  140  East  4th  Street. 

Free  Kindergarten  Association  of  Harlem,  No.  i  Kin- 
d'g'n.  2248  First  Avenue,  between  nsth  and  n6th 
Streets. 

East  Side  House  Ass'n.  Kindergarten,  in  Webster 
Free  Library  Building,  East  78th  Street,  near  East 
River. 

Kindergarten  of  the  King's  Daughters  of  Lexington 
Avenue  Baptist  Church,  No.  131  East  io9th  Street. 

Ahawath  Chesed  Sisterhood  of  Personal  Service  Kin- 
dergarten, 71  East  3d  Street. 

Free  Kindergarten  of  All  Souls'  Church,  7oth  Street, 
East  of  Lexington  Avenue. 

Free  Kindergarten  of  Central  Presbyterian  Church, 
454  West  42d  Street. 

.     Free  Kindergarten  of  St.  John's  Chapel,  Varick  Street, 
near  Beach. 

Hebrew  Free  School  Association  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  Hebrew  Institute,  corner  East  Broadway  and  Jef- 
ferson Street. 

Kindergarten  and  Kitchen  Garden  of  Madison  Square 
Presbyterian  Church,  corner  of  Third  Avenue  and  3oth 
Street. 

Kindergarten  of  St.  George's  Avenue  A  Mission,  253 
Avenue  A. 

Kindergarten  of  St.  George's  Chapel,  130  Stanton 
Street. 

Kindergarten  of  Shearith  Israel  Congregation,  5  West 
1 9th  Street. 


1 90 

Mission  School  and  Kindergarten  of  All  Souls'  Uni- 
tarian Church,  213  East  2ist  Street. 

New  York  Bible  and  Fruit  Mission,  416  East  26th 
Street. 

New  York  Foundling  Hospital  maintains  St.  John's 
Kindergarten,  175  East  68th  Street. 

New  York  Kindergarten  Association,  105  East  22d 
Street  ;  No.  i,  351  East  53d  Street,  and  many  others  ; 
No.  2,  northwest  corner  63d  Street  and  First  Avenue. 

St.  Andrew's  Free  Kindergarten,  2067  Fifth   Avenue. 

St.  Bartholomew's  Kindergarten,  209  East  42d  Street. 

St.  James's  Free  Kindergarten,  Madison  Avenue  and 
7ist  Street. 

St.  Mary's  Kindergarten,  438  Grand  Street. 

Salle  D'Asile  et  Ecole  Primaire,  2  South  Fifth  Avenue. 

Shaaray  Tefilla  Sisterhood  Kindergarten,  127  West 
44th  Street. 

Silver  Cross  Kindergarten,  2249  Second  Avenue. 

Temple  Israel  Sisterhood  Kindergarten,  Northwest 
corner  i25th  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue. 

Trinity  Church  Association  Kindergarten,  209  Fulton 
Street. 

United  Relief  .Works  of  Society  for  Ethical  Culture, 
109  West  54th  Street. 

Wilson  Industrial  School,  Kindergarten  and  Kitchen 
Garden,  125  St.  Marks  Place. 

Neighborhood  Guild  Kindergarten,  146  Forsyth  Street. 

UNIVERSITY      EXTENSION      IN      THE 
UNITED    STATES. 

Two  hundred  Local  Centres,  3000  lectures  yearly,  and 
a  total  attendance  of  60,000  to  80,000,  represent  what 
has  been  accomplished  in  the  last  three  years  in  one  form 


of  adult  education  in  the  United  States.  The  system  of 
instruction,  known  as  University  Extension,  was  started 
on  this  side,  in  conscious  imitation  of  English  methods, 
by  Provost  William  Pepper,  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. A  Society  was  founded  in  June,  1890,  with  a 
governing  committee  made  up  of  representatives  of  lead- 
ing Universities.  The  advantages  of  the  Society  were 
clearly  formulated  to  include  the  widest  possible  dissemi- 
nation of  information  in  regard  to  University  Extension, 
and  full  co-operation  with  all  local  bodies  in  the  intro- 
duction of  the  system  and  a  general  supervision  and 
direction  of  the  work  throughout  the  country. 

The  plan  of  instruction  includes  courses  of  six  or 
twelve  lectures  on  some  narrow  field  of  history,  litera- 
ture, or  science,  with  accompanying  classes,  paper  work, 
reference  reading,  and  examinations.  The  standard  of 
the  work  is  of  University  grade.  The  lectures  are  by 
University  men,  and  the  instruction  is  in  accordance 
with  University  methods.  Whatever  is  merely  popular 
has  been  carefully  avoided  by  the  governing  body,  which 
aims  to  give  fullest  opportunity  for  real  study,  for  those 
engaged  for  the  greater  part  of  their  time  in  the  active  . 
affairs  of  life.  The  local  management  of  the  lectures  is 
in  the  hands  of  a  committee,  usually  the  members  repre- 
sentative of  every  class  and  occupation  in  the  community. 
The  members  of  these  committees  are  carefully  trained 
to  a  proper  conception  of  the  movement,  and  are  encour- 
aged to  co-operate  with  the  Universities  in  maintaining 
the  high  standard  of  the  work.  That  there  is  a  wide 
field  for  such  effort,  and  that  the  system  thus  briefly  de- 
scribed goes  far  to  satisfy  the  need,  is  proved  by  the 
results  of  the  past  three  years.  When  Dr.  Edmund  J. 
James  was  chosen  President  of  the  American  Society, 
a  beginning  had  just  been  made  in  the  formation  of  Local 


IQ2 

Centres,  which  numbered  during  that  year  a  total  of 
twenty-three,  at  which  some  300  lectures  were  given  to  an 
estimated  attendance  of  ro,ooo  or  12,000  people.  The 
second  season  witnessed  a  growth  measured  by  the  estab- 
lishment of  sixty  Centres,  with  a  like  increase  in  the 
number  of  lectures  and  students.  During  the  third  year 
still  further  progress  was  made,  until  under  the  direct 
management  of  the  Philadelphia  office,  Centres  were 
formed  and  conducted,  not  only  in  Pennsylvania,  New 
Jersey,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia, 
but  also  in  the  leading  cities  of  New  England.  Through 
the  circuit,  or  "  the  union  of  five  or  six  towns,  joining 
and  engaging  the  same  lecturer,"  towns  most  distant 
from  University  centres,  have  enjoyed  the  advantages  of 
the  system,  and  even  villages  of  a  few  hundred  inhab- 
itants have  secured  these  courses. 

In  addition  to  the  winter  lectures  at  the  centres,  the 
American  Society  has  entered  upon  two  lines  of  educa- 
tional activity.  The  first  is  the  formation  of  classes  of 
from  twenty  to  fifty  members  each,  under  the  direction 
of  its  lecturers,  engaged  for  the  study  of  history  or  liter- 
ature, through  consecutive  periods  of  from  three  to  six 
months.  These  classes  are  intended  to  supplement  the 
work  of  the  "  local  centre  "  proper,  and  in  places  where 
conditions  would  not  admit  of  the  formation  of  a  Centre, 
to  supply  as  far  as  possible  its  place.  The  second  is  the 
Summer  Meeting,  which  was  started  in  Philadelphia, 
in  1893,  where  courses  were  given  during  four  weeks  by 
some  of  the  most  eminent  professors  of  Harvard,  Johns 
Hopkins,  Cornell,  and  Pennsylvania.  The  lectures  at 
the  Summer  Meeting  conform  with  the  work  recom- 
mended through  the  year,  in  a  logical  sequence  of  study, 
upon  the  successful  completion  of  which  a  certificate  is 
granted. 


'93 

The  peculiar  conditions  of  adult  education  have  de- 
manded not  only  scholarship  and  pedagogical  ability, 
but  a  special  acquaintance  with  the  best  methods  as  de- 
veloped during  a  score  of  years.  To  give  this  necessary 
knowledge  the  American  Society  organized,  a  year  ago 
in  Philadelphia,  a  Seminary  for  the  training  of  Univer- 
sity Extension  lecturers,  with  a  score  of  teachers  drawn 
from  the  faculties  of  neighboring  colleges.  The  Semi- 
nary is  distinctly  a  place  for  advanced  study,  and  has 
recorded  among  its  members  graduates  of  the  leading 
American  Universities,  who  secure  through  it  not  only 
the  special  training  necessary  for  University  Extension 
teaching,  but  also  a  broad  training  in  the  history,  theory, 
and  practice  of  education. 

From  Philadelphia  the  movement  has  spread  to  all 
parts  of  the  United  States.  In  Massachusetts  a  commit- 
tee of  leading  college  men  is  acting  in  co-operation  with 
the  American  Society.  In  Rhode  Island  Brown  Univer- 
sity has  organized  many  centres.  In  Connecticut  repre- 
rentatives  of  Yale,  Wesleyan,  Trinity,  and  Hartford 
Theological  are  on  the  executive  committee  of  the  State 
branch  of  the  American  Society.  In  New  York  the 
University  of  the  State,  through  its  secretary,  Mr.  Melvil 
Dewey,  has  arranged  for  Extension  lectures  in  about 
twenty  important  towns  and  cities.  Rutgers  College,  as 
the  agricultural  institution  of  New  Jersey,  has  offered 
especially  scientific  courses  for  the  farmers  of  that  State. 
The  Universities  of  Wisconsin,  Indiana,  Kansas,  Michi- 
gan, and  California  have  done  much  for  their  respective 
cities.  Chicago  University  has  made  for  University  Ex- 
tension a  special  department,  under  the  present  active 
management  of  Professor  Nathaniel  P.  Butler,  Jr.  The 
annual  conferences  in  Philadelphia,  during  the  Christmas 
holidays,  have  been  important  features  of  the  movement, 


194 

while  last  summer  the  first  World's  Congress  on  Univer- 
sity Extension  was  held  in  August  at  Chicago. 

The  literature  of  the  American  Society  is  now  abun- 
dant. The  best  single  volume  is  James's  Handbook  of 
University  Extension.  The  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Conference  in  Philadelphia  contains  much  interesting 
matter.  The  American  Society  publishes  in  addition 
University  Extension,  a  monthly  journal  with  reports  of 
the  movement  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  also  a  Uni- 
versity Extension  Bulletin,  which  is  issued  fortnightly, 
especially  for  the  members  of  its  own  centres.  Chicago 
University  publishes  the  University  Extension  World. 
Those  interested  in  the  development  of  the  movement  in 
England  can  get  full  information  from  the  University 
Extension  Gazette,  of  Oxford,  and  the  London  University 
Extension  Journal,  edited  under  the  management  of  Dr. 
R.  D.  Roberts,  of  Charterhouse  Square,  London. 

EDMUND  J.  JAMES. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA, 
January,  1894. 


THE  ITALIAN  BENEVOLENT  SOCIETY. 

20  VARICK  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 

The  Italian  Benevolent  Society  was  constituted  in 
1 88 1  and  incorporated  on  the  i8th  day  of  September, 
1882,  in  the  State,  city,  and  county  of  New  York.  Its 
purpose  is  to  assist  the  Italians  in  this  country,  and  to 
improve  their  moral  and  material  condition,  inciting  them 
to  an  active  and  industrious  life.  It  procures  work  for 
the  unemployed,  relieves  those  who  are  in  want,  either 
by  money  or  by  eatables  and  clothing,  and  maintains  in 


195 

its  house  those  who  have  no  lodgings  and  no  means  of 
living.  The  Society  has  no  means  of  its  own  ;  all  that 
it  gives  to  the  poor  consists  of  the  donations  of  charita- 
ble people,  of  the  annual  tax  of  $3,  paid  by  the  mem- 
bers, and  of  the  proceeds  of  a  picnic  given  every  year 
on  the  2oth  of  September.  The  officers  of  the  Society 
are  a  president,  three  vice-presidents,  two  secretaries,  a 
treasurer,  twelve  aldermen,  and  three  trustees,  who  are 
elected  annually. 

This  Society  is  very  useful  to  the  Italian  colony,  and 
all  its  services  are  gratuitous.  Thousands  of  poor  are 
relieved  during  the  year,  and  especially  in  this  period  of 
general  distress.  The  Society  distributes  every  day,  in 
its  house,  150  meals  and  about  forty  tickets  for  lodgings, 
besides  supporting  a  score  of  families. 

Louis  V.  FUGAZY. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 


SOCIETE    FRANQAISE    DE   BIENFAI- 
SANCE. 

320-322  WEST  34TH  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 

La  Socie"te  Frangaise  de  Bienfaisance  de  New  York, 
fondle  en  1809,  a  pour  but  de  venir  en  aide  aux  Fran- 
cais  et  descendants  de  Frangais  qui  se  trouvent  dans  le 
besoin. 

Elle  distribue  des  secours  en  argent  et  en  nature  (vete- 
ments,  pain,  viande,  charbons,  etc.).  Elle  place  les 
ouvriers  sans  ouvrage.  Elle  faitvisiter  gratuitement  par 
ses  me"decins  les  malades  ne"cessiteux,  et  donne  a  ces 
derniers  les  medicaments  necessaires.  Elle  rapatrie  les 


196 

vieillards,  les  veuves  et  les  enfants.  Elle  protege  les 
Emigrants  Francais,  les  aide  £  se  placer  et  les  dirige  dans 
1'interieur.  Elle  donne  asile  pour  la  nuit  aux  pauvres 
sans  abri,  et  leur  fournit  les  repas.  Elle  tient  un  dis- 
pensaire  ouvert  tous  les  jours  a  deux  heures  (excepte  le 
dimanche),  oti  les  pauvres  refoivent  gratuitement  des 
consultations  et  des  medicaments.  Les  Medecins  qui  le 
dirigent  parlent  franipais,  italien,  espagnol,  anglais  et 
allemand  ;  le  service  est  fait  par  les  Sceurs  Merianites  de 
Ste-Croix.  L'hopital  est  dote  d'une  salle  d'operation,  et 
d'un  ascenseur  pour  le  service  des  malades  et  peut  re- 
pondre  maintenant  a  tous  les  besoinsde  la  colonie  Fran- 
faise,  et  rivaliser  avec  les  hopitaux  les  mieux  outilles  de 
la  Ville  de  New  York. 


THE  TRAVELLERS'  AID  SOCIETY. 

The  Protective  work  under  the  name  of  "  The 
Travellers'  Aid  "  was  established  in  New  York  in  1885. 

This  Society  works  in  connection  with  others  of  a 
similar  nature,  in  several  of  our  large  cities,  by  protect- 
ing young  women  on  their  arrival  as  strangers  in  a  for- 
eign land,  by  directing  them  to  respectable  lodgings,  and 
by  assisting  them  in  every  possible  way. 

Our  agents  are  generally  notified  of  expected  arrivals, 
and  are  on  hand  accordingly,  thus  saving  the  young  and 
inexperienced  from  the  fear  and  anxiety  that  otherwise 
might  assail  them  in  having  no  friends.  Again  many 
young  people,  within  shorter  distances,  residing  in  quiet 
country  places,  and  unaccustomed  to  travel,  shrink  from 
the  turmoil  of  a  busy  city,  and  avail  themselves  of  our 
aid. 

A  Home  for  young  mothers  with  infants  and  with  little 


197 

children — where  they  can  be  together — is  greatly  needed, 
perhaps  more  than  any  other  institution.  Trouble  of 
various  kinds  often  obliges  the  sad  and  destitute  parent 
to  seek  for  (at  least)  temporary  shelter  and  the  institu- 
tions already  established  refuse  to  receive  such  cases. 

ESTHER  GUNDERSON. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


AMERICAN  FEDERATION  OF  LABOR. 

To  secure  to  themselves  and  their  fellow-men,  better 
food,  clothing,  and  shelter,  higher  prices  for  their  labor 
and  shorter  hours  of  toil,  is  the  main  redeeming  and 
civilizing  aim  of  this  organization.  A  higher  standard 
of  life  and  more  leisure  for  the  cultivation  of  the  ideal 
faculties  of  man  will  be  the  natural  consequence  of  the 
Federation's  achievements.  With  a  membership  of  more 
than  six  hundred  thousand,  divided  among  five  thousand 
local  unions  and  fifty  national  and  international  trades 
unions,  the  day  cannot  be  very  distant  when  the  reduc- 
tion of  the  hours  of  labor  to  eight  hours  per  day  will  be 
accomplished  in  every  trade  represented.  Such  is  the 
case  to-day  with  the  carpenters  and  the  cigar-makers. 
The  Federation,  as  an  organization,  neither  strives  after, 
nor  would  it  offer  any  panacea  for  the  solution  of  the 
social  problem  ;  nor  could  it  destroy  present  or  future 
worlds  to  realize  the  idle  dreams  of  theorists.  It  deals 
with  facts,  rather  than  doctrines,  and  seeks  to  secure 
future  happiness  by  making  the  conditions  and  the  men 
of  the  present  as  good  as  possible.  But  the  scope  of  the 
work  of  the  Federation  is  as  broad  and  high  and  wide 
as  humanity  itself.  In  the  political-reform  movements 
of  the  municipality  the  Federation  has  been  an  acknowl- 


198 

edged  factor  of  worth  and  influence,  so  that  it  may  safely 
be  asserted  that  wherever  this  influence  could  make  itself 
felt,  it  was  to  the  advantage  of  the  common  weal.  It  is 
in  this  very  favorable  light  that  reformers  have  learned 
at  last  to  view  the  trades-union  movement,  recognizing 
its  eminently  constructive  qualities,  in  spite  of  the  appar- 
ently militant  character  it  may  bear  on  the  surface. 

The  Federation  meets  once  a  year  in  general  session, 
when  the  events  of  the  year  are  discussed  and  the  future 
policy  is  shaped.  The  convention  also  elects  the  officers 
and  adopts  measures  for  the  better  concentration  and 
mutual  understanding  of  the  affiliated  branches. 

HENRY  WEISMANN. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


THE  KNIGHTS  OF   LABOR. 

The  order  of  the  Knights  of  Labor  was  founded  in 
1868,  by  Uriah  Stevens,  a  Philadelphia  tailor.  Stevens 
was  being  educated  for  the  ministry,  but  before  his  ordi- 
nation his  father's  funds  gave  out  and  he  felt  constrained 
to  learn  a  trade.  On  his  return  from  Europe,  with  the 
intention  of  becoming  a  tailor,  he  came  in  contact  with 
a  number  of  leading  revolutionists,  notably  Ikarius,  and 
became  quite  familiar  with  the  principles  of  the  Socialist 
movement. 

When  the  growing  distress  of  the  working  people  in 
this  country  caused  him  to  realize  that  economic  evolu- 
tion was  not  bounded  by  nationalities,  he  decided  to 
form  an  organization  here  that  should  correspond  with 
the  Socialist  movement  in  Europe.  In  the  framing  of 
the  ends  and  methods  of  the  organization,  he  drew  copi- 
ously from  the  Communistic  manifesto  published  by 


199 

Karl  Marx  and  Frederic  Engels.  The  Order  of  the 
Knights  of  Labor  was  launched,  accordingly,  with  a  con- 
crete aim  and  method. 

The  aim  was  the  overthrow  of  the  capitalist  and  wage 
system  of  production,  and  the  establishment  of  the  co- 
operative commonwealth  ;  the  method  was  the  peaceful 
conquest  of  the  public  powers  through  the  ballot,  to  the 
end  of  using  the  government  for  the  introduction  of  the 
co-operative  commonwealth. 

The  Order  grew  at  first  slowly  ;  during  the  seventies 
it  increased  rapidly  ;  and  it  reached  its  numerical  zenith 
early  in  the  eighties  ;  from  that  time  it  began  to  decline 
rapidly  and  reached  its  lowest  ebb  a  year  or  two  ago. 
Since  then  it  has  been  steadily  rising. 

The  period  of  the  Order's  decline  was  marked  by  its 
abandonment  of  the  principles  upon  which  it  had  been 
started.  Both  the  periods  of  its  growth — the  first  in  the 
early  seventies,  and  the  present — are  marked  by  its  ad- 
herence to  its  fundamental  principles,  objects,  and 
methods.  In  1885  the  Order  is  commonly  credited  with 
having  numbered  a  million  or  more  members  ;  at  present 
it  is  credited  with  a  quarter  of  a  million.  The  order  is 
a  secret  organization. 

DANIEL  DE  LEON. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE   CHILDREN'S  DRESSMAKING  COM- 
PANY   (PROFIT-SHARING). 

10  EAST  15x11  STREET. 

This  company  was  established  in  1890,  and  was  under- 
taken simply  because  I  was  interested  in  a  special  group 
of  girls  who  had  a  great  deal  of  talent,  and  because  I 


2OO 

felt  I  could  make  such  a  business  succeed.  You  will 
hardly  be  surprised  tt>  learn  that  it  has  taken  us  nearly 
three  years  to  build  up  the  business  and  set  it  firmly  on 
its  feet.  The  first  year  we  did  a  $12,000  business,  the 
second  year  a  $16,000  business,  and  this  year  it  will  be 
over  $20,000  ;  but  the  surplus  this  year  must  go  for  the 
deficits  of  the  first  two  ;  so  not  until  January,  1894,  can 
profits  be  divided.  The  fifteen  girls  with  whom  we 
started  have  now  increased  from  thirty-five  to  forty- 
five,  according  to  the  season,  and  I  hope  to  increase  the 
number  year  by  year.  We  give  every  opportunity  to 
those  girls  who  wish  to  better  themselves  educationally, 
by  letting  them  work  one-half  or  three-quarters  time. 
Thus  several  of  the  original  girls,  as  well  as  others  who 
came  in  later,  have  taken  positions,  at  much  better  pay, 
as  stenographers,  dressmakers,  or  drill  teachers.  The 
girls  have  all  developed  wonderfully,  and  even  the  most 
inefficient  have  become  skilled  workers.  Our  work- 
rooms are  the  happiest  places  I  know  ;  and  I  can  never 
be  thankful  enough  for  the  knowledge  and  experience  of 
work  and  working  women  which  the  last  three  years  have 

brought  me. 

VIRGINIA  POTTER, 

President. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
December,  1893. 

FREE  PUBLIC  EMPLOYMENT  BUREAUS. 

Public  Employment  Bureaus  in  the  United  States 
owe  their  origin  to  the  Free  Public  Intelligence  Office 
of  France,  which  for  some  time  has  been  one  of  the 
working  institutions  of  Paris.  At  the  Municipal  Labor 
Congress  held  in  Cincinnati,  in  1889,  a  report  was 


201 

made  upon  the  Paris  office,  and  as  a  result  a  bill  was 
drafted,  introduced  in  and  passed  by  the  Legislature  of 
Ohio.  This,  it  is  believed,  was  the  earliest  Public 
Employment  Bureau  in  the  United  States,  and  the  plan 
of  such  bureaus  has  come  to  be  known  as  the  "Ohio 
Idea."  The  bureau  has  been  in  operation  during  the 
years  of  1891,  1892,  1893,  and  a  portion  of  the  year 
1890,  and  has  given  universal  satisfaction,  as  proved  by 
the  reports  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  statistics  for  the 
State  of  Ohio  during  these  years.  Employment  bureaus 
exist  in  the  cities  of  Cincinnati,  Dayton,  Toledo,  Cleve- 
land, and  Columbus.  Among  the  reasons  that  may  be 
urged  in  their  favor,  apart  from  the  practical  result 
of  securing  a  large  number  of  situations,  the  following 
may  be  stated : 

First :  The  legislation  is  not  political,  but  has  received 
in  the  States  of  Ohio,  Iowa,  and  Minnesota,  the  support 
of  both  political  parties  ;  though  in  the  latter  two  States, 
owing  to  the  adjournment  of  the  Legislature,  the  bills 
introduced  in  them  for  the  establishment  of  such 
State  Bureaus  did  not  become  a  law. 

Second  :  The  duty  of  the  State  to  lessen  the  number 
of  the  unemployed  is  perhaps  the  strongest  reason  for 
the  establishment  of  Employment  Bureaus.  The  un- 
employed tend  to  mass  themselves  in  the  great  cities, 
and  in  these  cities  the  facilities  should  be  enlarged 
for  finding  employment. 

Third  :  The  great  difficulty  in  the  way  of  many 
persons  out  of  work  is  to  be  found  in  their  inability 
to  learn  of  the  places  where  work  can  probably  be 
secured.  The  aim  of  this  bill  is,  in  a  measure,  to 
meet  that  difficulty  by  exchanging  lists. 

Fourth  :  The  Public  Employment  Bureau  drives  out 
of  existence  the  private  Employment  Bureaus,  which  are 


202 

usually  extortion  offices.  In  Columbus,  Ohio,  six  private 
offices  were  supported  by  the  credulity  of  the  working 
people,  and  when  the  State  office  was  opened,  all  were 
driven  out  of  business.  This  point  is  particularly  im- 
portant, in  view  of  the  efforts  that  are  constantly  made 
to  ensnare  young  girls  under  the  guise  of  securing  them 
employment. 

Fifth  :  The  measure  is  one  that  is  decidedly  in  the 
interests  of  the  laboring  people,  and  has  been  recognized 
as  such  in  many  different  parts  of  the  world.  Among 
the  latest  evidences  of  this  is  the  adoption  of  the  system 
by  the  British  Colony  in  New  Zealand. 

Much  more  extended  arguments  in  support  of  the 
adoption  of  the  system  of  municipal  labor  bureaus  may 
be  found  in  the  reports  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  statis- 
tics for  the  States  of  Ohio  and  Minnesota  ;  of  the  New 
Zealand  Bureaus,  of  the  Missouri  Bureau  of  Labor 
Statistics,  in  the  Message  of  Governor  Boies  of  Iowa  to 
the  Legislature  of  that  State,  and  in  various  newspaper 
and  magazine  articles,  such  as  that  of  Mr.  Ryan  in 
Frank  Leslie's  Weekly  for  October  25,  1890. 

MORNAY  WILLIAMS. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE  WAYFARER'S  LODGE. 

516  WEST  28iH  STREET. 

The  Lodge,  a  four-story-and-basement  brick  struc- 
ture, twenty-five  feet  wide  by  seventy-five  feet  deep, 
with  an  office  extension,  was  erected  especially  for  the 
purpose,  and  opened  November  15,  1893.  In  the  base- 
ment are  seven  shower  baths  for  the  use  of  the  lodgers, 
and  four  fumigating  ovens  where  their  clothing  is 


203 

fumigated  ;  on  the  first  floor  are  the  office,  the  sitting- 
room,  and  dining-room,  while  the  three  upper  floors  are 
used  as  dormitories,  with  accommodation  for  one  hundred 
men.  The  work  is  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  a 
committee  of  the  Charity  Organization  Society. 

The  object  of  the  Wayfarer's  Lodge  is  to  provide  a 
clean  and  wholesome  temporary  stopping-place  for  home- 
less and  destitute  men  who,  in  return  for  their  food  and 
lodging,  are  willing  to  do  a  reasonable  amount  of  work 
— sawing  or  chopping  wood  by  hand — in  the  wood-yard 
connected  with  it.  They  are  also  required  to  behave 
in  an  orderly  manner,  to  bathe  each  night,  and  to  leave 
their  clothing  in  the  bath  room  for  fumigation,  a  clean 
night-gown  and  slippers  being  furnished  to  each  lodger. 

Tickets,  which  may  be  given  to  homeless  men  who 
seek  aid,  are  sold  in  a  book  at  ten  for  a  dollar.  Each 
ticket  is  good  for  two  meals  and  a  lodging  in  return  for 
the  required  work. 

ROBT.  W.  HEBBERD, 

Superintendent. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


CONSUMER'S  LEAGUE. 

The  Consumers'  League  of  the  City  of  New  York  in  its 
Constitution  declares  its  object  to  be  the  following  : 
"  To  ameliorate  the  condition  of  the  women  and  chil- 
dren employed  in  the  Retail  Mercantile  Houses  of  this 
City,  by  patronizing  as  far  as  practicable  only  such 
houses  as  approach  in  their  conditions  to  the  '  Standard 
of  a  Fair  House '  as  adopted  by  the  League,  and  by 
other  methods." 


204 

A  Fair  House  is  one  in  which  equal  pay  is  given  for 
work  of  equal  value,  irrespective  of  sex.  In  the  depart- 
ments where  women  only  are  employed,  in  which  the 
minimum  wages  are  six  dollars  per  week  for  experienced 
adult  workers,  and  fall  in  few  instances  below  eight 
dollars,  wages  are  paid  by  the  week  ;  fines,  if  imposed, 
are  paid  into  a  fund  for  the  benefit  of  the  employees ; 
the  minimum  wages  of  Cash  Girls  are  two  dollars  per 
week,  with  the  same  conditions  regarding  weekly  pay- 
ments and  fines  ;  hours  from  8  A.M.  to  6  P.M.  (with  three- 
quarters  of  an  hour  for  lunch)  constitute  the  working 
day,  and  a  general  half-holiday  is  given  on  one  day  of 
each  week  during  at  least  two  summer  months ;  a 
vacation  of  not  less  than  one  week  is  given  with  pay 
during  the  summer  season  ;  all  overtime  is  compen- 
sated for  ;  work,  lunch,  and  retiring-rooms  are  apart 
from  each  other,  and  conform  in  all  respects  to  the 
present  Sanitary  Laws  ;  the  present  law  regarding  the 
providing  of  seats  for  saleswomen  is  observed,  and 
the  use  of  seats  permitted  ;  humane  and  considerate 
behavior  toward  employees  is  the  rule  ;  fidelity  and 
length  of  service  meet  with  the  consideration  which  is 
their  due  ;  no  children  under  fourteen  years  of  age  are 
employed. 

The  condition  of  membership  in  the  Consumers' 
League  shall  be  the  approval  by  signature  of  the 
League's  object,  and  all  persons  shall  be  eligible  for 
membership  excepting  such  as  are  engaged  in  retail 
business  in  this  city,  either  as  employer  or  employee. 
The  members  shall  not  be  bound  never  to  buy  at 
other  shops.  The  names  of  the  members  of  the  Con- 
sumers' League  shall  not  be  made  public. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 


205 

WORKING    WOMEN'S    PROTECTIVE 
UNION. 

19  CLINTON  PLACE. 

In  1863,  the  condition  of  the  working  women  of  New 
York  had  become  more  than  usually  desperate.  The 
effects  of  the  pending  civil  war  were  being  felt  most 
sorely  throughout  the  community,  but  by  no  class  more 
severely  than  by  those  women  who  were  dependent  upon 
the  needle  and  the  various  factory  employments  for 
their  daily  bread.  This  distress,  in  conjunction  with 
the  many  cases  of  fraud  and  oppression  practised  against 
them  by  employers,  stirred  public  interest  to  such  a  de- 
gree that  meetings  were  called  for  the  purpose  of  relief 
and  organization. 

It  was  first  intended  to  establish  an  organization 
among  the  working  women  themselves  for  mutual  pro- 
tection, but  their  want  of  experience  in  the  practical 
management  of  affairs,  and  other  objections,  made  it 
desirable  that  the  work  should  be  undertaken  by  gentle- 
men who  had  been  instrumental  in  starting  the  move- 
ment. 

The  objects  of  the  association  are  best  expressed  in 
the  language  of  its  constitution  : 

(i)  By  securing  for  working  women  legal  protection 
from  frauds  and  impositions,  free  of  expense.  (2)  By 
appeals,  respectfully  but  urgently  made  to  employers, 
for  wages  proportioned  to  the  work  performed  and  to 
the  cost  of  living,  and  such  shortening  of  hours  of  labor 
as  is  due  to  health  and  the  requirements  of  household 
affairs.  (3)  By  seeking  new  and  appropriate  spheres 
of  labor  in  departments  not  ordinarily  occupied  by 
women.  (4)  By  maintaining  a  registry  by  which  those 
out  of  work  may  obtain  employment.  (5)  By  appeals 


2o6 

to  the  community  for  that  sympathy  and  support  which 
are  due  to  the  otherwise  defenceless  condition  of  work- 
ing women. 

Though  the  institution  is  supported  by  private  contri- 
butions, it  is  in  no  sense  a  charity.  It  does  not  give 
away  anything  ;  it  simply  helps  those  who  desire  to  help 
themselves.  Where  wrongs  are  committed  against  the 
rights  of  working  women  which  are  susceptible  of  legal 
redress,  it  puts  in  motion  the  machinery  of  law  neces- 
sary to  secure  it. 

The  Union  has  prosecuted  many  thousands  of  cases 
in  behalf  of  the  working  women  to  a  successful  issue, 
against  employers  seeking  to  defraud  them,  and  it  is 
believed  that  its  existence  has  resulted  in  the  prevention 
of  much  fraud  and  wrong  that  would  otherwise  have 
been  perpetrated  against  them. 

JOHN  H.  PARSONS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 

WORKING  WOMEN'S  SOCIETY. 

27  CLINTON  PLACE. 

The  Working  Women's  Society  was  organized  in  1888 
for  the  following  specified  objects  :  To  found  trades 
organizations  among  women  to  the  end  of  increasing 
wages  and  shortening  hours  ;  to  enforce  existing  laws 
relating  to  the  protection  of  women  and  children,  in 
shops  and  factories,  and  to  promote  legislation  in  their 
interest :  to  abolish  tenement-house  work,  particularly 
in  the  clothing  and  cigar  industries  ;  to  establish  a  Labor 
Bureau  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  a  free  exchange  of 
labor  between  city  and  country  ;  to  secure  equal  pay  for 
equal  work. 


207 

At  the  time  of  its  inception,  the  general  tendency  of 
the  working  people  was  toward  organization,  and  during 
the  first  year  this  branch  of  the  work  was  in  a  measure 
successful.  "Since  then  but  little  progress  has  been 
made,  owing  to  the  utter  indifference  of  working  women 
to  their  condition.  The  first  year  a  bill  providing  for 
women  factory  inspectors  was  introduced  in  the  State 
Legislature,  and  after  a  three-years'  contest  it  became  a 
law,  being  the  first  provision  of  the  kind  in  the  United 
States. 

In  the  meantime  an  investigation  of  the  condition  of 
women  and  children  in  mercantile  establishments  was 
made,  with  the  result  that  a  Consumers'  League  was 
formed,  its  object  being  to  patronize  as  far  as  possible 
the  shops  where  employees  received  fair  treatment.  For 
the  past  three  years  a  bill  providing  for  the  regulation  of 
employment  of  women  and  children  in  mercantile  estab- 
lishments, and  providing  that  the  State  Factory  Inspector 
shall  enforce  the  same,  has  been  introduced  in  the  State 
Legislature,  but  thus  far  has  failed  to  become  a  law 

For  four  years  past  the  Society  has  used  every  possible 
means  to  obtain  a  half-holiday  among  the  Grand  Street 
shops  during  July  and  August.  At  present  women  and 
children  are  employed  until  eleven  and  twelve  o'clock 
on  Saturday  night  all  the  year  round.  All  the  mer- 
chants have  expressed  themselves  as  ready  to  close  at 
noon  on  Saturday  if  Ridley  &  Sons  will  close,  but  thus 
far  this  firm  has  remained  obdurate. 

The  Society  is  also  engaged  in  investigating  the  con- 
dition of  tenement  houses  and  reporting  to  the  Health 
and  Building  Departments  all  violations  of  law.  A  Free 
Employment  Bureau  has  been  established  for  women, 
and  an  investigation  of  the  general  condition  of  working 
women  in  the  State  is  being  conducted  with  the  object 


208 

of  eventually  establishing  a  State  Insurance  or  Annuity 
for  all  working  women  over  fifty  years  of  age.  At  the 
next  session  of  the  Legislature  a  bill  providing  for  Free 
State  Employment  Offices  in  the  large  cities  of  the 
State  will  be  framed  and  introduced  at  the  instance  of 
the  Society. 

The  membership  of  the  Society  is,  with  few  exceptions, 
composed  of  self-supporting  women,  and  the  necessary 
funds  for  the  work  is  obtained  through  contributions 
of  those  interested. 

ALICE  L.  WOODBRIDGE, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE  CITY  CLUB. 

The  failure  of  the  Municipal  League  to  elect  its  can- 
didate to  the  Mayoralty  in  1891  occasioned  profound 
discouragement  amongst  those  desirous  of  obtaining 
good  city  government.  It  seemed  to  indicate  that  mere 
popular  indignation  or  enthusiasm  could  not  be  counted 
upon  when  pitted  against  an  organized  political  machine. 
It  became  clear,  therefore,  that  if  the  work  of  improving 
city  government  was  to  be  undertaken  at  all,  it  must  be 
undertaken  upon  a  permanent  plan, — a  fact  which  sug- 
gested the  organization  of  a  Social  Club,  which  would 
serve  to  bring  together  and  to  keep  together  all  those 
interested  in  the  organization  of  a  municipal  party  built 
upon  the  principle  that  City  Government  should  be  sep- 
arated from  National  politics. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  City  Club  was  held  April  13, 
1892.  The  Constitution  provided  for  a  large  number  of 
standing  committees.  For  example,  the  Committee  on 


200 

Legislation,  the  duties  of  which  are  as  follows:  "To 
observe  the  action  of  the  Legislature  at  Albany  and  to 
advance  the  objects  of  the  City  Club  by  the  promotion 
of,  or  opposition  to,  suggested  legislation  so  far  as  it  may 
be  deemed  expedient."  The  Committee  on  Co-opera- 
tion and  Affiliated  Clubs,  the  duties  of  which  are  as  fol- 
lows :  "  To  secure  the  co-operation  of  all  societies, 
whether  philanthropic  or  political,  the  aim  of 'which  i<; 
to  improve  social  conditions,  and  in  concentrating  the 
efforts  of  such  societies  in  the  direction  of  the  purposes 
of  the  City  Club,  and  in  drawing  up  a  plan  for  organiz- 
ing Affiliated  Clubs  and  ultimately  in  carrying  out  such 
plan  when  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees." 

EDMOND  KELLY 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

GOOD  GOVERNMENT  CLUBS. 

Perhaps  the  most  efficient  work  done  by  the  Club,  or 
rather  by  the  members  of  the  Club,  was  the  organization 
of  the  so-called  Good  Government  Clubs  in  various 
districts  of  the  city_  to  carry  out  the  same  principals  as 
the  City  Club.  Their  cardinal  principle  is  the  separa- 
tion of  municipal  government  from  national  politics,  and 
with  a  view  of  securing  this,  it  is  proposed  to  direct  their 
energies  to  securing  :  i.  Honest  and  unbiased  primaries. 
2.  Ballot  reform.  3.  Separate  elections.  4.  Home  rule. 

Wherever  a  nucleus  or  group  of  citizens  can  be  found 
to  adopt  the  views,,  it  is  proposed  to  organize  this  group 
into  a  club,  with  headquarters  or  club  house  as  circum- 
stances appear  to  require. 

The  dues  of  the  club  are  one  dollar  initiation  fee  and 
fifty  cents  a  month,  or  six  dollars  a  year. 

The  Secretaries  of  the  respective  clubs  are  as  follows  : 


±10 

Club  A,  territory  N.  E.  of  -jth  Avenue  and  4oth  Street. 

EDMOND  KELLY,  120  Broadway. 
Club  B,  territory  N.  W.  of  7th  Avenue  and  4oth  Street. 

THEODORE  I.  HAUBNER,  176  W.  95th  Street. 
Club  C,  territory  W.  of  7th  Ave.  bet.  4oth  and  72d  Sts. 

LEWIS  C.  KING,  171  Front  Street. 
Club  D,  territory  S.  W.  of  4th  Ave.  and  4oth  Street. 

CHARLES  TABER,  26  Exchange  Place. 
Club  E,  territory  S.  E.  of  4th  Ave.  and  40  Street. 

CHARLES  WHEELER  BARNES,  54  William  Street. 
Club  F,  territory  8th  and  pth  Assembly  Districts. 

JOHN  P.  FAURE,  238  W.  nth  Street. 

EDMOND  KELLY. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE  CITY  REFORM  CLUB. 

This  Club  was  organized  about  fifteen  years  ago,  but 
has  never  been  incorporated.  Originally  it  had  a  member- 
ship of  several  hundred,  but  it  did  not  at  that  time  suc- 
ceed in  doing  any  great  amount  of  work.  Finally  nearly 
all  the  members  resigned,  and  those  who  remained,  about 
fifteen,  were  elected  to  the  Executive  Committee.  This 
number  has  never  varied  much.  After  this  change  in 
the  membership,  the  Club  commenced  to  publish  an 
annual  record  of  Assemblymen  and  Senators,  which  was 
published  in  large  numbers  about  two  or  three  weeks  be- 
fore election  day  in  each  year.  The  Club  also  preserved 
all  newspaper  articles  in  relation  to  the  actions  of  office 
holders,  and  various  documents  relating  to  public  affairs. 
The  Club  has  also  appeared  before  the  Legislature  and 
advocated  reform  legislation,  and  has  instituted  several 
criminal  proceedings  against  offenders  of  the  law.  For 


211 

about  ten  years  it  was  about  the  only  reform  organization 
which  did  any  amount  of  work  in  endeavoring  to  better 
the  condition  of  the  municipality.  To  its  influence  and 
work  the  present  movement  in  New  York  City  is  largely 
due.  The  Club  is  prepared  to  take  action,  if  necessary, 
but  has  not  done  a  great  deal  during  the  last  year.  Its 
members  are  now  occupying  official  positions  in  the 
City  Club  and  in  the  various  Good  Government  Clubs. 
The  Club  has  never  had  anything  to  do  with  the  nom- 
ination of  candidates  or  the  doing  of  purely  political 
campaign  work. 

W.  HARRIS  ROOME, 

President. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

May,  1894. 


THE  FABIAN  SOCIETY  (LONDON). 

FOUNDED  1883. 

From  the  United  States  came  the  first  impetus  which 
led  to  the  formation  of  the  Fabian  Society.  A  few- 
English  thinkers  were  aroused  by  Henry  George's  sugges- 
tive, though  illogical,  Progress  and  Poverty,  amongst  them 
the  founders  of  the  Society.  They  were  first  brought 
together  by  Prof.  Thomas  Davidson  of  New  York,  who 
in  1883  expounded  to  some  little  gatherings  in  London 
his  views  for  forming  a  society  of  the  New  Life.  After 
his  departure  the  meetings  were  continued,  and  the 
half-formed  organization  divided  into  two  parts,  the 
larger  of  which  adopted  the  name  of  "  Fabian,"  and 
resolved  to  think  out  for  itself  a  practicable  method  of 
carrying  into  effect  the  as  yet  vaguely  understood  doc- 
trines of  Socialism. 


212 

The  first  business  of  the  Society  was  self-education  ; 
and  the  earlier  tracts,  now  mostly  withdrawn  from  cir- 
culation, show  how  necessary  this  was.  But  almost  from 
the  first,  one  principle  was  adopted,  which  has  marked 
out  Fabian  teaching  from  other  Socialisms.  Its  Social- 
ism was  deliberately  home-made  for  home  consumption. 
It  was  adapted  to  English  political  ideas  and  institu- 
tions, and  methods  imported  from  Germany  or  France 
were  rejected  as  unlikely  to  prove  successful  in  England. 
The  Society  has  from  its  earliest  days  held  fortnightly 
meetings  for  the  consideration  of  social  problems,  and  in 
addition  for  several  years  a  few  of  the  leading  members 
met  regularly  once  a  fortnight  to  read  and  discuss  eco- 
nomic and  social  history. 

The  results  of  this  study  are  embodied  in  Fabian 
Tracts,  now  fifty  in  number,  which  for  the  most 
part  explain  the  application  of  the  principles  of  Social- 
ism to  the  actual  and  pressing  problems  of  politics. 

The  Society  has  never  attempted  to  form  itself  into  a 
political  party.  It  has  never  sought  a  large  membership, 
or  contemplated  running  candidates  of  its  own.  It  has 
adopted  the  general  rule  that  it  is  cheaper  and  more 
effective  to  write  for  the  public  press  than  to  publish  an 
organ  of  its  own  ;  to  lecture  to  Radical  Clubs,  rather 
than  to  Fabian  Branch  meetings  ;  to  write  programs  for 
Liberal  Associations  rather  than  to  create  a  new  organi- 
zation for  itself.  In  one  recent  year  119  members  re- 
ported over  3300  lectures  delivered,  almost  entirely  to 
outside  bodies.  In  1888  the  Star  evening  newspaper 
was  started  and,  adopting  Fabian  ideas,  became  at 
once  an  enormous  success.  In  1889  the  people  of  Lon- 
don elected  their  first  County  Council,  and,  to  the  sur- 
prise of  everybody,  the  Progressive  majority  proved  to 
be  socialist  in  all  its  leading  ideas.  About  the  same 


213 

time  Fabian  Essays  in  Socialism  were  published,  and 
the  first  edition  went  off  like  smoke,  whilst  of  a  cheaper 
edition  soon  afterwards  published  some  30,000  copies' 
have  already  been  sold.  In  1890  an  active  lecturing 
campaign  was  started  in  the  country  districts  by  the 
essayists,  Sidney  Webb,  Bernard  Shaw,  Graham  Wallas, 
William  Clarke,  Hubert  Bland,  and  others,  and  in  a  short 
time  nearly  every  large  town  in  the  country  had  formed 
a  local  Fabian  Society  affiliated  with  the  London  body. 

In  1892  the  second  London  County  Council  election 
was  fought  on  the  "  London  Programm,"  written  by 
Sidney  Webb,  and  again  the  Progressives  secured  an 
overwhelming  victory,  in  which  every  Fabian  who  ran 
as  a  Progressive  was  elected.  In  national  politics  the 
Society  has  not  yet  accomplished  much.  The  country 
is  not  ripe  for  an  independent  Labor  Party,  and  the 
efforts  of  Fabians  and  others  to  permeate  the  Liberal 
leaders  with  collectivism  have  been  more  successful  in 
name  than  reality.  The  most  recent  move  of  the 
Fabians  is  a  Manifesto  published  in  the  fortnightly  Re- 
view, for  November,  1893,  pointing  out  the  failure  of  the 
Liberal  Ministry  to  redeem  its  pledges,  especially  in 
matters  of  administration,  and  calling  on  the  great  Trade 
Unions  to  run  their  own  candidates  at  the  next  election. 

The  object  of  the  Society  is  to  popularize  and  realize 
the  principles  of  Socialism.  It  is  a  body  of  propagan- 
dists, and  membership  is  therefore  strictly  confined  to 
Socialists.  Men  and  women  enter  on  equal  terms,  and 
take  equal  part  in  its  work.  It  is  entirely  democratic  in 
constitution,  and  is  managed  by  an  Executive  Committee 
chosen  annually  by  ballot.  But  the  secret  of  its  steady 
force  has  been  in  the  fact  that  half-a-dozen  of  the  early 
members,  who  are  gradually  becoming  known  throughout 
England,  have  always  worked  together  unitedly  and 


214 

loyally  for  the  good  of  the  Society,  and  for  the  objects 
which  it  was  formed  to  attain. 

EDWARD  T.  PEASE, 

Secretary. 
276  STRAND,  LONDON, 

November,  1893. 


There  are  less  than  a  dozen  members  of  the  English 
Fabian  Society  in  this  country,  chiefly  in  New  York 
City,  who  work  in  harmony  with  various  social  organi- 
zations, endeavoring  to  influence  them  in  a  collectivist 
direction.  It  is  not  expected  that  this  number  will 
greatly  increase,  and  an  American  Society  in  the  nature 
of  a  branch  of  the  English  one  is  unadvisable,  as  the 
Socialism  that  will  be  equally  successful  here  must  be 
American,  "  deliberately  home-made."  Still,  much  may 
be  learned  from  a  careful  study  of  the  various  Fabian 
publications.  Send  post-card  for  list  and  full  informa- 
tion. Tracts  bound  complete,  $1.50  post  free.  New 
editions  and  tracts  sent  on  issue,  25  cents  a  year.  Mem- 
bership and  a  yearly  subscription  of  $1.50  upwards 
would  give  the  further  advantage  of  the  many  useful 
ideas  and  reports  of  the  Society's  work  in  a  little 
monthly  paper,  Fabian  News,  printed  for  members  only. 
With  a  view  to  common  action  in  a  practical  Socialist 
direction  in  a  new  or  existing  organization,  those  in 
general  sympathy  with  the  Fabians  in  temperament  and 
ideas  are  invited  to  communicate  with 

WILLIAM  SCUDAMORE, 

508  West  23d  St. 
NEW  YORK  CITY. 

NEW  YORK'S  FREE  FLOATING  BATHS. 

There  are  fifteen-  free  floating  baths,  berthed  at  con- 
venient locations  from  the  Battery  to  i34th  street,  on  the 


215 

North  River,  and  from  Market  Slip,  on  the  East  River. 
The  baths  are  usually  open  from  the  middle  of  June 
to  October  ist.  They  are  open  daily,  from  5  A.M.  to  9 
P.M.,  except  Sundays,  when  they  are  closed  at  noon. 
Mondays,  Wednesdays,  and  Fridays  are  set  apart  for 
women  and  children,  the  remainder  of  the  week  being 
for  males.  The  average  number  of  persons  using  the 
baths  annually  is  over  3,750,000.  There  is  absolutely  no 
charge  for  admission  to  the  baths.  All  bathers  are 
required  to  furnish  themselves  with  bathing  dresses 
(excepting  children),  and,  to  avoid  infection,  no  towels 
or  other  toilet  articles  can  be  hired  at  the  baths.  Two 
male  attendants  are  in  charge  of  each  bath  on  the  days 
set  apart  for  males,  and  two  female  attendants  on  the 
other  days.  There  is  also  a  male  guard  at  each  bath  on 
woman's  day,  a  policeman  to  keep  order,  and  a  keeper 
on  each  bath  at  night.  Each  bath  has  an  average 
of  sixty-three  dressing-rooms,  a  reception  and  retiring 
room,  and  is  lighted  by  gas.  The  baths  have  a  supply 
of  ice  water,  and  are  thoroughly  swept,  scoured,  and 
washed  down  nightly.  At  the  end  of  each  bathing 
season,  the  baths  are  thoroughly  repaired  and  cleaned. 

MICHAEL  T.  DALY, 
Commissioner  of  Public  Works. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

FREE  RAIN   BATHS. 

The  "  Rain  Baths,"  on  the  corner  of  Henry  and 
Market  Streets,  are  open  to  all  upon  the  payment  of  five 
cents  for  adults,  and  three  cents  for  children  under  five 
years  of  age. 

Each  bather  is  provided  with  a  separate  apartment, 
which  is  divided  into  a  dressing-room,  with  the  usual 


2l6 

conveniences,  and  a  bath-room,  wherein  a  bath  can  be 
taken  either  standing,  sitting,  or  lying  down  ;  each 
bather  is  provided  with  soap  and  a  Turkish  bathing- 
towel.  The  temperature  of  the  water  can  be  regulated 
by  each  person  to  suit  him  or  herself.  During  the  past 
year  about  50,000  persons  availed  of  our  baths.  They 
are  open  from  8  A.M.  until  9  P.M.  on  Mondays,  Tues- 
days, Wednesdays,  Thursdays  ;  on  Fridays  from  8  A.M. 
to  5  P.M.  ;  on  Saturdays  from  sunset  until  10  P.M.,  and 
on  Sundays  from  7  A.M.  until  5  P.M. 

The  advantages  of  these  baths,  compared  with  the 
ordinary  bath-tub,  are  that  they  can  always  be  kept 
scrupulously  clean,  and  as  the  running  water  always 
passes  over  the  surroundings,  the  danger  of  communi- 
cating disease  is  beyond  possibility. 

A,  S.  SOLOMONS. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

LAVATORIES. 

There  is  one  respect  in  which  American  cities  are  far 
behind  those  of  the  continent  ;  it  touches  a  matter  which 
it  would  seem  should  only  be  mentioned  in  order  that  its 
need  and  usefulness  should  be  universally  admitted.  I 
refer  to  the  public  conveniences  of  water  closets  and 
urinals  which  should  be  provided  by  the  city  for  the 
free  use  of  the  entire  civic  population — men,  women,  and 
children.  The  English  call  such  public  conveniences 
of  water-closets  and  urinals,  "lavatories," — hence  that 
term  will  be  used  with  the  same  meaning. 

The  need  of  lavatories  is  particularly  imperative  in 
the  down-town  districts,  as  can  be  seen  and  smelt  from 
a  walk  through  streets  lined  with  trucks.  The  menace 
to  health  is  bad  enough  from  the  stench,  but  there  is 


217 

the  continual  offence  to  delicacy  and  modesty.  I  would 
like  to  raise  the  question  if  it  is  the  "  pull "  of  the 
saloonist  and  his  influence  which  prevents  the  munici- 
pality from  making  provision  for  these  conveniences  ? 
The  saloon  is  a  potent  factor  in  politics.  The  liquor  is  a 
minor  attraction  of  the  saloon,  but  every  saloon  sees  that 
its  lavatories  are  clean  and  ample.  Many  of  them  in  this 
city  will  compare  favorably  in  this  regard  with  many  a 
hotel.  This  is  done  as  a  matter  of  business,  because  it 
soon  becomes  known  that  a  certain  saloon  offers  this 
necessity,  especially  in  the  business  part  of  the  town. 
The  proprietor  knows  that  the  large  majority  who 
frequent  his  saloon  for  this  purpose  will  buy  his  liquor, 
because  there  is  a  certain  feeling  that  makes  a  large 
number  of  men  feel  mean  if  they  receive  something  for 
nothing. 

There  are  five  public  lavatories  in  this  great  metropolis. 

Contrast  these  facts  with  those  of  English  cities.  Shall 
we  be  content  that  a  saloon  shall  furnish  what  of  right 
should  be  afforded  by  the  city  ?  New  Yorkers  are  too 
indifferent  and  lazy,  but  the  time  has  come  for  civic 
manhood  to  assert  itself  in  the  behalf  of  humanity. 
There  are  individual  expressions  of  discontent  and  in- 
justice, but  what  is  needed  is  a  fusion  of  these  individual 
protests  into  a  collective  assertion  that  society  has  rights 
that  a  municipality  must  regard. 

Let  us  now  compare  the  facts  as  shown  by  British 
municipalities  with  those  of  our  own  cities. 

"  DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  WORKS, 
"  NEW  YORK. 

"January  29,  1894. 

"  I  beg  to  inform  you  that  there  are  public  urinals  in  City  Hall 
Park,  Washington  Park,  Tompkins  Park,  and  Battery  Park,  each 
urinal  being  supplied  with  gaslight  direct  from  gas-mains,  same  as 
city  lamps.  There  is  also  a  urinal  in  Union  Square  Park." 


2l8 

w  HEALTH  DEPARTMENT,  BOSTON. 

"  March  5,  1894. 
"  I  have  to  say  that  we  have  twenty-one  public  urinals." 

"  DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  SAFETY, 

"  PHILADELPHIA. 

"  Regarding  the  number  of  public  water-closets  and  urinals  in 
Philadelphia,  I  beg  to  report :  there  is  a  public  urinal  and  water- 
closet  in  each  of  the  following  squares  :  Independence,  Franklin, 
Washington,  Penn  Treaty,  and  Norris,  with  accommodations  for  five 
or  six  persons  at  a  time.  The  largest  public  retreat  is  at  the  City 
Hall ;  in  the  men's  department  there  are  twenty  closets  and  twenty- 
one  urinals,  and  in  the  women's  department  ten  closets." 

"  DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  WORKS. 
"  CHICAGO. 

"  February  17,  1894. 

"  I  have  to  inform  you  that  the  city  of  Chicago  has  no  public 
urinals  or  water-closets." 

"  SURVEYOR'S  DEPARTMENT,  CITY  OF 
"  BIRMINGHAM. 

"  February  13,  1894. 

"  The  total  number  of  urinals  in  the  city  is  ninety-six,  and  the 
number  of  stalls  therein  is  437.  Seventy-eight  of  such  urinals  are 
cleansed  once  each  day  by  hand,  by  water  delivered  through  a  flexi- 
ble hose,  and  by  scrubbing  with  bass  brooms.  Fourteen  urinals  in 
class  2  are  flushed  on  face  of  divisions  during  the  summer  season  by 
means  of  a  continuous  water  supply  between  the  hours  of  6  A.M.  and 
II  P.M.  Four  urinals  in  class  3  are  flushed  by  automatic  delivery  at 
intervals  of  forty-five  minutes,  night  and  day. 

"  LIVERPOOL. 

"January  i,  1894. 

"  .  .  .  There  are  222  public  urinals  in  the  city  of  Liverpool, 
with  an  aggregate  number  of  595  stalls.  There  are  also  three  public 
water-closets,  and  these  are  provided  in  every  case  with  an  attendant. 
Just  recently  three  underground  conveniences,  containing  an  aggre- 
gate of  nineteen  stalls,  have  been  constructed.  The  urinals  are 
cleansed  with  hose  and  broom  once  a  day  and  in  some  cases  twice. 


219 

They  are  disinfected  and  kept  perfectly  sweet  and  clean.  The  ques- 
tion of  the  extension  of  underground  conveniences  with  closet  and 
urinal  accommodation  is  now  engaging  the  attention  of  the  Health 
Committee,  and  a  sum  of  ^3500  has  been  included  in  the  estimates 
for  the  current  year  for  this  purpose. 

Are  the  British  municipalities  any  more  civilized  than 
ours  ;  are  the  needs  of  the  people  any  greater  there  than 
here  ;  or  is  it  possible  that  the  needs  of  the  people  are 
consulted,  and  that  the  cities  are  managed  in  the  interest 
of  the  citizens  and  not  of  the  politicians  ? 

WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

May,  1894. 

LONDON  REFORM    UNION. 

Its  object  is  to  reform  the  existing  administration  of 
the  river,  docks,  and  wharves,  the  markets,  water  supply, 
means  of  lighting,  locomotion,  police,  the  city  funds, 
hospitals,  and  other  charities  ;  to  disseminate  knowl- 
edge concerning  the  unfavorable  conditions  under 
which  vast  numbers  of  the  working  population  live 
owing  to  defective  and  unsanitary  dwelling  and  work- 
ing accommodation,  irregular  and  ill-paid  labor,  the 
competition  of  alien  immigrants,  the  harshness  of 
the  poor-law,  the  unjust  incidence  of  taxation,  the 
adulteration  of  food,  and  other  grave  disadvantages  ; 
and  to  obtain  for  London  full  powers  of  municipal 
government. 

The  Union  works  to  obtain  municipal  powers  for  the 
County  of  London  equal  to  those  already  possessed  by 
cities  like  Liverpool,  Manchester,  Glasgow,  and  Leeds. 
To  use  such  powers,  when  obtained,  for  the  community 
there  must  be  a  lofty  ideal  of  civic  life,  and  a  full 
knowledge  of  communal  needs.  Therefore,  the  Union 
strives  to  educate,  help,  and  inspire. 


220 

The  Union  affords  an  opportunity  to  all  to  work  for 
the  common  good,  and  help  to  make  London  in  all 
municipal  matters  a  model  city,  setting  an  example  to 
the  provinces,  the  colonies,  and  other  countries. 

The  inaugural  meeting  of  the  Union  was  held  on 
December  15,  1892,  under  the  presidency  of  Lord  Rose- 
bery,  in  Exeter  Hall,  since  when  the  Union  has  steadily 
progressed  and  taken  deep  root  in  London.  Bound  to 
no  political  party,  and  dealing  specifically  and  inde- 
pendently with  the  great  social  problems  which  London 
presents,  the  Union  forms,  and  as  it  continues  to  grow 
will  increasingly  become,  an  organization  whose  de- 
mands, in  pressing  London's  claims,  no  Government 
will  be  able  to  ignore.  The  influence  of  the  Union  and 
its  branches  on  the  various  governing  bodies  of  London 
is  also  certain  to  become  a  great  power  for  good. 

TOM  MANN, 

Secretary. 
LONDON, 

January,  1894. 

THE  TAMMANY  SOCIETY. 

FOURTEENTH  ST. 

The  Tammany  Society,  or  Columbian  Order,  was 
founded  in  May,  1789.  Its  founders  were  the  original 
"  Sons  of  Liberty,"  who  flourished  in  the  city  of  New 
York  during  the  Revolution.  After  the  treaty  of  peace, 
1783,  it  became  apparent  that  the  Articles  of  Confedera- 
tion of  1777,  under  which  the  colonies  had  acted  together, 
were  insufficient  to  preserve  the  Union  and  insure  an 
efficient  National  Government.  Under  these  articles  the 
old  Congress  was  little  more  than  a  convention  of  dele- 
gates representing  the  different  States,  who  had  not  even 
the  power  to  bind  their  principals,  and  who  could 
merely  recommend  the  adoption  by  the  different  States 


221 

of  such  measures  as  they  thought  necessary  for  the  gen- 
eral welfare.  Under  these  circumstances  it  was  evident 
that  some  plan  of  government  must  be  devised  with 
authority  to  act  directly  with  reference  to  National 
affairs  without  consulting  the  States. 

The  differences  that  arose  among  men  of  that  time 
as  to  the  plan  of  government  created  some  feeling. 
Alexander  Hamilton  and  Thomas  Jefferson  became  the 
leaders  of  what  were  virtually  two  parties.  The  former 
was  in  favor  of  a  strong  government, — a  sort  of  limited 
monarchy,  the  election  of  a  President  and  Senators  for 
life.  Thomas  Jefferson  was  in  favor  of  a  government 
that  would  be  more  under  the  control  of  the  people  ;  he 
opposed  Hamilton's  idea,  and  advocated  the  election  of  a 
President  for  a  stated  term,  an  equal  number  of  Sen- 
ators from  each  State,  and  a  popular  branch  of  Repre- 
sentatives, based  upon  the  population  of  each  State. 
Popular  feeling  ran  high.  Hamilton  had  the  support  of 
the  Society  of  Cincinnati,  which  had  been  organized  after 
the  Revolution  by  the  officers  of  the  Continental  army, 
the  membership  of  which  was  restricted  to  those  officers 
and  their  descendants.  The  Sons  of  Liberty  took  sides 
with  Jefferson  and  opposed  monarchy  of  any  kind. 
They  looked  upon  the  Society  of  Cincinnati  as  an  organ- 
ization formed  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  an  aris- 
tocracy, and  for  the  purpose  of  counteracting  it,  they 
formed  the  Tammany  Society,  or  Columbian  Order. 
Every  person  becoming  connected  with  the  Society 
must  declare  himself  to  be  a  true  republican  and  an 
enemy  of  all  kinds  of  monarchy  in  this  country. 

The  Tammany  Society  is  entirely  distinct  from  the 
political  organization  known  as  the  Tammany  Hall 
Democracy.  The  only  connection  they  have  is  that  of 
landlord  and  tenant ;  the  Society  rents  the  hall  to  the 


222 

political  organization,  and  it  is  from  this  that  the  politi- 
cal body  takes  its  name. 

The  Society  is  governed  by  a  board  of  thirteen 
sachems,  representing  the  original  thirteen  States.  The 
Council  consists  of  a  Grand  Sachem,  chosen  by  the 
Sachems  from  the  body  of  the  Society,  the  Sachems,  the 
Secretary,  Treasurer,  Sagamore,  and  Wiskinkie.  The 
Council  choose  a  Father  of  the  Council  and  a  Scribe. 
It  is  a  constitutional  obligation  that  the  Society  meet  on 
the  Fourth  day  of  July  in  each  year  and  read  the 
Declaration  of  Independence. 

The  present  officers  are  : 

Grand  Sachem  :  Thomas  F.  Gilroy. 

Sachems  :  Richard  Croker,  Hugh  J.  Grant,  W.  Bourke 
Cockran,  Charles  M.  Clancy,  John  J.  Gorman,  William 
H.  Clark,  Charles  Welde,  John  McQuade,  John  H.  V. 
Arnold,  Thomas  L.  Feitner,  Bernard  F.  Martin,  Charles 
E.  Simmons,  Henry  D.  Purroy. 

Secretary  :  John  B.  McGoldrick. 

Treasurer  :  Peter  F.  Meyer. 

Sagamore  :  William  H.  Dobbs. 

Wiskinkie  :  Daniel  M.  Donegan. 

Father  of  the  Council  :  John  J.  Gorman. 

Scribe  :  Maurice  F.  Holahan. 

JOHN  B.  MCGOLDRICK. 

NEW  YORK, 

December,  1893. 

BAPTIST  BOYS'  BRIGADE. 

The  Baptist  Boys'  Brigade  movement  of  New  York 
City  and  Brooklyn,  was  organized  and  developed  during 
the  year  1893.  There  are  two  regiments  of  twelve  com- 
panies each  in  New  York  City,  one  regiment  of  twelve 
companies  in  Brooklyn,  and  the  nucleus  of  a  second. 
The  object  of  the  Boys'  Brigade  is  to  develop  in  boys; 


223 

at  the  earliest  age  possible,  a  true  Christian  character. 
The  boys  are  required  to  sign  a  pledge  against  the  use 
of  strong  drink,  tobacco,  profane  and  indecent  language, 
while  they  are  members  of  the  Brigade,  and  are  pledged 
to  join  the  Sunday-school  connected  with  the  church 
where  the  company  belongs.  A  large  number  of  boys 
have  been  brought  into  Sunday-school  classes  and 
attendance  upon  the  church,  in  some  cases  into 
membership  of  the  church  through  this  specific  work 
for  boys.  The  boys  have  three  parades  during  the  year, 
viz.  :  Thanksgiving-day  review,  Washington's  Birthday 
review,  and  Memorial-day  procession.  They  also  have 
a  summer  camp,  where  they  receive  instructions  in  mili- 
tary tactics  and  Bible  study.  This  movement  has 
spread  from  New  York  City  among  the  Baptist  denomi- 
nation throughout  the  United  States.  Regiments  are 
now  organized  in  seventeen  different  States,  and  new 
companies  are  reporting  at  the  Baptist  headquarters, 
Room  501,  United  Charities  Building,  corner  Fourth 
Ave.  and  226.  Street,  every  week. 

M.  R.  DEMING. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

NEW  YORK  ASSOCIATION  OF  WORKING- 
GIRLS'  SOCIETIES. 

The  first  club,  an  outcome  of  our  Practical  Talk 
Evenings,  was  organized  in  February,  1884.  The  scope 
of  the  work  was  then  defined  as  follows  :  "  A  Working- 
Girl's  Society  or  Club  is  an  organization  formed  among 
busy  girls  and  young  women,  to  secure,  by  co-operation, 
means  of  self-support,  opportunities  for  social  inter- 
course, and  the  development  of  higher  and  nobler 
aims." 


To  this  end  pleasant  rooms  were  furnished,  where 
members  can  pass  the  evening,  classes  organized  for 
mutual  improvement  and  enjoyment,  circulating  libraries 
established,  and  co-operative  measures  fostered,  for  the 
benefit  of  members.  The  distinctive  characteristics  are 
co-operation,  self-government,  self-reliance.  Members 
must  be  over  fourteen  years  of  age.  They  must  pay  an 
initiation -fee  of  twenty-five  cents,  and  monthly  dues  of 
twenty-five  cents.  Their  privileges  are  as  follows  : 
Free  use  of  rooms,  library,  piano,  and  writing  materials  ; 
privilege  of  consulting  the  Club  physician  ;  access  to 
musical  drill,  lectures,  talks,  and  entertainments,  sewing 
and  embroidery  classes,  and  Penny  Provident  Fund  ; 
and  by  paying  class  fee,  the  privilege  of  joining  dress- 
making, cooking,  millinery,  school  extension,  and  other 
pay  classes. 

The  clubs  are  governed  by  the  members  for  the  mem- 
bers. Officers  are  chosen  from  the  membership  of  the 
clubs,  and  are  elected  by  ballot.  Matters  of  business 
are  presented  at  monthly  business  meetings,  and  decided 
by  a  majority  vote.  All  questions  arising  as  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  clubs  are  carefully  discussed  and  settled 
in  the  same  way.  Many  clubs  have  councils  consisting 
of  twelve  membe'rs,  including  the  six  officers.  The  six 
members  who  are  not  officers  hold  office  two  years. 
These  Councils  have  general  charge  and  control  of  the 
funds  and  property  of  the  clubs. 

The  New  York  Association  of  Working  Girls'  Societies 
was  organized  February  16,  1885,  eleven  clubs  joining 
as  members.  The  Association  at  the  start,  and  for  a 
few  years,  had  clubs  in  its  membership  from  Brooklyn, 
Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  and  Philadelphia.  Now 
there  are  associations  in  these  several  cities  and  states, 
as  well  as  clubs  scattered  throughout  the  country.  The 


225 

New  York  Association  consists  this  year  of  nineteen 
regular  and  six  associate  members,  each  a  club  whose 
membership  varies  from  50  to  325,  over  2200  indi- 
viduals being  enrolled.  There  are  also  a  large  number 
of  clubs  in  New  York  City  which  are  not  affiliated  to 
the  Association,  though  outgrowths  from  its  influence. 
To  be  eligible  for  membership,  a  society  or  club  must 
possess  the  following  qualifications  :  It  must  be  estab- 
lished on  the  fundamental  principles  of  co-operation — 
self-government  (by  members  for  members)  and  the 
effort  for  self-support.  It  must  have  a  record  of  not  less 
than  six  months  of  organized  life  in  the  City  of  New 
York,  or  its  vicinity,  and  shall  not  be  affiliated  with  any 
other  organization. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  outgrowths  of  the 
Association  :  The  Auxiliary  Society  of  the  New  York 
Association  of  Working  Girls'  Societies  was  formed  and 
incorporated  in  December,  1889.  That  year  the  Miller's 
Place,  Long  Island,  property  was  deeded  to  the  Society, 
and  the  two  houses,  Holiday  House  and  Holiday  Har- 
bor, were  given.  Far  and  Near,  the  monthly  journal  of 
the  Association,  was  first  issued  November,  1890.  The 
Mutual  Benefit  Fund  was  organized  in  1890  ;  the 
Alliance  Employment  Bureau  was  organized  in  1891, 
the  Choral  Union  in  1891.  Societies  and  Committees 
within  the  various  Clubs  were  organized  as  follows  : 
Lend-a-Hand  Bands,  1884  ;  Junior  Clubs,  1888  ;  Three 
P  Circles,  1889  ;  Domestic  Circles,  1890. 

Communications  or  questions  relating  to  the  Associa- 
tion can  be  sent  to  the  First  Director  at  262  Madison 
Avenue,  or  to  the  Secretary  (Miss  Virginia  Potter,  134 
Lexington  Avenue.) 

GRACE  H.  DODGE. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


226 

PEOPLE'S  SINGING  CLASSES. 

The  People's  Singing  Classes  were  organized  in 
October,  1892,  on  the  lines  expressed  in  the  following 
circular : 

To  the  Working  People  of  New  York  : 

Recognizing  the  fact  that  music  contributes  more  than 
any  other  art  to  brighten  and  beautify  our  lives,  and  that 
it  is  the  art  which  can  be  practised  by  the  greatest 
number  of  people,  since  nature  has  furnished  nearly 
every  person  with  a  correct  ear  and  a  singing  voice,  I 
have  decided  to  open  a  course  of  lessons  in  reading 
music  and  choral  singing. 

The  classes  shall  be  practically  free,  the  small  fee  of 
10  cents  a  lesson  going  only  towards  paying  for  the  rent 
of  the  hall  and  such  incidental  expenses  as  may  be 
necessary  to  the  proper  maintenance  of  the  classes. 

The  response  to  this  call  was  such  that  it  was  decided  to 
open  three  classes,  with  a  total  membership  of  about  1200 
pupils.  The  work  began  with  simple  exercises  and  pro- 
gressed gradually  to  two-,  three-,  and  four-part  choruses. 
All  work  was  done  without  any  accompanying  instru- 
ment and  the  results  were  in  every  respect  gratifying. 
At  the  close  of  the  season  the  classes  sang  choruses  from 
oratorios  and  four-  and  five-part  songs  and  madrigals  by 
Mendelssohn,  Thomas,  Nurley,  Barnby,  and  other 
masters,  at  a  concert  given  at  Carnegie  Music  Hall.  The 
financial  standing  was  excellent,  inasmuch  as  there  was 
left  a  balance  in  the  treasury  of  about  $1200. 

This  season  there  were  opened  five  classes,  viz.,  four 
elementary  classes,  in  Aschenbroedel  Hall,  86th  Street, 
near  3d  Avenue  ;  Adelphi  Hall,  52d  Street  and  7th 
Avenue ;  Caledonia  Hall,  Horatio  Street  ;  Beethoven 
Hall,  5th  Street,  near  Bowery  ;  and  an  advanced  class 


227 

composed  of  the  members  of  last  year's  classes  in 
Cooper  Union.  About  2200  pupils  are  enrolled. 

Aside  from  the  really  excellent  musical  work  which  has 
been  done  by  the  classes,  they  have  shown  the  great 
possibilities  of  co-operation,  for  the  ten-cent  fees  have 
more  than  paid  for  all  expenses  of  hall  rent,  music,  and 
printing.  And  the  steady  interest  as  shown  by  the 
attendance  has  enabled  the  members  to  make  rapid 
progress. 

A  number  of  smaller  singing  clubs  and  classes  have 
been  formed  by  the  members,  and  music  has  been  car- 
ried into  many  a  working-man's  home,  giving  pleasure 
and  carrying  good  influences  to  him  and  his  family. 

At  the  end  of  this  season  it  is  proposed  to  organize  a 
People's  Chorus  which  will  be  recruited  from  the  Peo- 
ple's Singing  Classes,  and  it  is  hoped  that  it  will  grow 
in  time  to  such  proportions  that  it  will  include  nearly 
every  working  man  and  woman  in  this  city. 

FRANK  DAMROSCH. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE  TEE  TO  TUM  CLUB. 

340  EAST   230  ST. 

The  name  and  the  idea  originated  in  London,  but  the 
principles,  slightly  modified,  have  been  brought  to  our 
city,  where  a  Tee  To  Turn  was  opened  March,  1893,  at 
340-4  East  23d  St.  A  Tee  To  Turn  is  a  combination  of 
a  club  and  a  cafe  ;  any  self-supporting  and  self-respect- 
ing working  man  being  eligible  to  membership.  Billiard 
and  pool  rooms,  bowling  alleys,  card  rooms,  a  social 
hall  for  dances  and  entertainments,  and  a  library,  offer 
all  the  social  and  recreative  advantages  of  such  an 
organization  ;  in  fact,  the  appointments  are  those  of 


228 

any  other  club,  but  minus  the  bar.  Each  Thursday 
evening  is  ladies'  night,  when  any  of  the  lady  friends 
duly  introduced  by  any  of  the  members,  are  welcomed 
to  all  the  privileges  of  the  Club.  The  expenses  are  met 
by  an  initiation  fee  of  $i,  and  weekly  dues  of  10  cents. 
Frequent  entertainments  in  the  social  hall  are  given  by 
home  talent,  and  are  one  means  of  adding  to  the  re- 
ceipts. This  Club  is  non-sectarian,  non-political,  non- 
alcoholic, and  non-gambling.  The  present  membership 
is  125  ;  so  that  the  club  has  now  out-grown  the  experi- 
mental stage  and  has  demonstrated  its  usefulness.  The 
extension  of  this  idea  will  do  very  much  towards  nulli- 
fying the  unwholesome  effects  of  the  ordinary  saloon, 
by  offering  a  wholesome  substitute. 

WM.  HOWE  TOLMAN. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 


BURNHAM  INDUSTRIAL  FARM. 

The  Burnham  Industrial  Farm  was  organized  in  1866, 
its  object  being  to  save  unruly  boys.  Very  many  of  its 
graduates  are  living  honest,  self-respecting,  and  self-sup- 
porting lives  in  different  parts  of  the  country.  It  was 
for  some  time  under  the  management  of  the  Order  of 
St.  Christopher,  a  non-sectarian  institutional  order  of 
young  men  who  are  in  training  for  lives  of  institutional 
usefulness.  It  is,  however,  at  present  in  charge  of  the 
Rev.  John  Dooly.  The  aim  of  the  founders  of  the  insti- 
tution is  to  reach  a  class  of  boys  from  eight  to  sixteen 
years  of  age,  who,  having  developed  marked  criminal 
tendencies,  have  not  yet  joined  the  ranks  of  professional 
criminals.  When  a  boy  has  been  convicted  of  a  felony 
and  associated  even  for  a  brief  period  with  criminals,  he 


229 

learns  that  certain  classes  of  people  are  united  by  a 
common  desire  to  prey  upon  society  in  order  that  they 
may  lead  lives  of  ease  and  pleasure  without  toil.  A 
clever  boy  is  of  great  assistance  to  them  in  criminal 
work,  and  the  older  criminals  are  ready  and  willing  to 
supply  him  with  money  and  make  his  life  an  easy  one 
in  return  for  such  assistance,  and  thus  criminality  is 
rendered  alluring  to  youths,  who  can  see  the  beginning 
but  not  the  end.  Although  they  may  have  formed  such 
ties  and  gained  such  knowledge,  they  are  not  considered 
beyond  the  influence  of  an  institution  like  Burnham 
Farm. 

The  Burnham  Farm  has  been  modelled  partly  after  the 
French  School  at  Mettray,  and  partly  after  the  highly 
successful  Rauhe  Haus  near  Hamburg  in  Germany. 

The  salient  points  of  the  system  are  work,  drills,  and 
recreations  that  will  ensure  a  sound  body,  technical  in- 
struction in  some  simple  trade,  and,  most  important  of 
all,  the  fostering  of  the  moral  nature  by  careful  and 
judicious  treatment.  The  daily  routine  of  study,  work, 
and  recreation  begins,  except  in  winter,  at  5  A.M.  Al- 
most the  only  reminder  of  the  reformatory  is  the  fre- 
quency of  the  roll  call.  This  is  necessary  because  of 
the  absence  of  all  restraining  bolts,  bars,  or  walls. 

FRED  G.  BURNHAM. 
MORRISTOWN,  N.  J., 

February,  1894. 

PRISON   ASSOCIATION   OF  NEW   YORK. 

The  Prison  Association  of  New  York  was  formed  in 
1844  and  incorporated  in  1846.  Its  objects  as  set  forth 
by  the  charter  are  : 

i.  The  amelioration  of  the  condition  of  prisoners, 
whether  detained  for  trial,  or  finally  convicted,  or  as 
witnesses. 


230 

2.  The  improvement  of  prison  discipline,  and  the  gov- 
ernment of  prisons,  whether  for  cities,  counties,  or  States. 

3.  The  support  and  encouragement  of  reformed  con- 
victs after  their  discharge,  by  affording  them  the  means 
of  obtaining  an  honest  livelihood,  and  sustaining  them 
in  their  efforts  at  reform. 

It  had  much  to  do  in  creating  the  popular  sentiment 
which  led  to  the  establishment  of  the  State  Reformatory, 
and  has  been  more  or  less  influential  in  other  measures 
for  improving  the  prison  system  of  the  State.  It  aims 
to  be  a  centre  of  information  on  penological  matters, 
and  has  a  library  of  about  twenty-five  hundred  volumes, 
which  is  open  to  all  who  are  making  a  study  of  this 
specialty. 

Its  department  of  aid  and  counsel  to  discharged 
prisoners  is  the  largest  work  of  the  kind  in  this  country. 
It  keeps  an  agent  in  the  Courts  and  a  daily  visitant  to 
the  Tombs  to  help  prisoners  who  need  counsel  and 
advice,  who  are  victims  of  any  mistreatment  or  persecu- 
tion. It  visits  all  the  jails  and  .penitentiaries  of  the 
State  at  frequent  intervals,  and  reports  on  their  condition 
to  the  Legislature  annually.  It  continues  a  moral  force 
for  better  reformatory  methods  by  a  committee  in  every 
county,  which  is  in  touch  with  the  parent  organization 
in  New  York.  It  furnishes  libraries  to  any  county  jails 
or  penitentiaries  that  may  need  them,  and  has  so  placed 
thousands  of  books  within  the  last  few  years. 

W.  M.  F.  ROUND, 

Secretary. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

RESCUE  MISSIONS  AND  SHELTERS. 

In  the  present  emergency,  when  there  is  exceptional 
poverty  and  suffering  in  New  York,  the  Charity  Organi- 


231 

zation  Society  has  prepared  a  list  of  some  of  the  places 
where  homeless  and  penniless  persons  may  be  sent  for 
immediate  relief.  The  Society,  however,  recommends 
to  its  members  and  to  all  persons  who  desire  to  ensure 
that  such  relief  shall  certainly  be  obtained,  that  they 
procure  lodging  and  meal  tickets  from  one  or  more  of 
the  respectable  lodging  houses,  arranging  to  pay  only  for 
such  as  are  used. 

If  each  benevolent  person  should  procure  a  supply  of 
such  tickets  from  the  lodging  houses  nearest  his  own 
home  and  place  of  business,  he  would  be  relieved  from 
the  necessity  of  giving  money  to  any  one,  even  though 
in  evident  and  immediate  distress. 

The  Society  advises  that  the  name  and  address  of 
every  person  who  has  a  home,  to  whom  tickets  are 
given,  should  be  sent  at  once  to  the  Charity  Organi- 
zation Society,  in  order  that  more  effective  aid  may 
be  procured  for  them. 

The  night  office  at  the  United  Charities  Building, 
maintained  by  the  Association  for  Improving  the  Condi- 
tion of  the  Poor  and  the  Charity  Organization  Society 
jointly,  is  open  from  6  P.M.  until  midnight,  to  receive 
and  consider  applications  for  relief. 

The  Superintendent  of  Out-Door  Poor,  Eleventh 
Street  and  Third  Avenue,  will  provide  in  the  public 
institutions  for  all  classes  of  the  homeless. 

RESCUE  MISSIONS,  OPEN  EVERY  NIGHT, 

which,  in  special  cases,  grant  relief  to  the  destitute  and 
homeless  who  attend  their  services  : 

Bible  and  Fruit  Mission 416  East  26th  Street 

Bowery  Branch  Y.  M.  C.  A 153  Bowery 

Bowery  Mission  and  Young  Men's  Home .  .  105  Bowery 

Catherine  Mission 22  Catherine  Slip 


232 

Five  Points  Mission 63  Park  Street 

Florence  Crittenton  Mission* 21  Bleecker  Street 

Galilee  Mission 340  East  23d  Street 

Madison  Square  Mission 430  Third  Avenue 

Margaret  Strachan  Mission  * 105  West  27th  Street 

McAuley  Cremorne  Mission 104  West  32d  Street 

McAuley  Water  Street  Mission ". 316  Water  Street 

St.  Bartholomew's  Mission 205  East  42d  Street 

Seaman's  Rest 665  Washington  Street 

Temporary  Shelter  Home  * , II  Varick  Place 

*  For  fallen  women  mainly. 

.       REFUGES  FOR  HOMELESS  WOMEN. 

Bellevue  Hospital  (through  Department  of  Charities  and  Correction), 

Third  Avenue  and  nth  Street 

Colored  Mission 135  West  soth  Street 

Day  Star  Industrial  Home 213  West  24th  Street 

Door  of  Hope  * 102  East  6ist  Street 

French  Benevolent  Society's  Night  Refuge. . .  .320  West  34th  Street 

Home  for  Convalescents 443  East  n8th  Street 

Hopper  Home  (for  released  prisoners) no  Second  Avenue 

House  of  the  Good  Shepherd* goth  Street  and  the  East  River 

Magdalen  Benevolent  Society* i3Qth  Street  &  North  River 

Midnight  Mission* 208  West  4&th  Street 

St.  Barnabas  House 304  Mulberry  Street 

St.  Joseph's  Night  Refuge , 143  West  I4th  Street 

St.  Zita's  Home 158  West  24th  Street 

Swiss  Home 108  Second  Avenue 

Wetmore  Home  Annex  (for  mothers  and  infants), 

141  West  4th  Street 
FOR  GIRLS. 
Association  for  Befriending  Children  and  Young  Girls, 

136  Second  Avenue 

Elizabeth  Home  for  Girls  (Children's  Aid  Soc.),  307  East  I2th  Street 
Free  Home  for  Destitute  Girls  (closed  at  10  P.M.), 

23  East  nth  Street 

House  of  Mercy 2o6th  Street  and  North  River 

Mission  of  the  Immaculate  Virgin, 

Lafayette  Place  and  Great  Jones  Street 

*  For  fallen  women,  especially  the  young. 


233 

Shelter  for  Respectable  Girls 148  West  I4th  Street 

Wetmore  Home  for  Fallen  and  Friendless  Girls, 

49  South  Washington  Square 

FOR  MEN. 

Bowery  Branch  Y.  M.  C.  A 183  Bowery 

Christian  Home  for  Intemperate  Men H75  Madison  Avenue 

French  Benevolent  Society's  Night  Refuge   . .  .320  West  34th  Street 

Home  of  Industry  for  Discharged  Convicts 224  West  &3d  Street 

Industrial  Christian  Alliance 170  Bleecker  Street 

Sailors'  Home 190  Cherry  Street 

Swiss  Home 128  Second  Avenue 

FOR  BOYS  (under  18  years). 

Brace  Memorial  Lodging  House  (Children's  Aid  Society), 

9  Duane  Street 

East  44th  Street  "  "247  East  44th  Street 

East  Side  "  287  East  Broadway 

Tompkins  Square  295  8th  Street 

West  Side  "  "201  West  32d  Street 

Mission  of  Immaculate  Virgin, 

Lafayette  Place  and  Great  Jones  Street 

RESPECTABLE    HOUSES     WHERE     LODGINGS    MAY    BE    HAD 
AT    LOW    RATES. 

FOR  MEN. 

Bible  and  Fruit  Mission  Lodging  House  (open  until  midnight), 

420  East  26th  Street.     I5c.  a  night. 
Bowery  Mission  and  Young  Men's  Home  (open  all  night), 

105  Bowery.     I5c.  and  25c.  a  night 

Cunard  House  (open  all  night). . .  .4  Rivington  St.  I5c.  a  night 

Delevan     "  "     ...  .143  Bowery 

Empire      "  "     I23d  St.  and  3rd  Ave.  " 

Eureka      "  "     ...  .280  Bowery 

Glendon    "  "       ...243  Bowery 

Hatfield     "          "  "     ...  .46  Ridge  St.  25c.       " 

Old  Homestead   "  "     ...  .404  Pearl  St.  150.       " 

Olive  Tree  Inn    "  "     340  East  23d  St.  "  " 

South  5th  Ave.  Hotel        "     52  South  Fifth  Ave.       "  " 

The  Stanwix        "  "...  .1109  Third  Ave. 

The  Washington "  "     153  East  23d  St.  "          " 


234 

FOR  WOMEN. 

Colored  Mission   135  West  soth  Street 

Temporary  Home 219  Second  Ave.    2Oc.  a  night 

Temporary  Shelter  Home 1 1  Varick  Place 

Woman's  Lodging  House. . .  .6  Rivington  St.     I5c.  and  2oc.  a  night 

Nearly  all  of  these  lodging  places  will  supply  lodging 
and  meal  tickets  to  responsible  persons,  to  be  paid  for 
as  used. 

The  Industrial  Christian  Alliance,  170  Bleecker  Street, 
will  supply  meal  tickets  at  5  cents  each. 

The  Wayfarer's  Lodge  of  the  Charity  Organization 
Society,  516  West  28th  Street,  will  supply  tickets  which 
may  be  given  in  place  of  money  to  homeless  men  who 
seek  aid.  Each  ticket  will  entitle  the  bearer  to  a  lodg- 
ing and  two  meals  in  return  for  a  reasonable  amount  of 
labor.  These  tickets  will  be  sold  to  societies,  churches, 
and  private  individuals  in  books  of  ten,  the  price  of  the 
book  being  one  dollar. 

NEW  YORK  RESCUE  BAND. 

One  great  need  has  been  experienced  by  slum  workers, 
namely,  a  place  to  which  women  who  are  willing  to 
abandon  their  sinful  lives  can  be  taken  without  the 
necessity  of  transferring  them  from  their  various  resorts 
to  one  of  the  Homes  for  Women  in  the  city,  where  there 
is  the  uncertainty  of  being  able  to  secure  admission  for 
them,  and  with  great  loss  of  time  to  the  workers.  This 
need  impressed  itself  so  strongly  on  a  band  of  workers 
that  they  concluded  there  must  be  a  place  established  to 
which  these  women  could  be  taken  for  a  night,  or  until 
a  vacancy  could  be  found  in  one  of  the  various  Homes 
where  they  could  be  received.  February,  1893,  two 
rooms  were  rented  in  the  rear  of  76  Mulberry  Street,  and 


235 

called  "  The  Temporary  Shelter  for  Women."  Later 
two  rooms  were  added,  but  the  accommodations  were  so 
insufficient  that  larger  quarters  were  obtained.  A  lady 
becoming  responsible  for  one  year's  rent,  the  house  at 
u  Varick  Place  (Sullivan  Street,  between  Bleecker  and 
Houston)  was  secured,  and  the  Shelter  transferred  to 
said  place  May,  1893.  In  these  two  shelters  more  than 
250  women  have  been  received,  some  of  whom  have 
been  transferred  to  Homes,  others  to  hospitals,  some 
placed  in  situations,  and  others,  unfortunately,  have 
gone  back  to  the  old  life.  On  April  8,  1893,  THE  NEW 
YORK  RESCUE  BAND  was  organized,  its  aim  being,  as 
stated,  "  to  rescue  fallen  men  and  women  from  lives  of 
sin  and  shame,  and  to  lead  them  to  Jesus  Christ,  who 
alone  can  save  and  keep  from  sin."  The  plan  to  be 
pursued  by  the  Band  is  as  follows  :  The  slum  portion 
of  the  city  is  to  be  divided  into  districts,  and  sub-divided 
into  sections.  A  band  of  five  is  to  thoroughly  and 
systematically  work  in  each  of  these  sections,  seeking  to 
induce  girls  in  the  opium  joints,  dives,  concert  saloons, 
on  the  streets,  or  elsewhere,  to  leave  their  sinful  sur- 
roundings and  accompany  the  rescuers  to  the  Shelter, 
from  which  they  will  be  transferred  to  Homes,  hospitals, 
and  other  places.  It  is  hoped  later  to  have  a  Home  of 
our  own  in  the  city,  and  also  a  temporary  Home  in  the 
country,  to  which  girls  can  be  transferred  from  the 
Shelter,  and  be  more  entirely  removed  from  their  former 
temptations  and  associates.  It  is  also  hoped  to  secure  a 
Special  Pavilion  in  connection  with  some  hospital  where 
these  women  can  receive  medical  attention.  With  a 
Home  as  above  stated,  these  girls  can  be  taught  the  use 
of  the  Bible,  Methods  of  Christian  work,  Housekeeping, 
Cooking,  Laundry  work,  Stenography,  Typewriting, 
Sewing,  etc.,  and  be  fitted  for  earning  an  honest  liveli- 


236 

hood.  A  lodging-house  for  women  may  also  be  opened  ; 
missions  may  be  started  ;  in  fact  any  work  in  the  line  of 
rescuing  and  uplifting  fallen  men  and  women  may  be 
undertaken  by  the  Band.  The  Rescue  Band  is  entirely 
undenominational  in  its  work,  and  no  salary  is  paid  to 
any  one  in  connection  with  it. 

O.  B.  BOOTH. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
March,  1894. 

SLUM  POSTS  OF  THE  SALVATION 
ARMY. 

The  social  branch  of  Army  work  in  the  United  States 
is  still  in  its  infancy,  and  for  various  reasons  a  consider- 
able time  must  elapse  before  we  can  put  into  it  the  force 
we  should  like  to  give  it.  Still  a  start  has  been  made  in 
New  York  (243  Front  Street),  San  Francisco,  and  Buf- 
falo, with  food  and  shelter  depots  for  men.  There  are 
three  slum  posts  and  two  slum  crfahes,  in  New  York  City, 
two  slum  posts  in  each  of  the  cities  of  Boston,  Phila- 
delphia, and  Chicago,  and  one  each  in  Brooklyn  and 
Buffalo.  There  are  Rescue  Homes  in  New  York  City, 
Cleveland,  O.,  Boston,  and  Beulah,  Cal. 

The  main  object  of  the  officers  in  charge  of  all  these 
places  is  to  lead  those  who  need  their  help  to  give  up 
sin,  and  seek  salvation  through  Jesus  Christ.  Love  and 
sympathy  are  the  chief  means  used,  and  obedience  the 
principal  thing  demanded.  No  attempt  is  made  to 
reform,  merely,  but  it  is  continually  insisted  that  nothing 
short  of  personal  salvation  will  be  of  lasting  benefit  to 
anyone.  Reforms  follow  as  natural  consequences.  The 
officers  and  workers  in  this  branch  receive  even  less  than 
those  who  work  "  in  the  field,"  because  they  do  not  have 


237 

to  wear  the  same  uniform,  and  live  in  the  very  poorest 
localities.  No  officer  in  the  whole  Army  receives  more 
than  just  sufficient  to  supply  absolute  needs. 

MRS.  M.  B.  BOOTH. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

NATIONAL    CHRISTIAN    LEAGUE    FOR 

THE  PROMOTION  OF  SOCIAL 

PURITY. 

As  an  individual  for  many  years  previous  to  obtaining 
the  Charter  for  the  National  Organization,  I  had  been 
deeply  impressed  by  the  injustice  of  the  double  standard 
of  chastity,  and  resolved  that  I  would  secure  the  co-oper- 
ation of  as  many  earnest  Christian  men  and  women  as 
possible  of  very  mature  age  and  experience  to  co-oper- 
ate with  me  in  seeking  to  aid  in  establishing  a  single 
standard  of  Social  Purity  between  the  sexes. 

The  League  was  organized  in  '86,  but  our  National 
Charter  was  obtained  in  Washington,  D.C.,  Oct.,  '89, 
under  special  act  of  Congress.  We  desire  to  establish  a 
single  standard  of  purity,  or  to  secure  the  same  standard 
of  chastity  for  men  and  boys,  which  is  required  for  wo- 
men and  girls ;  for  we  are  convinced  that  men  and 
women  must  work  together,  in  order  to  accomplish  any 
considerable  good  along  the  many  lines  of  Social  Purity 
work. 

The  League  strives  to  elevate  opinion  respecting  the 
nature  and  claims  of  morality  with  its  equal  obligation 
upon  men  and  women,  and  to  secure  a  practical  recog- 
nition of  its  precepts  on  the  part  of  the  individual,  the 
family,  and  the  nation.  We  also  strive  to  enlist  and 
organize  the  efforts  of  Christians  in  preventive,  reforma- 


238 

tory,  and  educational  work,  in  the  interest  of  a  higher 
standard  of  Purity. 

The  League  holds  two  regular  meetings  each  month  : 
one  a  prayer  and  business  meeting  the  last  Saturday 
afternoon  in  each  month,  for  women  ;  and  a  general 
meeting  composed  of  both  men  and  women  the  last 
Monday  night  in  each  month,  for  the  discussion  of  the 
various  questions  concerning  the  object  and  aims  of  the 
Society,  and  for  stimulating  thought  along  all  the  lines 
of  the  League's  labors,  in  order  to  prompt  individuals 
to  action. 

The  League  has  had  several  bills  before  the  Legislature, 
and  expects  to  present  two  more  this  winter  :  one  to 
prevent  the  gift  or  sale  of  tobacco  to  minors  in  prisons  ; 
the  other  to  amend  the  code  so  that  any  person  con- 
victed of  breaking  the  Seventh  Commandment  should 
be  imprisoned  for  not  less  than  one  year,  and  fined  not 
less  than  one  thousand  dollars.  There  has  been  no  law  in 
the  Empire  State  for  more  than  forty  years  against  the 
crime  of  committing  adultery.  There  is  often  no  alter- 
native but  to  sue  for  divorce,  which  many  wives  and 
mothers  are  unwilling  to  do.  We  also  have  a  bill,  the 
import  of  which  is  to  secure  long  sentences  for  habitual 
drunkards  and  abandoned  women,  that  they  may  be 
committed  to  an  Industrial  Home  until  they  shall  be- 
come self-supporting.  Our  fourth  bill  is  to  secure  full 
political  citizenship  for  women. 

The  League  has  formed  permanent  homes  in  the 
country  for  its  beneficiaries  ;  it  has  secured  temporary 
homes  for  a  very  great  variety  of  exceptional  cases  ;  it 
has  given  out  work  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  families 
together  where  it  was  best  that  they  should  not  be  sepa- 
rated. It  has  paid  rent  and  board,  furnished  food,  clothes, 
and  shelter  to  several  hundred  applicants.  The  vital 


principle  in  giving  aid,  is  that  every  person  able  to  do 
any  sort  of  work  shall  render  some  service,  whether  it 
be  of  any  value  or  not,  for  every  penny  received  from 
the  treasury  of  the  League. 

MRS.  E.  B.  GRANNIS, 

President. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE    NEW    YORK    SOCIETY    FOR  THE 
SUPPRESSION    OF    VICE. 

The  New  York  Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice 
was  incorporated  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  New 
York  in  1873.  Its  object,  specified  by  its  Charter,  is  the 
enforcement  of  the  laws  for  the  suppression  of  the  trade 
in,  and  circulation  of  obscene  literature,  illustrations, 
advertisements,  and  articles  of  indecent  and  immoral 
use,  as  forbidden  by  the  State  of  New  York  and  by  the 
United  States. 

Recognizing  the  fact  that  nearly  one-third  of  the 
population  of  the  United  States  are  under  twenty-one 
years  of  age,  this  Society  believes  that  the  prevention  of 
the  corruption  of  the  youth  of  to-day  is  essential  to  the 
prosperity  of  this  Nation.  We  recognize  the  fact  that 
the  boys  and  girls  of  to-day  are  to  be  the  men  and  wo- 
men of  to-morrow.  As  a  practical  result  of  our  theories 
we  have  seized  more  than  sixty-seven  tons  weight  of 
contraband  matter,  and  prevented  it  from  being  dis- 
seminated, and  arrested  nearly  eighteen  hundred  per- 
sons. 

ANTHONY  COMSTOCK. 

Secretary, 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


240 

THE   SOCIETY  FOR  THE  PREVENTION 
OF  CRIME. 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

Upon  the  reorganization  of  the  Society,  consequent 
upon  the  death  of  Dr.  Howard  Crosby, — who  had  been 
its  controlling  spirit  since  its  formation  in  1878, — it  was 
judged  wise  to  modify  temporarily,  at  least,  the  method 
of  its  operation,  and  to  substitute  general  aims  for  the 
more  specific  ones  to  which  for  the  major  part  it 
had  been  confining  itself."  Experience  had  shown  that 
very  little  can  be  accomplished  by  the  occasional  closing 
of  an  isolated  saloon  illegally  run,  or  by  the  prosecution 
of  any  single  gambler  or  bawdy-house  keeper,  so  long  as 
the  conditions  exist  which  render  it  possible  for  illegal 
practices  of  the  sort  to  maintain  themselves  so  concert- 
edly,  so  confidently,  and  so  defiantly.  If  an  attempt  is 
made  to  suppress  a  gambling-house,  for  instance,  the 
prime  difficulty  that  we  have  to  encounter  is  not  in 
dealing  with  the  proprietor  himself,  but  in  dealing  with 
the  support  which  he  receives  from  the  authorities, 
whose  sworn  duty  it  is  to  detect  and  arrest  him.  Till 
the  alliance  is  broken  which  exists  between  the  criminals 
and  their  proper  prosecutors,  it  is  bailing  out  water  with 
a  sieve  to  attempt  the  extinguishment  of  individual 
gambling  houses  or  bawdy  houses.  In  this  we  are  work- 
ing in  entire  consistency  with  the  corporate  purpose  of 
the  Society,  one  of  whose  objects  is  stated  in  the  articles 
of  incorporation  to  be  "  the  removal  of  sources  of  crime." 
This  is  a  sufficient  reply  to  the  question  sometimes  put, 
why  it  is  that  we  do  not  co-operate  with  the  Police 
Department.  The  very  purpose  of  our  existence  as  a 
Society  forbids  it.  It  is  only  because  the  Department  is 
either  negligent  or  criminal  that  there  is  any  occasion 


241 

for  our  being.  In  our  efforts  to  suppress  crime  we  are 
occupying  precisely  the  ground  that  the  Police  Depart- 
ment was  legislated  to  occupy.  If  they  would  fight 
gambling,  illegal  liquor  selling,  and  bawdy-house  keep- 
ing instead  of  countenancing  it,  there  would  be  no  need 
of  us, — nothing  in  particular  for  us  to  do.  If  the  Depart- 
ment would  do  what  the  Public  pays  them  for  doing,  we 
would  disband,  and  be  glad  to.  The  very  existence  of 
such  a  Society  as  ours  is,  properly  interpreted,  a  stand- 
ing indictment  of  Police  incompetency  or  criminality. 
We  cannot  work  with  them  then,  for  the  simple  reason 
that  we  are  organized  to  suppress  crime,  and  the  attitude 
of  the  Department  is  one  of  the  greatest  obstacles  that 
we  have  to  encounter  in  doing  it.  If  the  time  were  to 
come  when  that  branch  of  the  City  government  should 
begin  to  make  earnest  with  its  duty,  and  to  deal  with  all 
sorts  of  crimes  regardless  of  pecuniary  considerations 
and  the  feelings  of  the  criminals,  and  should  then  desire 
the  co-operation  of  the  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Crime,  there  is  no  more  hearty  assistance  possible  than 
that  which  we  should  be  prepared  to  render  them. 

C.  H.  PARKHURST, 

President, 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

February,  1894. 

THE  CHURCH  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 
(PROTESTANT   EPISCOPAL). 

105  EAST  220  STREET. 

The  C.  T.  S.  was  established  in  1881.  Previous  to 
that  time  the  Episcopal  Church  had  taken  no  prominent 
part  in  the  work  of  Temperance  Reform.  It  was  not 
prepared  to  utter  the  shibboleth  of  "  Total  abstinence 


242 

for  the  individual  and  Prohibition  for  the  State."  The 
dual  basis  of  the  English  Church  was  finally  adopted. 
It  is: 

"A  Union  on  equal  terms  between  those  who  temper- 
ately use,  and  those  who  totally  abstain  from,  intoxicating 
liquors  as  beverages." 

In  order  to  utilize  the  combined  forces  of  Temperance 
and  Total  Abstinence,  hitherto  in  hopeless  antagonism, 
it  laid  down  the  following  four  main  lines  of  action  in 
which  each  of  its  two  sections  of  members  might 
cordially  unite  : 

1.  Legislative  restriction. 

2.  Counteraction  (work  for  non-abstainers). 

3.  Prevention. 

4.  Rescue  (special  work  for  abstainers). 

Each  of  these  lines  of  work  has  been  formulated  to 
meet  the  conditions  of  the  nation.  -  The  large  city  was 
held  to  be  the  crux  of  the  legislative  problem.  Much 
time  and  careful  investigation  were  therefore  given  to 
city  conditions.  The  location  of  saloons  in  the  tene- 
ment-house districts,  the  licensing  authority,  the  per- 
sonnel of  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  and  their  confirming 
power  over  the  Excise  Board,  were  examined  ;  and  the 
number  and  the  location  of  churches,  schools,  and 
saloons  in  each  ward  of  the  City  of  New  York  were 
delineated  on  maps. 

With  due  regard  to  facts  already  ascertained,  the 
remedy  of  legislative  restriction  was  therefore  formulated 
as  follows  : 

1.  Prohibition  of  sale  to  minors. 

2.  "     "     "    intoxicated  persons. 

3.  "     "     on  Sundays. 

4.  Limitation  of  number  of  saloons  to  one  in   1000 
population. 


243 

5.  License  tax  of  $1000. 

6.  Local  option  for  counties. 

In  whole  or  in  part  these  remedies  have  been  applied 
to  many  of  our  largest  cities :  Boston,  Philadelphia, 
Pittsburgh,  Chicago,  Omaha,  Minneapolis,  and  St.  Paul. 
Recognizing  the  fact  that  the  liquor  saloon  met  a  want 
(in  a  way  which  intensified  the  evil)  for  which  no  other 
remedy  was  provided,  we  urged  that  side  by  side  with 
the  demand  for  the  restriction  or  prohibition  of  the 
liquor  saloon  should  march  the  movement  for  counter- 
action. 

ROBERT  GRAHAM, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE     LOYAL     LEGION     TEMPERANCE 
SOCIETY  OF   N.   Y.   CITY. 

In  1882  about  thirty  boys  gathered  with  a  few  young 
ladies  in  private  parlors  to  discuss  the  subject  of  intem- 
perance, and  learn  the  truth  from  different  standpoints. 
In  a  few  weeks  a  society  was  organized  with  the  follow- 
ing object  and  platform  : 

"  It  shall  be  the  object  of  this  Society  to  interest  and 
instruct  the  youth  of  this  city  and  others  in  the  princi- 
ples of  temperance  by  social  gatherings,  and  by  provid- 
ing places  as  counter  attractions  to  the  saloons.  Our 
platform  shall  be  freedom  from  all  that  can  intoxicate  : 

"  i.  For  our  own  safety  and  happiness. 

"  2.  That  we  may  set  a  safe  example  for  others  to 
follow. 

"  3.  That  we  may  extend  a  helping  hand  to  those  less 
fortunate  than  ourselves." 


244 

In  June,  1883,  to  another  class  of  lads,  already  bread- 
winners, these  precepts  were  practically  presented  by 
opening  a  Free  Reading  Room,  where  thousands  of 
boys  have  since  gathered  from  forlorn  homes  and  the 
temptations  of  street  and  saloon,  and  many  have  been 
influenced  to  become  honest,  industrious  citizens. 

Services  are  held  on  Sabbath  evenings,  and  on  Satur- 
day evenings  a  programme  of  music  and  recitations  is 
furnished.  A  reception  for  the  boys  is  given  on  New 
Year's  Day,  and  a  strawberry  festival  in  June,  also  an 
excursion  during  the  summer.  A  savings  bank  collects 
the  pennies  saved  from  their  earnings,  and  allows  them 
interest  on  deposits  under  $5.00.  A  total  abstinence 
society,  "  The  True  Blue  Cadets,"  is  organized  among 
the  boys. 

The  Society  was  incorporated  in  1890.  It  holds 
monthly  meetings  during  the  winter  in  private  parlors, 
where  many  phases  of  the  temperance  question  are  pre- 
sented by  able  speakers.  The  influence  of  these  meet- 
ings upon  the  so-called  better  class  has  been  most  bene- 
ficial, besides  enlisting  them  in  the  welfare  of  the 
struggling  working-boys  of  New  York. 

FRANCIS  J.  BARNES, 

President. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

NATIONAL    TEMPERANCE    SOCIETY 
AND    PUBLICATION    HOUSE. 

58  READE  STREET. 

The  National  Temperance  Society  and  Publication 
House  was  organized  in  1865  by  325  delegates  from 
twenty-five  different  States,  representing  every  Temper- 


245 

ance  organization  in  the  country,  and  all  the  religious 
denominations. 

It  was  organized  for  the  special  work  of  creating  and 
circulating  a  sound  Temperance  literature  ;  to  promote 
the  cause  of  total  abstinence  from  the  use,  manufacture, 
and  sale  of  all  alcoholic  beverages ;  and  to  unify  and 
concentrate  the  Temperance  sentiment  of  the  nation 
against  the  drink  and  the  drink  traffic. 

The  basis  of  the  Society  is  total  abstinence  for  the  in- 
dividual, and  total  prohibition  for  the  State. 

Its  business  is  conducted  by  a  board  of  thirty  man- 
agers, ten  of  whom  are  elected  each  year,  representing 
all  the  great  leading  religious  denominations  and  Tem- 
perance organizations  of  the  land. 

This  Society  is  thoroughly  non-partisan  in  politics  and 
non-sectarian  in  religion,  embracing  all  parties  and 
denominations. 

With  Vice-Presidents  in  every  State,  and  agents  in 
almost  every  community,  its  work  covers  the  nation, 
and  its  literature  permeates  every  part  of  the  country. 

The  missionary  work  of  the  Society  covers  the  nation, 
but  its  great  work  is  among  the  colored  population  of 
the  South. 

Our  missionary  work  consists  in  part  as  follows  : 

1.  Work  among  the  colored  people  in  the  South,  em- 
ploying colored  missionaries,  sending  literature  to  min- 
isters, churches,  educational    institutes,  and    furnishing 
libraries  for  colleges,  and  theological  seminaries. 

2.  Scattering   literature    in    prisons,    hospitals,    peni- 
tentiaries,  jails,    ships,    army   posts,   and   other    needy 
localities. 

3.  The  work  in  Congress  for  a  National  Commission 
of  Inquiry,  and  to  look  after  other  National  Temper- 
ance interests  at  the  Capitol  of  the  nation. 


246 

4-  Holding  conferences,  conventions,  mass  meetings, 
Congresses,  Sabbath-evening  services,  and  other  public 
gatherings  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 

5.  To  supply  special  literature  to  pastors,  editors,  lec- 
turers, and  foreign  nations. 

JOHN  N.  STEARNS, 

Secretary. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 

THE  WEST  END  PROTECTIVE  LEAGUE. 

Four  years  ago  the  number  of  saloons  along  Columbus 
and  Amsterdam  Avenues  and  the  Boulevard  were  many 
in  number  and  were  constantly  increasing.  There  was 
no  organized  opposition  to  this  evil,  and  the  owner  of 
property,  or  resident,  on  these  avenues  who  did  not  look 
upon  a  saloon  near  his  house  or  his  lots  as  a  benefit, 
either  financially  or  morally,  found  himself  almost  alone 
in  his  protest.  In  March,  1891,  the  League  was  organ- 
ized by  a  small  body  of  property  owners  and  residents, 
"  to  restrict  as  much  as  possible  the  liquor  traffic  on  the 
West  side  above  Fifty-ninth  Street."  It  now  numbers 
over  150  of  those  who,  irrespective  of  the  questions  of 
politics  or  religion,  are  desirous  of  making  their  neigh- 
borhood better,  cleaner,  and  more  reputable.  The 
management  of  the  League  is  intrusted  to  an  Executive 
Committee  of  nine.  Whenever  an  application  for  a 
saloon  in  the  District  is  made,  the  locality  is  investigated 
and  if  opposition  is  decided  on,  protests  are  prepared, 
the  property  owners  in  the  vicinity  notified,  and  the 
Executive  Committee  with  its  counsel  attends  before  the 
Commissioners  of  Excise  and  conducts  the  case  for  the 
protestants.  Violations  of  the  Excise  Law  are  reported 
to  the  Police,  and  during  the  past  winter  thirteen  saloon 


247 

keepers  have  been  indicted  for   such  violations   upon 
evidence  obtained  by  the  League. 

Since  its  organization  the  League  has  attended  before 
the  Excise  Board  on  33  applications,  of  which  n  were 

granted  and  22  rejected. 

JOHN  C.  COLEMAN, 

Counsel. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


MODEL  TENEMENTS. 

WATER  AND  ROOSEVELT  STREETS. 

As  early  as  1864,  Miss  Octavia  Hill  commenced  her 
now  famous  work  of  improving  tenement  houses  in 
London..  In  1876  the  papers  she  had  contributed  to 
some  English  magazines  were  republished  in  this  city 
by  the  State  Charities  Aid  Association  and  much  interest 
was  awakened.  Soon  sundry  efforts  in  the  same  direc- 
tion were  begun,  but  it  was  not  until  1880  that  I  had  the 
opportunity  of  making  any  such  attempt.  Previous 
experience  as  a  manager  of  the  Widows'  Society,  had 
shown  me  that  much  of  the  so-called  charity  work  of 
this  city  is  only  a  more  or  less  well-devised  method  of 
undoing  what  mismanagement  has  already  done.  After 
the  greatest  of  all  sources  of  trouble  in  New  York,  the 
liquor  shop,  we  must  reckon  the  close  and  ill-lighted 
apartments  in  which  the  poor  live.  To  correct  this, 
then,  is  an  aim  of  great  importance.  Perhaps  equally 
important  is  it  to  provide  a  safe  place  where  children 
can  play,  and  this  the  street  rarely  affords.  Children 
must  have  active  out-door  exercise  if  we  would  have 
them  sound  and  healthy  ;  and  parents,  especially  hard- 


248 

worked  mothers,  are  in  need  of  some  relief  from  the 
continual  noise  that  lively  children  make. 

Prompted  by  these  ideas  I  began  the  work  which  has 
led  me  to  accept  as  a  guide  the  following  general  prin- 
ciples. 

Our  tenement  houses  require,  to  make  them  decent 
homes,  better  provision  of  light  and  air,  more  careful 
supervision,  and  rental  at  more  reasonable  rates.  To 
secure  the  first  I  cut  off  the  back  suites  of  rooms,  thus 
providing  for  an  open  window  on  every  stair  landing, 
and  also  materially  increasing  the  yard  space.  The 
next  point  was  gained  by  employing  a  resident  janitor, 
who  was  to  be  in  the  house  by  day  and  night.  Any  one 
who  would  fill  this  position  should  have  more  education 
and  intelligence  than  the  ordinary  tenant,  so  that  his 
constant  influence  shall  be  promotive  of  cleanliness  and 
good  order.  His  salary  should  enable  him  to  give  most 
of  his  time  to  this  work. 

The  rent  should  be  put  at  so  low  a  figure  that  a  poor 
man  can  pay  for  decent  rooms.  He  is  definitely  injured 
by  being  always  in  debt  to  his  landlord.  Yet  many 
people  find  it  impossible  to  get  rooms  reasonably  near  to 
their  work  for  a  quarter  of  their  family  earnings.  The 
aim  should,  therefore,  be  to  make  the  houses  plain  and 
sound.  Fixed  tubs  and  mantel-glasses  are  not  neces- 
saries, but  the  means  for  having  fresh  air  in  bedrooms, 
and  light  enough  to  permit  one  to  go  up  and  down  stairs 
safely,  are  imperatively  required. 

Perhaps  the  last  item  is  the  most  important  of  all, 
namely,  that  the  landlord  shall  recognize  his  or  her  per- 
sonal responsibility  in  the  matter  of  housing  and  dealing 

with  the  tenants  as  fellow-beings. 

ELLEN  COLLINS. 
NEW  YORK, 

December,  1893. 


249 
THE  SANITARY  PROTECTIVE  LEAGUE. 

In  the  Spring  of  1885  the  Sanitary  Protective  League 
was  formed  to  assist  the  authorities  in  case  of  the  ad- 
vent of  cholera.  It  met  with  hearty  support  from  the 
press  and  public  ;  but  fortunately  the  expected  visita- 
tion did  not  occur. 

.  In  1886,  with  the  co-operation  of  the  Woman's  Con- 
ference, Ladies'  Health  Association,  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine, Real  Estate  Exchange,  Central  Labor  Union,  and 
other  organizations  ;  and  with  the  powerful  backing  of 
the  press,  and  especially  of  the  Morning  Journal,  the 
League  secured  important  amendments  to  the  Tenement 
House  Law,  together  with  the  passage  of  the  Small 
Parks  Bill,  which  appropriated  $1,000,000  annually  to 
convert  certain  tenement  sections  into  playgrounds  for 
the  people. 

No  pecuniary  obligation  is  incurred  by  joining  the 
League,  as  its  work  can  be  carried  on  at  small  outlay. 
What  is  wanted  most  is  a  large  body  of  members,  who 
will  support,  by  their  voice  and  influence,  measures 
necessary  for  the  preservation  of  the  public  health. 

CHARLES  F.  WINGATE. 

NEW  YORK  CITY, 
February,  1894. 

THE     TENEMENT     HOUSE     BUILDING 
COMPANY. 

The  Tenement  House  Building  Company  was  organ- 
ized in  1885,  as  the  result  of  a  series  of  lectures  deliv- 
ered by  Professor  Felix  Adler.  Mr.  Joseph  W.  Drexel 
was  President,  Mr.  Oswald  Ottendorfer  Vice-President. 
It  was  proposed  to  erect  improved  tenement  houses  in 
the  worst  quarters  of  the  city,  and  to  show  that  such 


250 

model  houses  would  be  a  safe  investment  for  capitalists, 
as  well  as  a  boon  to  the  inhabitants.  Six  houses — Nos. 
338  to  344  Cherry  Street — were  opened  in  1887,  at  a 
cost  for  land  and  buildings  of  about  $155,000.  The 
houses  contain  108  apartments  in  two-  and  three-room 
suites,  together  with  a  large  Kindergarten  room.  Wide 
entries,  running  the  length  of  the  buildings,  with  large 
windows  in  the  rear,  separate  the  rooms.  The  halls  and 
stairs  are  fire-proof  ;  the  halls  and  closets  are  built  with 
iron  beams  and  tile  floors  ;  the  stairs  are  of  iron  and 
slate  throughout.  The  roofs  are  of  brick,  guarded  by 
iron  fences,  and  are  used  as  a  playground  by  children, 
and  as  a  place  of  recreation  on  warm  evenings.  The 
yards  and  basements  are  of  granolikine,  with  separate 
storage  closets  for  each  tenant.  There  is  no  room  or 
entry  without  a  window,  and  no  air  shaft.  All  plumbing 
is  exposed  to  view.  Running  water,  hot  and  cold,  is 
provided  in  each  floor,  and,  in  some  of  the  houses,  in 
each  apartment.  There  are  common  laundries  and  nine 
bathrooms  free  to  the  tenants.  The  clothes  can  be  sent 
up  from  the  laundry  in  elevators  and  dried  on  the  roof. 
There  is  a  separate  water-closet  for  each  two  apart- 
ments, constructed  according  to  the  most  approved 
methods. 

In  the  Kindergarten  room  there  are  conducted  Kin- 
dergarten classes,  sewing  classes,  and  boys'  and  girls' 
clubs. 

•  The  dividends  are  limited  to  4  per  cent.  A  special 
feature  of  the  company  is  the  application  of  the  insur- 
ance feature  to  the  rent  problem.  Surplus  earnings 
over  4  per  cent,  are  put  into  a  reserve  fund,  credited  to 
the  tenants  in  proportion  to  the  rent  paid,  and  applica- 
ble as  rent  for  such  tenants  in  cases  of  illness,  age,  lack 
of  employment,  or  other  good  cause. 


251 

The  financial  results  have  been  satisfactory,  and  the 
erection  of  the  houses  has  caused  a  notable  improve- 
ment in  the  character  of  the  buildings  erected  since  that 
time  in  the  neighborhood.  For  details  see  the  report 
for  1891,  entitled  "  The  Tenement  Houses  of  New  York 
City." 

EDWIN  R.  A.  SELIGMAN,  PH.D., 

Secretary. 

COLUMBIA  COLLEGE,  N.  Y., 
October,  1893. 


THE  TENEMENT-HOUSE  CHAPTER  OF 
THE  KING'S  DAUGHTERS  AND  SONS. 

HEADQUARTERS  :    No.  77  MADISON  STREET. 

In  the  spring  of  1890,  when  Mr.  Jacob  A.  Riis  went 
to  the  Headquarters  of  The  King's  Daughters  to  ask  for 
help  in  the  little  flower  mission  which  had  sprung  from 
some  of  his  newspaper  articles,  and  soon  grown  too 
large  for  his  busy  hands,  he  found  a  little  band  of  earnest 
women  ready  to  respond  to  his  call,  because  they  were 
already  feeling  that  there  must  be  some  work  in  this 
direction  for  their  great  Order,  some  way  to  "  lend  a 
hand  "  in  solving  the  dark  problems  of  tenement-house 
work  in  their  crowded  city.  Under  his  leadership  they 
organized  "  The  King's  Daughters'  Tenement-House 
Committee."  They  sent  out  appeals  for  clothing, 
flowers,  fruits,  and  delicacies  for  the  sick,  and  for  money 
to  pay  the  salary  of  a  trained  nurse,  and  offered  their 
services  to  the  Summer  Corps  of  Physicians  of  the 
Board  of  Health,  who  soon  gave  them  enough  to  do, 
and  found  them  valuable  allies.  The  Committee  also 
put  itself  at  once  into  communication  with  other  charita- 


252 

ble  societies,  and  adopted  the  plan  of  making  inquiry  at 
.the  Charity  Organization  about  every  applicant  for 
relief.  The  cordial  sympathy  and  hearty  co-operation 
extended  to  them  by  this  Society,  and  by  all  the  other 
charitable  organizations  in  the  city,  is  what  has  enabled 
them  to  do  such  effective  service.  A  large  Fresh-Air 
Work  grew  out  of  the  doctor's  cases  ;  and  these  cases, 
often  left  on  their  hands  to  be  treated  and  looked  after 
during  the  winter,  made  it  necessary  to  rent  a  small 
office  and  engage  a  salaried  superintendent.  In  two 
years  the  work  had  grown  so  that  the  Committee  felt  it 
should  be  established  on  a  more  permanent  basis,  and  so 
in  April,  1892,  they  reorganized  as  "  The  New  York 
Tenement-House  Chapter  of  The  King's  Daughters  and 
Sons."  They  moved  into  larger  quarters  at  77  Madison 
Street,  where  they  leased  a  commodious,  old-fashioned 
house,  with  a  large  backyard,  which  could  be  used  as  a 
playground.  The  yard  has  proved  a  happy  "  King's 
Garden,"  where  during  the  long  summer  season  from  40 
to  60  children  a  day  have  found  a  blessed  refuge  from 
noisy,  crowded  streets  and  stifling  tenements.  A  Penny 
Provident  Fund  was  opened,  a  Conference  of  Friendly 
Visitors  established,  and  an  arrangement  made  by  which 
the  "  Annex  Club  "  makes  use  of  the  rooms  in  the  even- 
ing, thus  giving  the  Chapter  the  advantage  of  a  well- 
organized,  efficient  girls'  club,  as  well  as  material  aid  in 
the  payment  of  its  rent. 

Later  on  the  Chapter  started  a  Kindergarten,  a  Boys' 
Club,  and  a  Saturday  Morning  Sewing-Class,  and  as 
soon  as  it  can  raise  the  necessary  funds  and  find  enough 
volunteer  workers  to  help,  it  hopes  to  add  Mothers' 
Meetings,  Happy  Sunday  Afternoons,  and  a  Day 
Nursery. 

The  object  of  the  Chapter  is  "  to  visit,  comfort,  and 


253 

relieve  the  sick  and  needy,"  and  its  aim,  "  in  co-opera- 
tion with  existing  agencies  to  secure  adequate  and  per- 
manent relief  for  worthy  cases,  and  to  make  the  poor 
self-reliant  and  provident,  and  by  every  possible  means 
to  develop  their  spiritual  life."  The  desire  of  the  mem- 
bers is  more  and  more  to  derive  their  support  in  this 
work  from  the  many  individuals  and  circles  in  their 
great  Order,  who  are  looking  for  some  definite  work, 
and  who  can  here  find  a  well-organized  and  efficient  out- 
let for  any  amount  of  effort,  enthusiasm,  and  money. 
CHARLOTTE  A.  WATERBURY, 

Superintendent. 
NEW  YORK, 

December,  1893. 

COLLEGE  SETTLEMENT. 

95  RIVINGTON  STREET. 

The  New  York  College  Settlement  was  opened  in 
September,  1889.  The  Women's  University  Settlement 
in  East  London  was  the  fore-runner  of  the  Settlement 
here.  Four  graduates  of  one  of  our  women's  colleges 
were  studying  at  Newnham,  Oxford,  the  winter  that  the 
Women's  Settlement  was  started  in  London  ;  and  they 
came  home  full  of  the  thought,  that  what  English  women 
could  do  in  London,  American  women  could  do  here. 
The  work  of  the  first  year  was  modest  and  tentative. 
But  with  each  year  we  have  become  more  certain  that 
there  is  a  work  for  the  Settlement  to  do,  and  the  work 
has  increased  and  become  more  definite.  The  first 
object  of  the  Settlement  has  been  to  furnish  a  common 
meeting-ground  for  educated  women  and  the  less  privi- 
leged classes  ;  and,  consequently,  the  work  has  been 
largely  social.  There  is  at  the  Settlement  a  series  of 


254 

clubs  which  includes  all  ages,  from  the  little  boys  and 
girls  of  six,  up  to  their  fathers  and  mothers.  These 
clubs  are  conducted  by  the  seven  or  eight  residents  and 
helpers  who  come  from  up  town.  In  addition  to  the 
clubs,  a  free  circulating  library  and  a  flourishing  station 
of  the  Penny  Provident  Fund  Bank  serve  as  oppor- 
tunities for  becoming  acquainted  with  the  people  of  the 
neighborhood  in  a  natural  and  easy  way.  A  resident 
woman  physician  has  also  proved  a  friendly  bond. 
During  the  first  two  years  baths  were  sold  to  women 
and  children,  at  ten  cents  a  bath  ;  but  the  cramped 
quarters  in  the  house  and  the  increasing  number  of 
public  bath-houses  in  the  vicinity  made  it  seem  desirable 
to  give  up  what  had  been  a  very  encouraging  feature  of 
the  work.  The  educational  work  has  been  principally 
in  the  form  of  classes,  though  this  last  year  a  free  Kin- 
dergarten was  opened  in  the  house  across  the  street 
which  the  Settlement  leased.  The  classes  have  been 
industrial  largely,  such  as  cooking,  dressmaking,  and 
wood-carving ;  though  some  instruction  has  been  given 
in  singing,  literature,  and  politics.  The  house  has  never 
been  closed  during  the  summer,  but  most  of  the  club 
work  has  been  given  up  and  the  workers  directed  to  the 
Summer  Home.  For  the  summer  months  a  house  is 
rented  in  Katonah,  New  York,  and  about  one  hundred 
young  people  enjoy  a  two  weeks'  vacation  in  the 
country. 

It  is  hard  to  state  in  words  the  results  which  the  residents 
feel  have  been  attained  by  the  Settlement  during  its 
four  years  of  work.  We  are  sure  that  the  people  of  the 
neighborhood  have  a  most  friendly  feeling  toward  the 
house,  and  that  any  one  coming  /rom  that  house  will 
always  receive  a  cordial  welcome  in  their  homes. 

The  house  has  become  the  centre  of  the  social  life  of 


a  large  number  of  young  men  and  women,  and  we  trust 
that  the  tone  of  their  intercourse  has  been  raised. 
There  have,  of  course,  been  countless  opportunities  to 
help  the  individual  boy  or  girl ;  and  we  believe  that  the 
fact  that  the  Settlement  has  been  next  door  to  those 
who  needed  the  help,  and  that  the  house  has  always 
been  open,  has  given  many  opportunities  which  would 
have  been  missed  if  the  workers -had  not  been  living 
upon  the  spot.  The  Settlement  was  started  with  the 
idea  that  young  women  of  the  educated  classes  needed 
to  know  at  first  hand  how  their  poorer  brothers  and 
sisters  lived  ;  and  knowing  how  much  has  been  gained 
by  the  college  women  who  have  been  in  residence  at  the 
Settlement,  we  trust  and  believe  that  the  help  has  been 
mutual. 

JEAN  FINE  SPAHR. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 

THE   EAST  SIDE   HOUSE. 

FOOT  OF  EAST  y6TH  STREET. 

On  a  report  of  a  committee  on  social  and  economic 
questions,  chosen  at  a  meeting  of  the  Church  Club,  a 
house  was  leased  in  June,  1891,  at  the  foot  of  East  76th 
Street  for  the  purpose  of  a  Settlement,  on  the  general 
plan  of  Toynbee  Hall  and  the  Oxford  House.  A  Board 
of  seven  managers  became  incorporated  under  the  name 
of  the  East  Side  House.  The  Settlement  is  located  in  a 
densely  populated  industrial  district.  A  playground 
is  fitted  up  for  the  children  of  the  neighborhood  ;  a 
kindergarten  is  opened  and  mothers'  meetings  are  held 
for  the  parents  of  the  kindergarten  children.  There  is 
also  a  library.  The  East  Side  House  is  particularly 
successful  in  its  Working  Mens'  Clubs,  where  all  the 


256 

advantages  of  the  ordinary  club  are  open  to  its  members. 
It  is  also  a  part  of  their  social  work,  to  do  as  much  as 
possible  for  the  improvement  of  the  neighborhood,  and 
to  establish  friendly  relations  with  its  neighbors.  Edu- 
cational classes  are  maintained. 

WILLIS  B.  HOLCOMBE, 

Resident  Manager. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 
January,  1894. 

UNIVERSITY  SETTLEMENT    SOCIETY. 

26  DELANCEY  STREET. 

The  object  of  the  Society  is  to  bring  men  and  women 
of  education  into  closer  relations  with  the  laboring 
classes,  by  establishing  and  maintaining,  in  the  tenement- 
house  districts,  places  where  all  classes  may  meet  on  a 
common  ground  ;  where  the  people  of  the  neighborhood 
may  come  together  for  social  and  educational  purposes, 
and  where  college  men  and  others  engaged  in  the  work 
may  have  a  residence. 

The  central  aim  of  the  Society  is  to  organize  the  peo- 
ple of  the  neighborhood, — men,  women,  and  children — 
irrespective  of  religion  or  political  belief,  into  a  set  of 
clubs  to  carry  out,  or  induce  others  to  carry  out,  all  the 
local  reforms,  moral,  industrial,  educational,  which  the 
social  ideal  demands.  The  principles  thus  put  into 
practice  are  those  of  self-help  and  co-operation. 

The  plan  is  an  expansion  of  the  family  idea,  members 
of  both  sexes  and  all  ages,  pursuing  together  various 
aims  and  helping  each  other  in  the  attainment  of  them. 

In  accordance  with  these  fundamental  ideas,  five 
clubs  have  been  organized.  These  clubs,  each  govern- 
ing itself  by  its  committee,  and  as  a  whole  governed  by 


257 

a  central  committee  elected  from  the  club  members, 
with  three  representatives  of  the  University  Settlement, 
constitute  the  Neighborhood  Guild. 

The  work  thus  far  begun  comprises  a  kindergarten,  a 
reading-room  and  a  circulating  library,  billiard-room, 
lectures,  classes,  debates,  concerts,  dances,  gymnasium, 
art  exhibitions,  flower  shows,  country  excursions,  sani- 
tary inspections,  the  closing  of  sweating-dens,  and  the 
establishment  of  a  co-operative  dairy.  Until  our  clubs 
were  closed  in  June,  to  give  space  for  the  loan  art  exhi- 
bition, there  was  an  attendance  at  the  Guild  house  of 
about  1200  every  week. 

But  we  need  many  volunteer  teachers,  educated  men, 
to  give  their  brains  and  money  for  many  schemes  for 
the  improvement  of  the  condition  of  the  people.  The 
public  must  help  us  to  establish  small  parks,  baths  and 
laundries,  labor-intelligence  bureaus,  sick-benefit  socie 
ties  based  on  sound  insurance  principles,  and  other  well- 
tested  devices  for  advancing  the  character,  health,  and 
happiness  of  the  dwellers  in  the  Tenth  Ward  of  New 
York  City,  the  most  crowded  population  to  the  square 
mile  on  the  earth. 

STANTON  COIT, 

Resident  Manager. 
NEW  YORK  CITY, 

January,  1894. 


TF 


•  XX  '     "llllllllllllf 


